Banner Watamula

AA   AA  



Logo panic

Don't fight the system.
Go in the system and take them down on their own faults.

Alle acties komend uit wraak of ego zullen mislukken.
Alleen acties vanuit een hart en ziel zullen slagen.

In deze blog geef ik mijn zienswijze van de huidige wereld weer. 
Ik beroep me op het recht die geldt vanuit het Universum, namelijk: Het recht van respect naar elke energievorm in het Universum. In de menselijke wetten is het omschreven in het UVRM als zijnde: Artikel 1 Alle mensen worden vrij en gelijk in waardigheid en rechten geboren. Zij zijn begiftigd met verstand en geweten, en behoren
zich jegens elkander in een geest van broederschap te gedragen. In de reeds niet meer geldende Nederlandse grondwet staat het beschreven als zijnde: Artikel 1 Allen die zich in Nederland bevinden, worden in gelijke gevallen gelijk behandeld. Discriminatie wegens godsdienst, levensovertuiging, politieke gezindheid,
ras, geslacht of op welke grond dan ook, is niet toegestaan.

Mind brain control

Mind Weapons

DARPA – nano technology
NAVAL – research laboratory satellite
MARYLAND – super computers
PHILIPS LABS – laser test of energy
NAVAL – research laboratory complex Washington



brain control


“The events at the international political scene, in the last few years, confirm that the concept of remote control of human brain is a matter of negotiations.

In January 1999 the European Parliament passed are solution where it calls for an international convention introducing a global ban on all developments and deployments of weapons which might enable any form of manipulation of human beings.”

9.september 2008
The term “Mind control” basically means covert attempts to influence the
thoughts and behavior of human beings against their will (or without their
knowledge), particularly when surveillance of an individual is used as an
integral part of such influencing and the term “Psychotronic Torture” comes
from psycho (of psychological) and electronic. This is actually a very
sophisticated form of remote technological torture that slowly invalidates
and incapacitates a person. These invisible and non-traceable technological
assaults on human beings are done in order to destroy someone psychologically
and physiologically. Actually, as par scientific resources, the human body,
much like a computer, contains myriad data processors. They include, but are
not limited to, the chemical-electrical activity of the brain, heart, and
peripheral nervous system, the signals sent from the cortex region of the
brain to other parts of our body, the tiny hair cells in the inner ear that
process auditory signals, and the light-sensitive retina and cornea of the
eye that process visual activity. We are on the threshold of an era in which
these data processors of the human body may be manipulated or debilitated.

Definition of psychotronic (psycho-physical) weapons

Psychotronic Weapons (PF- weapons) this is the totality of all possible
methods and means (techno-genic, suggestive, pharmacological, paranormal,
complexes, and others) of hidden, forced influences on the psyche of a person
for the purpose of modifying his onsciousness, behavior and health for what
is desired in the way of influencing aspects of control…” This is not only
dangerous, this is deadly!”

The First phase is the harassment/surveillance program.

They use Echelon, Tempest, microchips, implants, see through wall radar,
obtain informants, neighbors, and co-conspirators to harass, discredit, and
harm an individual. Victims loose their families, jobs, homes, and cars.
Ultimate goal to destroy a persons life which will isolate them from family,
friends. The isolation is needed to have access to the person to conduct many
of the experiments on them.

The second phase is the assaults of Directed Energy Weapons.

After a victim becomes isolated from everyone in the world. The victim now
having feelings of regret, remorse, of loss, trauma, and are drained and
broken emotionally and physically. During this time many have been implanted
with microchips. Many begin experiencing extreme pain to their head. Some
hear voices. Then pain is delivered to various other parts of their bodies.
The pain is delivered by Directed Energy Weapons.

mind control brain

Directed Energy Weapons.

Some of the weapons were known as non-lethal weapons. They use such weapons
as extremely low frequency Elf electromagnetic weapons (which has been used
in mind control), acoustics, harmonics (which have been used as a mind
control technique), ultrasound, microwave audiograms, microwave pulsed, and
radio frequency. Another electromagnetic energy beam can be used to induce
“considerable agitation and muscular activity” or “induce muscular weakness
and lethargy” this weapon is know as Ultra High Frequency EM. Psychological
warfare tactics are being used against unsuspecting citizens to destroy their
jobs, their families and their lives. The perpetrators will stop at nothing.
Their objective is to utterly destroy a person, very often resulting in a
person taking his or her own life, or ending up in a mental hospital. This
has been taking place for years and nothing is ever said about it. Nothing is
ever written about it. Some people also experience electronic harassment.
This is extremely distressing, painful and invasive, and feels like one’s
mind and body is undergoing constant rape, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The
technology used to do this is unknown, but hundreds of victims report the
same physical sensations and experiences. Many take their lives in an attempt
to escape the horror. The technology involves the use of electromagnetic
waves of various frequencies to achieve different results. Some frequencies
will make a person tired, while others may cause confusion or memory loss.
“Electronic harassment” or e-harassment is a catch-all term used to describe
a group of circumstances which a large number of people are currently
experiencing in common.

Saturday, Februar 19, 2011

In October 2010, the congressman Denis J. Kucinich introduced in the American
Congress A bill, obliging the American president to get engaged in the
negotiations aimed at the ban of space based weapons. In this bill the
definition of a weapon system includes: any other unacknowledged or as yet
undeveloped means inflicting death or injury on, od damaging or destroying, a
person(or the biological life, bodily health, mental health, or physical and
economic well-being of a person) through the use of land-based, sea-based,or
space-based systems using radiation, electromagnetic, psychotronic, sonic,
laser, or other energies directed at individual persons or targeted
populations or the purpose of information war, mood management, or mind
control of cush persons or populations. As in all legislative acts quoted in
this article the bill counts with sound, light or electromagnetic stimulation
of human brain.Psychotronic fweapons remain, at least for a layman uninformed
of secret military research, in the sphere of science fiction, since so far
none of the published scientific experiments was presented in the way which
would allow for its replication.
That it is feasible to manipulate human behavior with the use of subliminal,
either sound or visual, messages is now generally known. This is why in most
of the countries the use of such technologies, without consent of the user,
is banned. Devices using light for the stimulation of the brain show another
way how the light flashing in certain frequencies could be used for the
manipulation of human psychic life. As for the sound, a report on the device
transmitting a beam of sound waves, which can hear only persons at whon the
beam of sound waves is targeted, appeared last year in the world newspapers.
The beam is formed by a combination of sound and
ultrasound waves which causes that a person
targeted by this beam hears the sound inside of
his head. Such a perception could easily convince
the human being that it is mentally ill. The acts
presented in this article suggest that with the
develpment of technology and knowledge of the
functioning of human brain new ways of
manipulation of human mind keep emerging. One of
them seem to be the electromagnetic energy.

brain future

Robert Asher, Sandia National Laboratories
June 2002,Arlington, Virginia

Increasingly, the human is being asked to take in multisensory inputs, to
make near-instantaneous decisions on these inputs, and to apply control
forces to multitask and control machines of various sorts. The multitasking,
multisensor environment stresses the human, yet, more and more s/he being
asked to operate in such an environment. As an example, the visionary project
on uninhabited combat vehicles discusses an increased workload in piloting
combat vehicles. DARPA has a brain-machine interface program about to start.
This program has as its goal human ability to control complex entities by
sending control actions without the delay for muscle activation. The major
application for this program is control of aircraft. The intent is to take
brain signals and use them in a control strategy and then to impart feedback
signals back into the brain.
The DARPA program could be extended to include a broader range of potential
impact by including the possibility of other applications: learning and
training, automobile control, air traffic control, decision-making, remote
sensing of stress, and entertainment. Learning and training might be
implemented as information coded into brain signals and then input into the
person. Air traffic control in increasingly busy skies can use such
capability: the controller has multiple inputs from multiple aircraft. These
can be input into his brain in a 3-D aspect and an alertness signal used to
“wake him up” when his attention drifts beyond acceptable limits. Not only
intellectual data might be passed from one person to another without
speaking, but also emotional and volitional information. Decisionmaking may
become more precise as emotional, fatigue, and other cognitive states can be
appraised prior to making a critical decision. The potential impact on
automobile safety is great. The driver can have quicker control of his
automobile (Fig. E.15), allowing for safer driving while reducing the car-tocar
spacing on congested highways. This would help alleviate highway
congestion and the need for more highways. Furthermore, it would allow for
safer driving as driver attention can be measured and the driver “alerted” or
told in some manner to pay attention to his or her driving when attention
wanders beyond safe margins. It can allow for detection of driver impairment
so that the vehicle may be made either not to start or to call emergency.
Direct connection into the brain could yield a revolution in entertainment,
as people may be “immersed,” MATRIX-style, into the midst of a movie or
educational show. Can you imagine the impact of being immersed in a fully 3-D
audio-visual simulation of the battle of Gettysburg?

Hands-off control of an automobile through a device for reading and
implanting brain waves.
Role of Converging Technologies

Nano. The brain-machine interface effort will require nanotechnologies in
order to make the required experimental measurements and to implement the
devices for both receiving brain electromagnetic signals and transmitting
signals back into the brain.
Bio. This is a highly biological, neuroscience effort, which requires
detailed understanding and measurements of the brain’s electromagnetic
activity. It requires a significant measurement protocol.
Cogno. This effort by its very nature will directly affect the cognitive
aspects of the individual by externally applied electromagnetic fields by
implanting information for the individual. Thus, this effort can lead to
increased learning and other cognitive results.
Transforming Strategy to Reach the Vision
To achieve these goals, enter a partnership with DARPA to fund additional
technologies and applications that would enhance the brain-machine interface
effort. Work should be focused on the goals of using the technologies for
cognitional aspects, understanding memory, and learning brain function to be
able to design devices to increase their capabilities.
Estimated Implications
This effort would yield a technological revolution, in applications from
computers to entertainment. It would give the United States a global
competitive advantage while yielding solutions to specific domestic problems
such as air traffic control and highway safety in increasingly crowded
environments. It will revolutionize education. This effort will yield devices
that may be applied to a number of activities and be sufficiently small as to
be wearable in a car or at home.



The human mind has never been a simple project. Because of its complexity and
plasticity, it has yet not been completely understood. Under the dark ages of
brain research, scientists have nevertheless learned how to stimulate and
partially control the human brain’s responses. At any time it has been done,
it has caused pain and suffering for the owner of the brain: the human
Backed up by the “best” scientists, sponsored by the military and the secret
service, thousands of individuals have their lives destroyed in the quest of
developing technologies that are not science fiction anymore.
The human brain, is seen as a computer where information can be downloaded
and from where information can be uploaded. Cloning the individual’s brain
and nervous system is the only hope today’s scientists have to understand the
human brain and develop advanced artificial intelligence and synthetic
telepathy, allowing people to communication by thought, not speech. The
European and World countries governments, faced with this “challenge” are
unable to protect their citizens against the greatest possible violations of
their human rights. There are no excuses whatsoever for researchers to
destroy people’s and entire families lives. Under the secrecy of “national
security”, they violate human rights conventions and every universal human
right a human being is born with, going deep into the very consciousness of
the person that is affected.
Many human rights campaigners from around the world have spent years working on
countless books, videos, websites, rallies and symposiums which highlight these
matters. These include efforts by prominent persons like Dr Nick Begich, Dr Rauni
Kilde (ex chief medical officer for Finland) and well known author Gloria Naylor. To
date, all of it has been ignored by the criminally owned/controlled media. However,
most importantly, there has been open condemnation of these methods by major
political entities and I ask you to focus on these…
1. The United Nations – UNIDIR – (The UN Institute for Disarmament Research)
officially recognised a range of weapons (both lethal and non-lethal), including the
ones previously listed, and recommended that they ALL be banned as weapons of
potential mass destruction. Naturally, the press releases and media guides that they
issued on this matter were totally ignored by the mainstream media. This media
treachery is the reason the public is unaware of the dangers.
2. The European Parliament – In January 1999, the European Parliament passed a
resolution where it calls ” for an international convention introducing a global ban
on all development and deployment of weapons which might enable any form of
manipulation of human beings. It is our conviction that this ban can not be
implemented without the global pressure of the informed general public on the
governments. Our major objective is to get across to the general public the real
threat which these weapons represent for human rights and democracy and to apply
pressure on the governments and parliaments around the world to enact legislature
which would prohibit the use of these devices to both government and private
organisations as well as individuals.” (Plenary Sessions/ EuroParliament, 1999)
3. US Federal politician Dennis Kucinich – In October 2001, Congressman Dennis J.
Kucinich introduced a bill to the House of Representatives which, it was hoped would
be extremely important in the fight to expose and stop psycho-electronic mind control
experimentation on involuntary, non-consensual citizens. The Bill was referred to the
Committee on Science, and in addition to the Committee on Armed Services and
International Relations. In the original bill a ban was sought on ‘exotic weapons’
including electronic, psychotronic or information weapons, chemtrails, particle
beams, plasmas, electromagnetic radiation, extremely low frequency (ELF) or ultra low
frequency (ULF) energy radiation, or mind control technologies. Despite the inclusion
of a prohibition of the basing of weapons in space, and the use of weapons to destroy
objects or damage objects in space, there is no mention in the revised bill of any of
the aforementioned mind-invasive weaponry, nor of the use of satellite or radar or
other energy based technology for deploying or developing technology designed for
deployment against the minds of human beings. [the original Bill was called The Space
Preservation Act, 2001 (HR 2977) it was reintroduced as The Space Preservation Act,
2002 (HR 3616 )]. Kucinich’s efforts mirrored similar attempts made some years
earlier by ex astronaut, Sen. John Glenn.
4. US Federal politician Jim Guest – recently wrote to all members of the US
legislature asking for help for the countless victims of electronic
harassment/torture (agency black operations being secreted from congressional
scrutiny thus allowing corrupt officers to frame/torture innocents). To date,
nothing concrete has come of this approach.
5. French National Bioethics Committee – In January 1998, an annual public meeting of
the French National Bioethics Committee was held in Paris. Its chairman, Jean-Pierre
Changeux, a neuroscientist at the Institut Pasteur in Paris, told the meeting that
“advances in cerebral imaging make the scope for invasion of privacy immense.
Although the equipment needed is still highly specialized, it will become commonplace
and capable of being used at a distance. That will open the way for abuses such as
invasion of personal liberty, control of behaviour and brainwashing. These are far
from being science-fiction concerns.and constitute “a serious risk to society.”
(“Nature.” Vol 391, 1998)

synthetic telepathy


monitoring of all
To intercept
conversations, emails
etc. To steal ideas
and harass targets
whistleblowers etc)
To monitor and stop
terrorists and other
(Allowing 24/7
surveillance of
anyone, even in their
To gather blackmailfriendly
material; to
oppress targets and
other citizens; to
feed results to
To monitor and stop
terrorists and other
(Sat-based – Pat US
16-1-90 L. Rowan)
To spy on political
targets etc by
finding, locking onto
and tracking those
victims so as to
terrorise/torture them
To monitor and stop
terrorists and other
(Sat-based – Pat US
#5123899, 23/6/92 J.
Gall + Pat US
#5289438, 22/2/94 J.
To alter targets moods
by stimulating the
brain to exhibit
certain rhythms
(angry, sad, sleepy
etc); EEG
To help the
emotionally distressed
(Remote neural
monitoring &
electronic brain
linking, via sat – Pat
US #6011991, 1/4/00
A. Mardirossian)
To read the minds of
targets; to rob, rape,
terrorise and oppress
completely yet
covertly. Experiments
in mind control, AI &
cloning are also
carried out
To help interrogate
(Sat-based – Pat US
#3393279 16/7/68 P.
Flanagan + Pat US
#3647970 7/3/72 P.
To make the target
hear voices via the
direction of sound
that’s been converted
to electrical impulse
to go straight to the
targets brain.
To communicate with
the deaf, stroke
victims etc

NOTE: Alone, or in conjunction with subliminal and visual
technologies, as well as role playing etc, these technologies can be
used for trickery including apparent schizophrenic episodes, paranormal
or “alien” encounters and much more.

direct energy weapons

These Directed Energy (DE) internships are concerned with the research,
development and testing of high energy laser and high power microwave
components, systems and effects at Federal laboratories and universities
at sites around the country. Most of these positions are made possible by
funding from the High Energy Laser Joint Technology Office.
Internship Qualifications
These paid summer internship positions are available for currently
enrolled undergraduate and graduate students at U.S. colleges and
universities. Positions are open to U.S. citizens only. The disciplines
include but are not limited to these:
??science – physics, chemistry
??engineering – electrical, optical, chemical, mechanical, and materials
??mathematics and computer science
Position Descriptions
Generally, interns will work for the summer in a laboratory or university
under the tutelage of full time researchers. Work may include experimental,
theoretical, or computer modeling and simulation, depending on the position.
Specific work assignments, hours and pay will vary.
The organizations below are expected to offer these internships in 2012.
Advertising for open positions will begin in December 2011.

??711 Human Performance Wing – Texas
??Air Force Institute of Technology – Ohio
??Air Force Research Laboratory – Hawaii, New Mexico
??Army Research Laboratory- Maryland
??Naval Postgraduate School – California
??Naval Research Laboratory (satellite) – Washington, D.C., Florida
??US Army Space and Missile Defense Command – Alabama



6.A Pilot Study

Arnold J. Mandell, Karen A. Selz, Tom Holroyd, Linsay Rutter and Richard Coppola
NIMH Core MEG Laboratory and Cielo Institute
Supported in part by the Fetzer-Franklin Trust, DARPA
(Microelectronics) and the Space and Naval Warfare Center
The Eyes Closed, Resting Record
The time dynamics of global brain electromagnetic field activity, recorded in
humans as continuous, eyes closed resting MEG (and EEG) records, are regarded
by some as reflections of physiologically and psychologically relevant,
emergent macroscopic behavior of nonlinearly coupled, cooperative brain
systems (Basar et al., 1983; Bucolo et al., 2003; Chen et al., 2003;
Friedrich et al., 1989; Haken, 2 1996; Mandell, 1983a). Others, more involved
in neuronal current source localization studies of task or state-related
magneto-encephalographic records (Cornwell et al., 2008; Fife et al., 2002;
Garolera et al., 2007; Nolte et al., 2004) have treated the globally
distributed, spontaneous neuronal current generated, brain magnetic field
activity as “…high-ranked (leading eigenvalued) background activity…
interfering magnetic fields generated from (not relevant) spontaneous brain
activities…intrinsic brain noise…” (Sekihara et al., 1996; Sekihara et al.,
2008; Sekihara et al., 2006). Covariance matrix-derived beamformers from
several minutes of the eyes-closed resting record have been used in
“prewhitening techniques”, adding noise in order to get around linear
dependency in the matrix if it is too low dimensional and to minimize
interfering low dimensional intrinsic brain magnetic field noise (Sekihara et
al., 2008; Zumer et al., 2007; Zumer et al., 2008).
Another view of spontaneous magnetic field fluctuations have been
influenced by studies of spatial (neuroanatomical) brain localization using
concomitant fMRI techniques. They have suggested the existence of
spontaneous, regional, above baseline activity in the normal eyes closed,
resting state. This activity is particularly pronounced in medial
prefrontal, parietal and both posterior and anterior cingulate, and is
suppressed during goal-directed behavior (Damoiseaus et al., 2006; Griecius
et al., 2003; Gusnard & Raichle, 3 2001). Activity in this “network” has been
labeled “default activation” by Raichle (Raichle ME et al., 2001). The many
second time scale of fMRI imaging demonstrated density variations that were
characteristic for the normal eyes closed, resting condition (Biswal et al.,
1995). Importantly, the spontaneous activity in the resting state also
appears to involve neural network activity across several time scales (Honey
et al., 2007).

In two state, task-no task, experimental designs, the resting activity,
“default activation, ” has been speculated to reflect spontaneous, task
unrelated, images and thoughts (Greicius & Menon, 2004; Greicius et al.,
2004; Raichle ME et al., 2001; Vincent et al., 2007).
These transient mental events in the eyes closed, resting condition have also
been called “daydreaming” (Singer, 1966 ), “task-unrelated-thoughts,”
TUTs(Giambra, 1989), “unrest at rest”(Buckner & Vincent, 2007), “wandering
minds,” and “stimulus independent thought”, SITs (Gilbert et al., 2007).
Psychologists that have studied inner life subjectively, William James
(James, 1902) and Sigmund Freud (Freud, 1914/1955 among many others, have
focused on these autonomously arising transient streams of free associations
and imagery. James analogized them to the turbulent eddies of the
hydrodynamic flow of consciousness which he believed these transients to be
among the universal properties of the conscious human brain. Examinations of
a subject’s spontaneous 4 internal activity as exteriorized by the
psychoanalytic instruction, “…say everything that comes to your mind…” has
been central to the practice of psychoanalysis for over a Century {Fenichel,
1945 #8190). It appears that the ostensibly resting “default brain activity”
in the “default network” persists in monkeys through anesthesia-induced
changes in states of consciousness (Vincent et al., 2007). This result is
consistent with a several decade history of research using priming, evoked
potentials and task recovery paradigms to demonstrate implicit, working
memorial events that occur during even surgical anesthesia (Jordon et al.,
2000). The implied relationship between 2-5 second epochs of MEG activation
such as that seen below in Fig. 5 as intermittent helical vortices (we call
them strudels) and TUT or SIT-like subjective phenomena must remain entirely

usa brain

General Premise and Hypothesis

It is the underlying premise of this pilot study of intrinsic brain magnetic
field fluctuations that they manifest signatory patterns in transformations
and measures which can discriminate among global brain states. We examine
this premise by partially isolating and qualitatively and quantitatively
characterizing 12.5, 54, 180 or 240 seconds of eyes closed, resting
spontaneous magnetic field activity in ten resting controls and ten medicated
schizophrenic probands. From our previous 5 work in brain-related
physiological systems (Mandell, 1979; Mandell, 1983b; Mandell, 1987; Mandell
et al., 1982; Mandell & Selz, 1993), a more specific hypothesis is suggested:
Compared with controls, magnetic field fluctuations in schizophrenic patients
will demonstrate relatively higher values for indices of emergent dynamical
structure and relatively lower values for a variety of measures reflecting
the dynamical entropy “used up” in their formation (Mandell & Selz, 1997c;
Selz & Mandell, 1991; Selz et al., 1995; Smotherman et al., 1996).

A MEG Derived Data Series: Symmetric Sensor Difference Sequences, ssds(i)

Ten normal controls and ten age- and sex-matched schizophrenic proband
subjects (see Subjects below) were studied in the National Institutes of
Mental Health’s Core MEG Laboratory in Bethesda, MD. A 275 channel,
superconducting quantum interference device (SQUID radial gradiometer system
from CTF Systems Inc. Port Coquitlam, BC, Canada (Anninos et al., 1986;
Cohen, 1972; Rutter et al., 2009; Weinberg et al., 1984) was used in data
collection (see Magnetoencephalographic Data Collection below).

6 Our approach to MEG-derived signals abrogates source orientation,
localization and inverse problem tools such as leadfield matrices (Dale &
Sereno, 1993; Hamalainen et al., 1993), adaptive synthetic aperture
magnetometer, SAM, beamformer techniques, or projection onto Talairached MRI
image reconstructed volumes (Dalal et al., 2008; Dalal et al., 2004). For
these approaches to this data set, see Rutter et al (Rutter et al., 2009). In
their study of spontaneous activity in the eyes closed, resting state, they
found a statistically significant decrement in the amplitudes of MEG recorded
posterior regional gamma (30-70Hz+) activity in schizophrenic patients
compared with normal controls (Rutter et al., 2009). In that study as well as
these, a high pass, 0.6 Hz, as well as 60, 120, 180 and 240 Hz notch filters
were routinely applied to the individual sensor records before the
computation of the sensor pair ssds(i), (the difference between the two
sensor). It is our presupposition that the “…spontaneous activity… all over
the brain…” (Sekihara et al., 2008) reflects global and neurophysiologically
meaningful patterns of complex neuronal activity-generated magnetic field
fluctuations in interaction with MEG SQUID sensors (Barone A & G., 1982;
Braiman & Wiesenfeld, 1994). A magnetic flux applied to the SQUID
magnetometer, gives rise to a circulating current, which in turn modulates
the inductance of the autonomously oscillatory Josephson junctions (Landberg
et al., 1966; Levi et al., 1977). The great sensitivity of the SQUID devices
permits measuring changes in magnetic field associated with even a single
flux quantum.
7 If a constant biasing current is maintained in the SQUID device, it is the
voltage which is modulated by changes in phase at junctions. Phase at
Josephson junctions is sensitive to the quanta of magnetic flux. We dismiss a
common generalization of many MEG practitioners that most or all local
polarities of the intrinsic magnetic field noise “cancel out.” In the context
of the somewhat analogous magnetic dynamo problem: “…given a flow in a
conducting fluid, will a small seed magnetic field amplify exponentially with
time…” (Finn & Ott, 1988)–we show below that ssds(i)s do– it was argued
that the magnetic flux loops nonuniformly stretch and fold into themselves
manifesting only partial cancellation and diffuse fine scale oscillations, in
a process which can be quantified by a fractional cancellation exponent (Ott
et al., 1992) and measures made on temporal-spatial intermittency.
In addition, if some currents run parallel to magnetic fields, which is
expected to be the case with poorly localized, multiple neocortical neuronal
sources, the magnetic field lines may follow a variety of dynamical shapes in
which the magnetic pressure gradient is balanced by the magnetic tension. For
example, there may not be any Lorentz force, J x B = 0, leading to a
measurable field configuration without any net electrical current at all. We
thus don’t infer a particular neuronal current source (or event) for the data
series. Characterizing the fluctuations allows the elucidation of patterns in
the brain’s global magnetic field flux dynamics without reference to
anatomical location (Clarke, 1994).

8 example, we find a common dynamical pattern often involves intermittently
appearing, multiple time scale helical vortices. We call them unwindable
strudels lest they lead to the brain being called a critically loaded sand
pile that spawns avalanches (Beggs & Plenz, 2005; Levina et al., 2007)). In
comparison with the several second time resolution of fMRI, the MEG’s
superior temporal resolution, ~ 1 ms, combined with its “underdetermined”
weaknesses with respect to specific brain localization when used alone
(Hamalainen et al., 1993; Im et al., 2005; Lee et al., 2007; Sarvas, 1987;
Uutela et al., 1998), suited our goal of characterizing magnetic field
(rather than inferred neuronal) properties of what has been called intrinsic
physiological brain noise (Nagarajan et al., 2006; Sekihara et al., 1997;
Sekihara et al., 2005). The use of ssds(i) exploits the hemispheric symmetry
of the human brain (Geschwind, 1970) and serves several purposes:
(1) It imposes a natural gauge (distance serves as a traveling, local
normalization procedure; (3) The ssdi(i) reduces the penetrance of
electromagnetic field correlates of blink, cough, and movement as well as the
cardiac and respiratory artifacts that both symmetric sensors generally
share; (4) Using ssds(i) instead of the raw MEG time series tends to cancel
the symmetrically shared generic MEG (and EEG) ?, T, a, ß, and ? modes, as
well as other patterns of bihemispheric covariance; (5) Advantageous from the
magnetic field point of view is the fact that using ssds(i) makes issues of 9
neuronal current source location moot; ; the spatial sensitivity profile of
the ssds(i) considered as a virtual sensor typically covers a large volume of
the brain. The techniques similar to that used here of paired sensor
difference series, ssds(i), have been used to reduce or remove the mean and
double or more the higher moments in analyses of nonstationary neural
membrane conductance noise
(Conti et al., 1980; DeFelice, 1977; Sigworth, 1981).

NAVAL – research laboratory experiments (NRL) Florida


7.Pentagon report investigated lasers that put voices in your head
February 18, 2008

by Lisa Zyga

A recently unclassified report from the Pentagon from 1998 has
revealed an investigation into using laser beams for a few intriguing
potential methods of non-lethal torture.Some of the applications the report
investigated include putting voices in people’s heads, using lasers to
trigger uncontrolled neuron firing, and slowly heating the human body to a
point of feverish confusion – all from hundreds of meters away.
A US citizen requested access to the document, entitled “Bioeffects of
Selected Non-Lethal Weapons,” under the Freedom of Information Act a little
over a year ago. There is no evidence that any of the technologies mentioned
in the 10-year-old report have been developed since the time it was written
The report explained several types of non-lethal laser applications,
including microwave hearing, disrupted neural control, and microwave heating.
For the first type, short pulses of RF energy (2450 MHz) can generate a
pressure wave in solids and liquids. When exposed to pulsed RF energy, humans
experience the immediate sensation of “microwave hearing” – sounds that may
include buzzing, ticking, hissing, or knocking that originate within the
head. Studies with guinea pigs and cats suggest that the mechanism
responsible for the phenomenon is thermoelastic expansion.
Exposure to the RF pulses doesn´t cause any permanent effects, as all effects
cease almost immediately after exposure ceases.
As the report explains, tuning microwave hearing could enable communicating
with individuals from a distance of up to several hundred meters.
The report explains:
The phenomenon is tunable in that the characteristic sounds and intensities
of those sounds depend on the characteristics of the RF energy as
delivered… Because the frequency of the sound heard is dependent on the
pulse characteristics of the RF energy, it seems possible that this
technology could be developed to the point where words could be transmitted
to be heard like the spoken word, except that it could only be heard within a
person´s head.
In one experiment, communication of the words from one to ten using ´speech
modulated´ microwave energy was successfully demonstrated. Microphones next
to the person experiencing the voice could not pick up these sounds.
Additional development of this would open up a wide range of possibilities.”
The report predicts that communicating at longer distances would be possible
with larger equipment, while shorter range signals could be generated with
portable equipment. Putting voices in people´s heads could cause what the
report calls “psychologically devastating” effects. The technology might even
allow for communicating with an individual hostage surrounded by captors,
although this would require “extreme directional specificity. With another
weapon, electromagnetic pulses could be used to disrupt the brain´s
functioning, although this technology was still in the theoretical stages at
the time.
Under normal conditions, all brain structures function with specific rhythmic
activity depending on incoming sensory information.
Sometimes, the brain synchronizes neuronal activity in order to focus on a
specific task, but the degree of neuronal synchronization is highly
controlled. However, under certain conditions (such as physical stress or
heat stroke), more areas of the brain can fire in a highly synchronized
manner, and may begin firing uncontrollably. The report describes a method
for replicating this highly synchronized neuron firing across distances of
several hundred meters. High-voltage (100 kV/m) electromagnetic pulses
lasting for one nanosecond could trigger neurons to fire, disrupting the
body´s controlled firing activity. Short-term effects may include loss of
consciousness, muscle spasms, muscle weakness, and seizures lasting for a
couple minutes. These high-voltage pulsed sources, which would require an
estimated frequency of 15 Hz, exist today.
Another form of non-lethal torture described in the report is microwave
heating. By raising the temperature of the body to 41°C (105.8°F), humans can
experience sensations such as memory loss and disorientation, and exhibit
reduced aggression. According to the report, humans can survive temperatures
up to 42°C (107.6°F), at which time prolonged exposure can result in
permanent brain damage or death. The microwave heating technique was tested
on a Rhesus monkey, where a 225 MHz beam caused an increase in the animal´s
body temperature.

Depending on the dosage level, the temperature increase occurred within a
time of 15 to 30 minutes. After the beam was removed, the animal´s body
temperature decreased back to normal.
The report suggests the technique could be useful for controlling crowds or
in negotiations. While the investigations reveal intriguing techniques for
non-lethal torture, the report does not mention plans for carrying out
specific experiments or studies in the future.

nano brain

Vaccine Implants

Implants are now smaller than a hair’s width and are injected with vaccine
and flu shots. Millions have had this done unknowingly. These ‘biochips’
circulate in the bloodstream and lodge in the brain, enabling the victims to
hear ‘voices’ via the implant.
Fluoride and selenium enable people to ‘hear voices’. ELF waves create
disturbances in the biological processes of the body and these can be
activated in the population once the diseases are introduced into the body
from the chemtrails. Fluoride disables the willpower section of the brain,
impairing the left occipital lobe.Some chemtrails have been analyzed and
shown to be creating cleavages in spacial perceptions, blocking the
interaction of various amino-acids that relate to higher-consciousness and to
increase dopamine in the brain producing a listless, spaced-out state of
lower reactive mind.
PENTAGON – Flu Vaccine Use to Modify Human Behavior
The Pentagon currently wants to “realistically replicate human behavior and
frailties” to improve cyberwarfare tactics.The human brain is one of the most
complex organs known to man. To successfully model human populations it is
vital that the computer models can successfully account for how an
individuals brain would respond in specific situations in a sensory

8.DARPA – nanotechnology

1.Military Defense Robotics
Machines Will Rise: Becoming Self Aware
The Department of Defense is building robots for the Pentagon. It has been
seen as a move that could advance AI research and move the Defense robotics
industry into the New Age. As viewed in our Exoskeleton section one of the
leading manufactures in the exoskeleton arena is a company called Cyberdyne
Technologies. Industry experts are already predicting that when the soldier
steps out of this unit the exoskeleton will be able to operate autonomously.

space weapon


A New Industrial Revolution
In January 2000, U.S. President Bill Clinton requested a $227-million
increase in the government’s investment in nanotechnology research and
development, which included a major initiative called the National
Nanotechnology Initiative (NNI). This initiative nearly doubled America ‘s
2000 budget investment in nanotechnology, bringing the total invested in
nanotechnology to $497 million for the 2001 national budget. In a written
statement, White House officials said that “nanotechnology is the new
frontier and its potential impact is compelling.” About 70 percent of the new
nanotechnology funding will go to university research efforts, which will
help meet the demand for workers with nanoscale science and engineering
skills. The initiative will also fund the projects of several governmental
agencies, including the National Science Foundation , the Department of
Defense , the Department of Energy , the National Institutes of Health ,
NASA and the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Much of the
research will take more than 20 years to complete, but the process itself
could touch off a new industrial revolution. Nanotechnology is likely to
change the way almost everything, including medicine, computers and cars, are
designed and constructed. Nanotechnology is anywhere from five to 15 years in
the future, and we won’t see dramatic changes in our world right away.

A Short History of Nanotechnology
Feynman gives after-dinner talk describing molecular machines building with
atomic precision
Taniguchi uses term “nano-technology” in paper on ion-sputter machining
Drexler originates molecular nanotechnology concepts at MIT
First technical paper on molecular engineering to build with atomic
precision STM invented
Buckyball discovered
First book published
AFM invented
First organization formed
First protein engineered
First university symposium
First university course
IBM logo spelled in individual atoms
First national conference
First nanotechnology journal
Japan’s STA begins funding nanotech projects
Japan”s MITI announces bottom-up “atom factory”
IBM endorses bottom-up path
Japan’s MITI commits $200 million
Carbon nanotube discovered
First textbook published
First Congressional testimony
First Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for modeling a hydrogen
abstraction tool useful in nanotechnology
First coverage of nanotech from White House
“Engines of Creation” book given to Rice administration, stimulating first
university nanotech center
Nanosystems textbook used in first university course
US Science Advisor advocates nanotechnology
First think tank report
First industry analysis of military applications
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for synthesis of complex threedimensional
structures with DNA molecules
$250,000 Feynman Grand Prize announced
First European conference
NASA begins work in computational nanotech
First nanobio conference
First company founded: Zyvex
First design of nanorobotic system
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for work in computational
nanotechnology and using scanning probe microscopes to manipulate molecules
First NSF forum, held in conjunction with Foresight Conference
First DNA-based nanomechanical device
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for computational modeling of
molecular tools for atomically-precise chemical reactions and for building
molecular structures through the use of self-organization
First Nanomedicine book published
First safety guidelines
Congressional hearings on proposed National Nanotechnology Initiative
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for development of carbon
nanotubes for potential computing device applications and for modeling the
operation of molecular machine designs
President Clinton announces U.S. National Nanotechnology Initiative
First state research initiative: $100 million in California
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for computational materials
science for nanostructures and for building a molecular switch
First report on nanotech industry
U.S. announces first center for military applications
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for theory of nanometer-scale
electronic devices and for synthesis and characterization of carbon nanotubes
and nanowires
First nanotech industry conference
Regional nanotech efforts multiply
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for using DNA to enable the selfassembly
of new structures and for advancing our ability to model molecular
machine systems
Congressional hearings on societal implications
Call for balancing NNI research portfolio
Drexler/Smalley debate is published in Chemical & Engineering News
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for modeling the molecular and
electronic structures of new materials and for integrating single molecule
biological motors with nano-scale silicon devices
First policy conference on advanced nanotech
First center for nanomechanical systems
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for designing stable protein
structures and for constructing a novel enzyme with an altered function
At Nanoethics meeting, Roco announces nanomachine/nanosystem project count
has reached 300 Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for for designing
a wide variety of single molecular functional nanomachines and for
synthesizing macromolecules of intermediate sizes with designed shapes and
National Academies nanotechnology report calls for experimentation
toward molecular manufacturing
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for work in molecular computation
and algorithmic self-assembly, and for producing complex two-dimensional
arrays of DNA nanostructures
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for construction of molecular
machine systems that function in the realm of Brownian motion, and molecular
machines based upon two-state mechanically interlocked compounds
Technology Roadmap for Productive Nanosystems released
Protein catalysts designed for non-natural chemical reactions
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for work in molecular electronics
and the synthesis of molecular motors and nanocars, and for theoretical
contributions to nanofabrication and sensing
An improved walking DNA nanorobot
Structural DNA nanotechnology arrays devices to capture molecular
building blocks Design ‘from scratch’ of a small protein that performed
the function performed by natural globin proteins Organizing functional
components on addressable DNA scaffolds Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology
awarded for experimental demonstrations of mechanosynthesis using AFM to
manipulate single atoms, and for computational analysis of molecular tools to
build complex molecular structures


DNA-based ‘robotic’ assembly begins
Feynman Prize in Nanotechnology awarded for work in single atom
manipulations and atomic switches, and for development of quantum mechanical
methods for theoretical predictions of molecules and solids
First programmable nanowire circuits for nanoprocessors
DNA molecular robots learn to walk in any direction along a branched
Mechanical manipulation of silicon dimers on a silicon surface

mind bionic

9.Military Nanotechnology

Dangers, Preventive Arms Control, and
Challenges to the International System
Jürgen Altmann
Experimentelle Physik III
Universität Dortmund Germany Conference
Understanding Complex Systems
University of Illinois,
Champaign-Urbana IL, USA 15-18May-2006
NSTC, USA, 1999

1. Nanotechnology(NT)
Analysis and engineering of systems atnanometres(10-9m) size range: between
about 0,1nm(atom) and several 100nm(larger molecule).
Mechanosynthesis: molecular machine takes atoms/molecules from surroundings,
fits mechanically together and lets bonds work
Concepts Associated with MolecularNT
– Mobile nano-robots
– (Super-)human artificial intelligence
– Automatic research, development, construction
– Modified/improved organs, bodies; cyborgs
– Sense/control brain contents, download to software
– Outer space: mining of asteroids, colonies
3.(European concept different)
Promises of Nanotechnology/Converging Technologies
extremely small, extremely powerful computers, linked everywhere
clean production
clean energy
lighter, more efficient vehicles
longer-duration materials
prosthetic implants, targeted drug delivery, tissue regeneration
Risks/Ethical Problems of Nanotechnology/Converging Technologies
health, environment -at present mainly nanoparticles
fewer jobs
genetic manipulation of plants, animals, humans
implants, body manipulation
Efforts for NT
Rest of world
-each about $ 800 million government funding per year

Military Nanotechnology:
Potential Applications and Preventive Arms Control
Jürgen Altmann
London/New York: Routledge, 2006
With revolutionary changes in nanotechnology (NT) now on the horizon, many
countries have started major research and development (R&D) programmes,
which are mainly civilian. Often overlooked are military R&D programmes – in
particular those of the US government. This is the first systematic and
comprehensive presentation of the potential military applications of NT.
In ten to twenty years, these applications may include extremely small
computers, robots, missiles, satellites, launchers and sensors. They may
also provide lighter and stronger materials for vehicles and weapons,
implants in soldiers’ bodies, metal-free firearms, autonomous fighting
systems, and smaller chemical and biological weapons. These potential uses
raise strong concerns. This assessment is made from a viewpoint of
international security, considering the new criteria of dangers for arms
control and the international law of warfare, dangers for stability through
potential new arms races and proliferation, and dangers for humans and
society. Some military applications, such as computers, will be so close to
civilian uses that limits are impractical. Others, such as sensors for
biological- warfare agents, may contribute to stronger protection against
terrorist attacks and better verification of compliance with arms-control
treaties.For preventive limitation of these new technologies, specific
approaches are proposed that balance positive civilian uses and take into
account verification of compliance, with a view to international peace and
security, not national military strength. This book will be of great
interest to scholars of military technology, non-lethal weapons, disarmament
and security studies in general.

Technology Trapping Figure


Lothar IBRÜGGER (Germany)
13. While most of the debate over NT focuses on its prospects for informatics
and medicine, potential military applications of NT lack proper public
attention, despite the fact that NT is becoming increasingly important
for military strategists. The funding of military NT makes up a substantial
share of total NT funding.
14. The United States is the leader in military R&D of NT. Indeed, the US
military has been engaged in this field since the 1980s, focusing on
ultra-submicron electronics and scanning-probe microscopy. In 1996, NT was
established as one of six strategic research areas for defence. Accordingly,
between 25 and 30% of the US National Nanotechnology Initiative funding has
gone to the US Department of Defence (DoD) since NNI’s establishment in 2000.
In 2005, the DoD is due to receive $276 million for NT, while the Department
of Homeland Security will receive an extra $1 million for this purpose,
accounting for approximately 28% of the total US NT budget. The US military
R&D is focusing on the development of miniature sensors, high-speed
processing, unmanned combat vehicles, improved virtual-reality training, and
enhancement of human performance.
15. The UK Ministry of Defence (MOD) is also engaged in military R&D of NT,
and allocates approximately £1.5 million per annum to this purpose. However,
the MOD considers NT development in the United Kingdom as being driven by
commercial, rather than military imperatives. NT related expenditure accounts
for 0.35% of the annual UK defence scientific research budget and is
substantially smaller than that of the Department of Trade and Industry.
Sweden has invested €11 million over 5 years in military NT R&D. The European
Union had budgeted €65 million in 2004-2006 to enhance the European industrial
potential in the field of security research. Even though this does not
specifically mention NT, some of the areas might contain NT implications.
16. Most of military NT is still in R&D level. According to Dr. Jürgen
Altmann, one of the most prominent researchers of military NT, it will take
between 5 and 20 years or more for the applications of this research to
arrive. One can expect that NT-based soldier-worn systems will be introduced
in the mid-term future. In 2002, the Institute for Soldier Nanotechnology
(ISN) was created at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), with a
five-year grant of $50 million from the US Army. The goal of this research
centre is to greatly enhance the protection and survival of the infantry
soldier, using NT to create a bulletproof battle suit. US army planners are
hoping to lighten the load that soldiers carry into battle. These systems
could also monitor the state of health of the wearer, improve stamina and
reaction, ease or even heal injuries, improve communication abilities, and
increase soldiers’ protection against biological or chemical weapons.

17. Potentially, NT could dramatically improve warfare technology. Lighter,
stronger, heat resistant nanomaterials could be used in producing all kinds of
weapons, making military transportation faster, strengthening armour and
saving energy. Qualities of nanomaterials can be used for better camouflage.
18. A significant breakthrough in electronics, encouraged by NT, could result
in the creation of smaller but very powerful computers, very small sensors and
other devices that could be used by the military in a number of ways.
Information could be stored and analysed more efficiently, intelligence and
surveillance capabilities could be increased considerably by using
nanosensors, precision of projectiles could reach extreme accuracy,
communication systems could become much more sophisticated, as well as virtual
reality systems for training. Tiny sensors or even nanocomputers could be
embedded in various military items, munitions, projectiles or uniforms, thus
making them “smart”. Some more futuristic visions even foresee development of
autonomous fighting robots and military use of artificial intelligence,
enabled by the development of NT.
19. It is debatable whether NT could bring significant changes to nuclear
weapons, as the laws of physics would still require a critical mass of uranium
or plutonium. NT, however, might be used to improve arming or triggering
systems of nuclear weapons. On the other hand, Dr. André Gsponer, Director of
the Geneva-based Independent Scientific Research Institute, argues that NT can
actually contribute to miniaturisation and safety of nuclear bombs, by
offering heat- and radiation- resistant materials. Furthermore, NT might be
used to create the fourth-generation nuclear weapon, i.e. a low-yield “clean”
fusion-fuelled nuclear bomb, which would contain no, or very little,
fissionable material. These nukes could potentially be used in
earth-penetrating missiles.
20. The potential for NT innovations in chemical and biological weapons is
particularly disquieting, as NT can considerably enhance the delivery
mechanisms of agents or toxic substances. The ability of nanoparticles to
penetrate the human body and its cells could make biological and chemical
warfare much more feasible, easier to manage and to direct against specific
groups or individuals. Dr. Sean Howard, in his work on NT security
implications, has even called the threat of chemical and biological warfare a
“real nano goo”.
21. On the other hand, NT offers tools to effectively and profoundly
strengthen homeland security policies, aimed at fighting the proliferation of
biological and chemical weapons. Sensitive, selective and inexpensive NT-based
sensors and materials could detect and bind components of chemical, biological
or radiological weapons on the atomic or molecular level, thanks to the large
surface/volume ratio of nanoparticles or of nanoporous material (JA). This is
very important, as some agents can be lethal even in minuscule quantities.
Chemical and biological defence systems with nanosensors could be placed in
public places, such as schools or government buildings, public transportation
systems, military assets, and border-crossing sites. Finally, nanomaterials
could also be used to decontaminate places or individuals affected by chemical
or biological weapons.


11.Nanotechnology in Europe

“Nanoscience and nanotechnologies: an action plan for Europe 2005-2009”.
This plan highlights the following nanotechnology areas:
_ nanoelectronics, including nanomanufacturing and nanoinstrumentation
_ nanobiotechnology and nanomedicine, including diagnostics, targeted
drug delivery and regenerative medicine
_ nanomaterials, nanoparticle technology
_ health and environmental risks of nanotechnology
Germany: 320 MEuro/yr on nano in 2004
Nanotechnology in Germany is focused on nanoelectronics (46 MEuro/yr),
nanomaterials (38), nano-optics (26), microsystems (10), ICT (3), nanobio
(3) and manufacturing (2). Nine nanotechnology competence centers have been
founded: Nanomaterials (Karlsruhe), Ultraprecision surface engineering
(Braunschweig) and nano coatings (Dresden), Nanooptics (Berlin),
Nanobiotechnology (Munchen and Kaiserslautern), Nanochemistry (Saarbrucken),
Hanse Nanotec (Hamburg); CeNtech (Munster)
UK: 130 MEuro/yr on nano in 2004
After the National Initiative on Nanotechnology (NION) and LINK
nanotechnology program (LNP), both ended in 2002, the UK launched in 2003
the Micro and Nanotechnology Initiative (MNT) to create a network of micro
and nanotechnology facilities. At present the UK has 1500 nanotechnology
workers. Well recognized nanotechnology centers are at the universities of
Oxford, Cambridge, Newcastle, Durham and Glasgow. A special nanomaterials
production facility is present at Farnborough, run by Qinetiq. Inex,
innovation in nanotechnology exploitation, offers a one-stop-shop facility
for micro- and nanosystems including production facilities.
France: 250 MEuro/yr on nano in 2004
The French research structure for nanotechnology is based around a group of
five centers of excellence. This network covers the facilities at CEA-LETI
in Grenoble (centered on Minatec, which brings together the CEA, the CNRS,
the Institut National Polytechnique and the Université Joseph Fourier); the
Laboratoire d’Analyses et d’Architectures des Systemes (LAAS) in Toulouse;
the Laboratoire de Photonique et de Nanostructures (LPN) in Marcoussis; the
Institut d’Electronique Fondamentale in Orsay (IEF) (centered on Minerve)
and the Institut d’Electronique, de Microelectronique et de Nanotechnologies
(IEMN) in Lille. Priorities are:
_ micro & nanoelectronics
_ opto-electronics
_ microsystems and assembly
_ biotechnology and instrumentation
Nanotechnology is considered crucial for the high tech industry in the
Netherlands, not only for the multinationals such as Philips, ASML, ASMI,
DSM, AKZO-Nobel but also for a large number of small and medium sized
companies. Three programs are now ongoing.

NanoNed, is an initiative of eight knowledge institutes and Philips. It
clusters the nanotechnology and enabling technology strengths of the Dutch
industrial and scientific infrastructure. The total budget for this NanoNed
program amounts to 235 MEuro (4 years). The program has so called flagship
projects on:

_ advanced nanoprobing, nano-instrumentation
_ chemistry and physics of individual molecules
_ bionanosystems
_ bottom-up nanoelectronics, nanoelectronic materials
_ nanofabrication, nanofluidics
_ nanophotonics, nanospintronics
The MicroNed program integrates Netherlands R&D on microsystems.
The budget amounts to 54 MEuro (4 years). It has the following clusters:
_ micro invasive devices; micro life, lab-on-chip
_ distributed sensor and actuator systems; autonomous sensors for harsh
_ smart microchannel technology; modeling and design of microsystems
_ microsatellite
_ microfactory

The Holst center was founded in 2005 by IMEC (B) and TNO (NL) in order to
valorize nano- and microsystems technology into innovative products. It has
two technology programs:
_ system in a package: wireless, autonomous sensors
_ system in a foil: flexible electronics in a foil for lighting, sensors,
tags and energy
The center has received a 50 MEuro grant from the Ministry of Economic
Affairs. It is an open innovation center and industrial partners can sign in
and participate in the technology programs.
Technology radars
One way of ordering and structuring this nanolandscape is to plot technology
radars. Technology radars are radial plots with the radius as timeline,
usually 15 or 20 years, towards market readiness. The radar circle can be
divided into three or four segments covering the following application
_ ict, information and communication
_ energy or power
_ bio and life science
_ materials and manufacturing
In this chapter nanotechnology radars are being proposed for eight
application domains in both the military and civil world:
_ human centric: soldier, first responder, medical, sport
_ vehicles: land vehicles, automotive
_ marine: naval, maritime
_ aerospace: missiles, fighters, aero planes
_ space: satellites
_ weapons and law enforcement
_ logistics
_ security and surveillance

human robot


– USA (FAS space millitary System)
– EU (GMES space millitary System)
– RUSSIA (POLYUS space milllitary System)
– USA (GPS satellite navigation)
– EU (GALILEO satellite navigation)
– RUSSIA (GLONASS satellite navigation)
The Nautilus is another space- faring craft, a secret military spacecraft
which operates by magnetic pulsing. It operates out of the unacknowledged
new headquarters of the U.S. Space Command, deep under a mountain in Utah.
It makes twice-a-week trips up to the secret military-intelligence space
station, which has been in deep space for the past thirty years, and manned
by U.S. and USSR (now CIS) military astronauts.
In 1988 previous models of spacefaring military vehicles were superseded by
the “Nautilus”, a spacecraft with a rounded delta shape built jointly by
special projects divisions of Europe’s Airbus Industrie and U.S.’s Boeing
Corporation. Nautilus has a propulsion system which utilizes magnetic
pulsing. Nautilus-type craft make twice-weekly trips up into space and back,
to service the secret international space station. The Nautilus is based in
Utah. The “Dream Chaser” is a planned manned suborbital and orbital
spacecraft being developed by Space-Dev, a wholly owned subsidiary of Sierra
Nevada Corporation. It is a spaceplane based on previous NASA & Soviet
spaceplane work.
1.Tactical High Energy Laser- THEL
The cooperative Tactical High Energy Laser (THEL) Demonstrator ACTD was
initiated by a memorandum of agreement between the United States and the
Government of Israel on 18 July 1996. The THEL is a high- energy laser
weapon system that uses proven laser beam generation technologies, proven
beam- pointing technologies, and existing sensors and communication networks
to provide a new active defense capability in counterair missions. The THEL
can provide an innovative solution not offered by other systems or
technologies for the acquisition and close-in engagement problems associated
with short- to medium-range threats, thereby significantly enhancing
coverage of combat forces and theater-level assets. The THEL low-cost per
kill (about $3,000 per kill) will also provide a cost-effective defense
against low-cost air threats. It features up to 60 shots without reloading
and a P(k) near 1 at ranges of some 5 km. A joint U.S.-Israeli program was
initiated to develop a THEL demonstrator using deuterium fluoride chemical
laser technologies. THEL uses a Deuterium-Fluoride (DF) laser. NF3 and C2H4
are first reacted in multiple, side-by-side, high-pressure combustion
chambers using an oxidizer (NF3) rich mixture that generates free F atoms.
After ignition the combustion-generated F atoms, mixed with combustion byproducts
and a He diluent, flow into the laser cavity. A mixture of He and
deuterium is also injected into the laser cavity, and DF is generated in an
excited state as deuterium reacts with the free F atoms. The laser cavity is
now ready to produce a laser beam.

BA 330 Nautilus modul X-37A – Boeing/NASA Sierra Nevada Corporation
2.Alpha High energy laser – AHEL
Alpha High energy laser Advanced Mirror Program Satellite – TRW
Combination lasers: x-ray laser, infra-red laser, chemical joda laser,
laser neutral beams, laser electrons, holographic laser.
The beam is formed by a combination of sound and ultrasound waves which
causes that a person targeted by this beam hears the sound inside of his
head. One of them is the electromagnetic energy.
Human Bioelectric Impulses(Signals) Modulation/Monitoring
Classified US Department of Defense advanced operative tactical weapon,
based on human epithalamus and metathalamus specifically epithalamus
biomagnetic resonance and metathalamus biomagnetic resonance.
Execution of remote targets (target classification:bioobject)
complete by the following steps:

1. Epithalamus/Metathalamus biomagnetic field (resonance) of remote target
must be projected to remote computerized device-target systems designed to
read and modulate bioelectrical impulses.

2. Biomagnetic potentials projected on epithalamus/metathalamus biomagnetic
field (resonance) of remote target in its turn reflect on epithalamus it
self and brain cortex .This allows to perform simultaneous no-contact
bioelectric monitoring (surveillance) of remote target by reading
biomagnetic potentials projected to epithalamus biomagnetic field.

Satellite Millitary communication GPS III
Satellite Millitäry communication GPS-USA
Successful launch campaign and modernization work under way for
Global Positioning System
With successful launches of replenishment satellites, a new contract
to modernize existing spacecraft and an architecture study for the
next-generation satellite system, Space Systems is keeping pace with
the Air Force’s timetable to modernize and improve its GPS
The sixth straight successful GPS IIR satellite was launched in
January and is operational. The IIR satellites have increased the GPS
constellation’s accuracy and are consistently within the top 10
performers in the constellation. Fourteen more IIR spacecraft have
been delivered by Space Systems to the U.S. Air Force Space and
Missile Systems Center for future launches including another planned
this year. The Global Positioning System allows any user equipped
with a GPS receiver to determine velocity and worldwide position
within a few meters. Although originally designed as a guidance and
navigational tool for the military, GPS has proven beneficial in the
commercial and civil markets for transportation, surveying and rescue
operations. In late 2000, Space Systems was awarded a contract to
modernize up to 12 of the 14 GPS satellites currently in storage. The
satellites will be modified to incorporate two new military signals
and a second civil signal, thus providing military and civilian users
of the navigation system with expanded capabilities much sooner than
previously envisioned.
This modification represents the first significant upgrade to the
navigation signal since the inception of GPS. Also in late 2000,
Space Systems was awarded one of two industry contracts for a 12-
month System Architecture and Requirements Definition stud for the
next-generation Global Positioning System, GPS III.
GLONASS-K satellite

GLONASS-K is a substantial improvement of the previous generation: it
is the first unpressurised GLONASS satellite with a much reduced mass
(750 kg versus 1,450 kg of GLONASS-M). It has an operational lifetime
of 10 years, compared to the 7-year lifetime of the second generation
GLONASS-M. It will transmit more navigation signals to improve the
system’s accuracy, including new CDMA signals in the L3 and L5 bands
which will use modulation similar to modernized GPS, Galileo and
The new satellite’s advanced equipment—made solely from Russian
components—will allow the doubling of GLONASS’ accuracy.As with the
previous satellites, these are 3-axis stabilized, nadir pointing with
dual solar arrays.The first GLONASS-K satellite was successfully
launched on 26 February 2011
Ground control
The ground control segment of GLONASS is entirely located within
former Soviet Union territory. The Ground Control Center and Time
Standards is located in Moscow and the telemetry and tracking
stations are in Saint Petersburg, Ternopol, Eniseisk, and Komsomolskna-
Septentrio, Topcon, JAVAD, Magellan Navigation, Novatel, Leica
Geosystems and Trimble Inc produce GNSS receivers making use of
GLONASS. NPO Progress describes a receiver called “GALS-A1” which
combines GPS and GLONASS reception. SkyWave Mobile Communications
manufactures an Inmarsat-based satellite communications terminal that
uses both GLONASS and GPS.

Columbus laboratory
The Columbus laboratory is ESA’s biggest single contribution to the
International Space Station. The 4.5-metre diameter cylindrical module is
equipped with flexible research facilities that offer extensive science
During its 10-year projected lifespan, Earth-based researchers, together
with the ISS crew, will be able to conduct thousands of experiments in life
sciences, materials science, fluid physics and a whole host of other
disciplines, all in the weightlessness of orbit.
To keep costs low and reliability high, Columbus shares its basic structure
and life-support systems with the Italian space agency’s (ASI) Multi-Purpose
Logistics Modules (MPLM). But whereas the MPLM is aptly described as a
‘space moving van’ – albeit a very sophisticated moving van – the 75 cubic
metres of space inside Columbus contains an entire suite of science
Payload racks
The Columbus laboratory has room for ten International Standard Payload
Racks (ISPRs), eight situated in the sidewalls, and two in the ceiling area.
Each rack is the size of a telephone booth and able to host its own
autonomous and independent laboratory, complete with power and cooling
systems, and video and data links back to researchers on Earth.
ESA has developed a range of payload racks, all tailored to squeeze the
maximum amount of research from the minimum of space and to offer European
scientists across a wide range of disciplines full access to a weightless
environment that cannot possibly be duplicated on Earth.

Columbus was outfitted with five internal payload racks at launch

??Biolab – supports experiments on micro-organisms, cells and tissue
cultures, and even small plants and small insects.

??The European Physiology Modules Facility (EPM) – a set of experiments
that will be used to investigate the effects of long-duration
spaceflight on the human body. Experiment results will also contibute
to an increased understanding of age-related bone loss, balance
disorders and other ailments back on Earth.

??The Fluid Science Laboratory (FSL) – will accommodate experiments in
the strange behaviour of weightless liquids. These too, could bring
far-reaching benefits on Earth: better ways to clean up oil spills,
for example, and even improved manufacture of optical lenses.

??The European Drawer Rack (EDR) – is a modular and flexible experiment
carrier system for a large variety of scientific disciplines,
providing basic accommodation and resources for experiment modules
housed within standardised drawers and lockers.

??The European Transport Carrier (ETC) – accommodates items for
transport and stowage. In orbit ETC will serve as a workbench and
stowage facility.
Columbus Control Centre, Oberpfaffenhofen, Germany.
Under the call sign ‘Munich’, the Columbus Control Centre will, from 2007,
be responsible for systems on board the orbiting Columbus laboratory and for
European science activities on board the ISS.The centre is already building
operational expertise during ESA’s Astrolab Mission.

NAUTILUS-X stands for Non-Atmospheric Universal Transport Intended for
Lengthy United States eXploration
This tubular spacecraft could serve as a reusable vehicle for lunar and
deep-space missions, holding a crew of six and enough supplies for a twoyear
expedition. Dubbed Nautilus-X, for “Non-Atmospheric Universal Transport
Intended for Lengthy United States eXploration,” this craft could be built
in orbit and ready for space missions by 2020, according to a briefing by
NASA’s Future In Space Operations group.
Nautilus is a multi-mission space exploration vehicle, so it could
incorporate mission-specific propulsion units, according to Edward Henderson
of NASA Johnson Space Center. Theoretically, you could swap out engines and
fuel depending on where you wanted to go. Such an all-purpose system would
be simpler than building heavy-lift rockets for specific missions to the
moon or Mars.
Henderson described the system at a briefing on NASA’s Technology
Applications Assessment Team, which is studying (relatively) inexpensive,
quick-turnaround technologies for space exploration. Check out the
PowerPoint slides here. HobbySpace has a nice roundup of the meeting, which
also included a DARPA-funded geosynchronous satellite servicing project, insitu
water recovery on the Moon, a project that would demonstrate spacebased
solar power beams, a solar electric propulsion vehicle, and propellant
depots floating in geosynchronous orbit.

human computer


Sentinel-2 will provide systematic global acquisitions of high-resolution
multispectral imagery for Europe’s Global Monitoring for Environment and
Security (GMES) programme.
GMES (Global Monitoring for Environment and Security) is the response to the
need by Europe for geo-spatial information services. It provides autonomous
and independent access to information for policy-makers, particularly in
relation to environment and security.
The success of GMES will be achieved largely through a well-engineered Space
Component for the provision of Earth-observation data to feed into a range
of services for monitoring the environment and supporting civil security activities.
With the benefit of more three decades of experience in implementing
satellite missions to observe Earth from space, ESA is well-placed to
develop and manage this core component of GMES.
The GMES Space Component comprises two types of satellite missions, ESA’s
five families of dedicated Sentinels and missions from other space agencies,
called Contributing Missions. A unified ground segment, through which the
data are streamed and made freely available for GMES services, completes the
Space Component. The Sentinels will be launched from 2013.
These missions carry a range of technologies, such as radar and multispectral
imaging instruments for land, ocean and atmospheric monitoring:

??Sentinel-1 will provide all-weather, day and night radar imagery for
land and ocean services,

??Sentinel-2 will provide high-resolution optical imagery for land

??Sentinel-3 will provide high-accuracy optical, radar and altimetry
data for marine and land services,

??Sentinel-4 and Sentinel-5 will provide data for atmospheric
composition monitoring from geostationary orbit and polar orbit,


The Polyus military testbed was put together on a crash basis as an answer
to America’s Star Wars program. It was built around a surplus TKS manned
spacecraft and was meant to test prototype ASAT and Star Wars defense
systems. It failed to reach orbit, but it had succeeded, it
would have been the core module of a new Mir-2 space station. Its mere
presence could have decisively changed the shape of the Cold War in its
final months.
Polyus Starwars system launched in 1987:
The Polyus testbed contained means of defence against both ASAT weapons and
beam weapons, though according to Kornilov’s article these were only meant
to conduct approach and docking tests. A cannon was mounted on Polyus to
defend against ASAT weapons. An optical sighting system for the defensive
cannon was included in addition to a sighting radar. By this means hostile
ASAT weapons could be tracked without generating traceable signals.
Experiments to check the efficiency of barium clouds in diffusing particle
beams were also to have been conducted with Polyus.
A Polyus mock-up was delivered by the Krunichev Factory to Baikonur
Cosmodrome in July, 1986, for tests of the Polyus/Energia interface. The
spacecraft was about 37 meters in length, 4.1 meters in diameter and weighed
about 80 metric tons. A question exists whether a mock-up of the Polyus
test bed was constructed and if it still exists. There have been several
schemes advanced by the Salyut Design Bureau and the Krunichev Factory for
the commercial adaptation of Polyus and these may be intended to make use
of this mock-up. Polyus’s failure to achieve working orbit was caused by a
faulty inertial guidance sensor. An article entitled “Unknown Polyus” by
Yuri Kornilov, Chief Designer of the Salyut Design Bureau, has appeared in
the journal “Earth and the Universe”, and it provides details about the
construction and testing of the first payload for the Energia rocket, the
“Polyus” spacecraft. While Kornilov invites the reader to “read between the
lines” and points out previous Soviet mis-statements about the Polyus, he
is under a security ban which would lead to a 10 years in prison if he
reveals (Soviet) “state” secrets. His article continues to claim that
weapons systems tests were peaceful experiments.

He also authorised the design ofcounter-measures, including Polyus. Andropov sought to bring about a treaty
banning military weapons from space until he fell ill in June, 1983.
The Soviet space program ran on a five year cycle and Kornilov complains
that the Polyus spacecraft had less than the cusOn March 23, 1983, United States President Ronald Reagan set forth his
vision of “Star Wars”, a shield intended to defend the United States against
nuclear attack from any place on Earth. The leader of the Soviet Union, Yuri
Andropov, immediately accused the United States of seeking to militarily
dominate the Soviet Union, and it appears tomary five years for
development. It was decided that the Polyus would be the payload for the
first launch of the Energia heavy lifter, then scheduled for the fall of
1986. Kornilov gives no reason for the rushed development.
Kornilov then goes on to declare that because of this rush Polyus was
created by combining components from several current projects. The interface
between Polyus and the Energia booster was adapted from the Buran Space
Shuttle. The central module was adapted from a module for the Mir 2 Space
Station. The replaceable and returnable space station to house cosmonauts
was adapted from the upgrade of the existing TKS Transport Supply Spacecraft
(Kosmos 929, 1267, 1443, 1668). Since the interface of the replaceable space
station with the Proton launch vehicle was adapted to interface it with the
central module, the rocket engines for orbital insertion had to be placed in
the nose of the vehicle. This placement had catastrophic consequences for
the Polyus spacecraft.
After Andropov’s death in February, 1984 his successor Konstantin Chernenko
continued to press for a treaty banning the militarisation of space. None
the less, apparently following the successful test by the US Army of an
anti-ballistic missile on June 12, 1984, and the rejection of a Soviet
diplomatic initiative on July 1, construction of the Polyus began at the
Krunichev Factory.
Design and construction of the platform was given the highest priority, and
was under the personal supervision of Armaments Minister O D Baklanov (who
later organised the coup against Michael Gorbachev) and Vice Minister O N
Shishkin. These two met weekly with project leaders and issued immediate
orders for the production of any needed components.
Chernenko’s successor Michael Gorbachev denounced the militarisation of
space on his first diplomatic trips abroad in December, 1984. Following
Chernenko’s death on March 12, 1985, and his becoming leader, Gorbachev
proposed a freeze on the development of space weapons.


Headquartered at Dahlgren, Va., Naval Space Command began operations ….
Oct. 1, 1983. Naval Space Command uses the medium of space and its potential
to provide essential information and capabilities to shore and afloat naval

forces by a variety of means:

??Operating surveillance, navigation, communication, environmental, and
information systems;

??Advocating naval warfighting requirements in the joint arena;

??Advising, supporting, and assisting the naval services through
training, and by developing space plans, programs, policies, concepts,
and doctrine.
Naval Space Command’s headquarters staff and operational element numbers
approximately 350 Navy military and civilian personnel. Their component
commands include the Naval Satellite Operations Center and the Fleet
Surveillance Support Command.
Naval Space Command, a component of USSPACECOM, operates assigned space
systems to provide surveillance and warning, and provides spacecraft
telemetry and on-orbit engineering support. In addition, Naval Space Command
serves as the Alternate Space Control Center [AASC] for USSPACECOM’s primary
centers located at Cheyenne Mountain AS. ASCC missions include operational
direction of the entire global space surveillance network (SSN) for
commander in chief, USSPACECOM (USCINCSPACE). The ASCC also detects, tracks,
identifies, and catalogs all man-made objects in space and provides position
information on these objects to about 1,000 customers. In addition, ASCC is
charged with monitoring the space environment and informing owners and
operators of U.S. and allied space systems of potential threats to their
assets by continuous liaison with the systems’ operations centers.
The heartbeat of Naval Space Command revolves around providing space support
to day-to-day operations of the Fleet and Fleet Marine Forces worldwide,
whether for routine deployments, exercises, or actions in response to a
crisis situation. This space support to terrestrial and naval forces can be
categorized across a broad spectrum of activities that encompass
communications, surveillance and indication, and warning, intelligence,
navigation, and remote sensing.


A constant and vigilant surveillance of potentially hostile military threats
is critical in preserving the operational effectiveness of our armed forces
around the world. Naval Space Command manages two distinct surveillance
efforts in support of Fleet and Fleet Marine Forces: tracking satellites in
orbit and monitoring over-the-horizon threats from sea and air forces.
First, Naval Space Command operates a surveillance network of nine field
stations located across the southern U.S. Three transmitter sites in the
network are located at Jordan Lake, Ala., Lake Kickapoo, Texas, and Gila
River, Ariz. Six receiver sites are located at Tattnall, Ga., Hawkinsville,
Ga., Silver Lake, Miss., Red River, Ark., Elephant Butte, N.M., and San
Diego, Calif.
These surveillance stations produce a “fence” of electromagnetic energy that
can detect objects out to an effective range of 15,000 nautical miles.
Over one million satellite detections, or observations, are collected by
this surveillance network each month. Data gathered is transmitted to a
computer center at Naval Space Command headquarters in Dahlgren, where it is
used to constantly update a data base of spacecraft orbital elements. This
information is reported to Fleet and Fleet Marine Forces to alert them when
particular satellites of interest are overhead. The command also maintains a
catalog of all earth-orbiting satellites and supports USSPACECOM as part of
the nation’s worldwide Space Surveillance Network…
Naval Space Command provides space intelligence support to deployed naval
forces through an initiative dubbed “Chambered Round.” The Chambered Round
product is a message that provides deployed naval forces with tactical
assessments of hostile space capabilities and specific reactions to their
operations. This knowledge assists Fleet and Fleet Marine Force tactical
units in reducing their vulnerability to space reconnaissance efforts…
TRW – Direct Energy Weapon “Naval-Surface Warfare Center” – Virginia

Maryland’s aerospace and defense industry includes 12 major military
installations, 16 of America’s top 25 aerospace companies and 70 of the
top 100 defense contractors. The state is a thriving location for space
exploration, satellite technology and research, design and manufacturing of
UAVs and robotics. The industry includes Department of Defense related
activities such as biodefense, cyber security, avionics, informatics and
ordnance and weapons testing. In 2009, Maryland’s 2,600 aerospace and
defense businesses were awarded $3.5 billion in federal contracts and
generated $21.2 billion in Gross Domestic Product.
Maryland has more than 50 federal research agencies and ranks second
nationally in research and development investments by the federal
government, with $12.5 billion in annual funding.


Research and development in Maryland based organizations revolutionize
aerospace and space exploration offering mankind an up-close look at
mysteries of our planet with help from the Hubble Space Telescope, the
MESSENGER satellite and the James Webb Space Telescope.
• JHU Applied Physics Lab
• U.S. Army Research Laboratory
• Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division
• Naval Air Systems Command
• NASA Goddard Space Flight Center
• Mid-Atlantic Regional Spaceport


• Aberdeen Proving Ground
• Adelphi Laboratory Center
• Army Corps of Engineers, Baltimore District
• Carderock Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center
• Coast Guard Yard, Curtis Bay
• Fort Detrick
• Fort George G. Meade
• Joint Base Andrews Naval Air Facility Washington
• National Naval Medical Center at Bethesda
• Naval Air Station Patuxent River
• Naval Support Facility Indian Head
• United States Naval Academy


• Boeing
• Booz Allen Hamilton
• L-3 Communications
• CACI International
• Lockheed Martin
• General Dynamics
• Northrop Grumman
• Honeywell International


Maryland has world-renowned colleges and universities with outstanding
computer science and engineering programs. Nationally ranked STEM and
competitive research programs include the University System of Maryland,
which attracts more than $1 billion annually in external research and
development support and Johns Hopkins University, the nation’s leading
University in volume of research.
• University of Maryland College Park is ranked among the top ten
universities in graduate and undergraduate aerospace engineering and
produces the largest number of STEM graduates in the state.
• University of Maryland Baltimore County has the second highest percentage
of graduates in STEM fields of any university in the state and is home to
the Center for Information Security and Assurance.
• University of Maryland University College is one of the world’s largest
public universities. Specialized training programs include Homeland Security
and Information Assurance, Information Technology,
Project Management and Software Engineering.
• United States Naval Academy ranks second in the nation among top public
liberal arts colleges, fifth in undergraduate engineering (among schools
without PhD programs); its programs in aerospace and electronics/
communications engineering rank in top ten.
• Anne Arundel Community College the first 2-year college to develop a
cybersecurity curriculum, the Information Systems Security program offers an
AA degree, certificate and courses to students for entry-level positions in

13.Space Weapons

Richard L. Garwin (USA)
Wednesday 14th May, 2003
Classes of weapons:
1. Directed-energy weapons such as space-based lasers DEW
2. Kinetic -energy weapons against missile targets KEW
3. Kinetic -energy weapons against surface targets KEW
4. Conventional warheads delivered by space-based, or space-traversing,
Here is a tabulation of threats:
1) denial & deception
2) electronic warfare
3) attack on ground stations
4) sensor blinding
5) microsatellites
6) direct-ascent interceptors
7) nuclear detonation in space
Patent 1,096,102 – The Hollow Earth Theory
Patent 3,951,134 – Apparatus and method for remotely monitoring and altering brain waves
Patent 4,686,685 – Method And Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earth’s Atmosphere,
Ionosphere, and/or Magnetosphere
Patent 4,717,343 – Method of Changing Person’s Behavior
Patent 4,858,612 – Hearing Device
Patent 4,877,027 – Hearing System
Patent 5,123,899 – Method and System for Altering Consciousness
Patent 5,159,703 – Silent Subliminal Presentation System
Patent 5,270,800 – Subliminal Message Generator
Patent 5,507,291 – Method and an Associated Apparatus for Remotely Determining information as to
Person’s Emotional State
Patent 5,539,705 – Ultrasonic Speech Translator and Communications System
Patent 5,629,678 – Personal Tracking and Recovery System
Patent 5,760,692 – Intra-oral Tracking Device
Patent 5,878,155 – Method for verifying human identity during electronic sale transactions
Patent 5,905,461 – Global Positioning Satellite Tracking Device
Patent 5,935,054 – Magnetic excitation of Sensory Resonances
Patent 5,952,600 – Engine Disabling Weapon
Patent 6,006,188 – Speech Signal Processing for Determining Psychological or Physiological
Characteristics Using a Knowledge Base
Patent 6,011,991 – Communication system and method including brain wave analysis and/or use of
brain activity
Patent 6,014,080 – Body Worn Active and Passive Tracking Device
Patent 6,017,302 – Subliminal Acoustic Manipulation of Nervous System
Patent 6,051,594 – Methods and Formulations for Modulating the Human Sexual Response
Patent 6,669,094 – Method of Embedding and Recovering Encoded Item Identification Information in
an Emulsion by Means of Radiant Energy.


BUMED MOOR, 3 November 2006
From: Secretary of the Navy
i. International Research.
Research involving human subjects who are not U.S. citizens or DOD
personnel, conducted outside the United States, and its territories
and possessions, requires permission of the host country. The laws,
customs, and practices of the host country and those required by this
instruction will be followed. An ethics review by the host country,
or local Naval IRE with host country representation, is required.
j. Classified Research.
Classified research with human subjects is held to the same ethical
principles and human subject protections as unclassified research and
must receive prior approval from the Secretary of Defense (SECDEF)
(SECDEF Memorandum of December 13, 1999) . Classified research is not
eligible for review under expedited review procedures as noted in
reference (n)
A. Research includes, but is not limited to, any project,
task, test, pilot study, experiment, investigation, study,
clinical study, clinical investigation, clinical trial,
evaluation, developmental effort or similar undertaking, whether
or not conducted or supported under a program that is officially
considered research. Any effort, even if not considered
research for other purposes, is considered research for purposes
of this instruction.

15.Scientists to study synthetic telepathy

Researchers get grant to develop communication system based on thoughts, not
speech, Irvine, Calif., August 13, 2008
A team of UC Irvine scientists has been awarded a $4 million grant from the
U.S. Army Research Office to study the neuroscientific and signal-processing
foundations of synthetic telepathy.The research could lead to a ommunication
system that would benefit soldiers on the battlefield and paralysis and
stroke patients, according to lead researcher Michael D’Zmura, chair of the
UCI Department of Cognitive Sciences.
“Thanks to this generous grant we can work with experts in automatic speech
recognition and in brain imaging at other universities to research a braincomputer
interface with applications in military, medical and commercial
settings,” D’Zmura says.
The brain-computer interface would use a noninvasive brain imaging
technology like electroencephalography to let people communicate thoughts to
each other. For example, a soldier would “think” a message to be transmitted
and a computer-based speech recognition system would decode the EEG signals.
The decoded thoughts, in essence translated brain waves, are transmitted
using a system that points in the direction of the intended target.
“Such a system would require extensive training for anyone using it to send
and receive messages,” D’Zmura says. Initially, communication would be based
on a limited set of words or phrases that are recognized by the system; it
would involve more complex language and speech as the technology is
developed further.”
D’Zmura will collaborate with UCI cognitive science professors Ramesh
Srinivasan, Gregory Hickok and Kourosh Saberi. Joining the team are
researchers Richard Stern and Vijayakumar Bhagavatula from Carnegie Mellon
University and David Poeppel from the University of Maryland.The grant comes
from the U.S. Department of Defense’s Multidisciplinary University Research
Initiative program-MURI, which supports research involving more than one
science and engineering discipline. Its goal is to develop applications for
military and commercial uses.
About the University of California, Irvine: The University of California,
Irvine is a top-ranked university dedicated to research, scholarship and
community service. Founded in 1965, UCI is among the fastest-growing
University of California campuses, with more than 27,000 undergraduate and
graduate students and nearly 2,000 faculty members. The third-largest
employer in dynamic Orange County, UCI contributes an annual economic impact
of $3.6 billion.

16.MURI: Synthetic Telepathy

Multidisciplinary University research intiative program

We are conducting basic neuroscientific and signal-processing research on imagined
speech production and on intended direction. When thinking to oneself silently, one
can often hear imagined words in one’s head. We use non-invasive brain-imaging
techniques like EEG, MEG and fMRI to learn more about how the brain produces
imagined speech when one thinks. We aim to process EEG and MEG signals to determine
what words a person is thinking and to whom or what location the message should be
sent.The research is conducted by teams at the University of California, Irvine, at
Carnegie Mellon University, and at the New York University. The work of seven
investigators and their students is supported directly by this project.
This work is supported by one of 34 awards made in 2008 by the Department of
Defense (DoD) to academic institutions to perform multi-disciplinary basic
research. Awards are made by one of three DoD research offices: the Army
Research Office (ARO) Office of Naval Research (ONR), and the Air Force
Office of Scientific Research (AFOSR). The award is part of the the DoD
Multi-disciplinary University Research Initiative (MURI) program. The MURI
program supports multi-disciplinary basic research in areas of DoD interest
that include more than one traditional science and engineering discipline.
For such a multidisciplinary research area, bringing together scientists and
engineers with different areas of expertise can accelerate basic research
progress and the transitioning of research results to application.The MURI
program complements other DoD research programs, which support standard
single-investigator research at academic institutions, through awards to
multi-disciplinary teams that are both larger and longer in duration. The
2008 awards are for a three-year base period with a two-year option which
depends upon the availability of appropriations and satisfactory research
progress. MURI awards can provide greater sustained support than singleinvestigator
awards for the graduate training of students pursuing advanced
work in science and engineering, as well as for associated infrastructure
like research equipment. MURI program is highly competitive. ARO, ONR, and
AFOSR solicited proposals in 18 topics important to DoD and received a total
of 104 proposals for 2008 funding. The 34 proposals selected underwent merit
review by panels of experts in the pertinent science and engineering
fields.This MURI award is being supervised by ARO, which is part of the Army
Research Laboratory. The ARO’s mission is to (1) serve as the Army’s premier
extramural basic research agency in engineering, physical, information and
life sciences, and (2) develop and exploit innovative advances to insure the
Nation’s technological superiority. Basic research proposals from
educational institutions, nonprofit organizations, and private industry are
competitively selected and funded.

17. /10 Modern Methods of Mind Control

1. Education — This is the most obvious, yet still remains the most insidious. It
has always been a would-be dictator’s ultimate fantasy to “educate” naturally

impressionable children, thus it has been a central component to Communist and
Fascist tyrannies throughout history. No one has been more instrumental in
exposing the agenda of modern education than Charlotte Iserbyt — one can begin
research into this area by downloading a free PDF of her book, The Deliberate
Dumbing Down of America, which lays bare the role of Globalist foundations in
shaping a future intended to produce servile drones lorded over by a fully
educated, aware elite class.
2. Advertising and Propaganda – Edward Bernays has been cited as the inventor of
the consumerist culture that was designed primarily to target people’s self-image
(or lack thereof) in order to turn a want into a need. This was initially
envisioned for products such as cigarettes, for example. However, Bernays also
noted in his 1928 book, Propaganda, that “propaganda is the executive arm of the
invisible government.” This can be seen most clearly in the modern police state and
the growing citizen snitch culture, wrapped up in the pseudo-patriotic War on
Terror. The increasing consolidation of media has enabled the entire corporate
structure to merge with government, which now utilizes the concept of propaganda
placement. Media; print, movies, television, and cable news can now work
seamlessly to integrate an overall message which seems to have the ring of truth
because it comes from so many sources, simultaneously. When one becomes attuned to
identifying the main “message,” one will see this imprinting everywhere. And this
is not even to mention subliminal messaging.
3. Predictive Programming – Many still deny that predictive programming is real. I
would invite anyone to examine the range of documentation put together by Alan Watt
and come to any other conclusion. Predictive programming has its origins in
predominately elitist Hollywood, where the big screen can offer a big vision of
where society is headed. Just look back at the books and movies which you thought
were far-fetched, or “science fiction” and take a close look around at society
today. For a detailed breakdown of specific examples, Vigilant Citizen is a great
resource that will probably make you look at “entertainment” in a completely
different light.
4. Sports, Politics, Religion – Some might take offense at seeing religion, or even
politics, put alongside sports as a method of mind control. The central theme is
the same throughout: divide and conquer. The techniques are quite simple: short
circuit the natural tendency of people to cooperate for their survival, and teach
them to form teams bent on domination and winning. Sports has always had a role as
a key distraction that corrals tribal tendencies into a non-important event, which
in modern America has reached ridiculous proportions where protests will break out
over a sport celebrity leaving their city, but essential human issues such as
liberty are giggled away as inconsequential. Political discourse is strictly in a
left-right paradigm of easily controlled opposition, while religion is the backdrop
of nearly every war throughout history.
5. Food, Water, and Air – Additives, toxins, and other food poisons literally alter
brain chemistry to create docility and apathy. Fluoride in drinking water has been
proven to lower IQ; Aspartame and MSG are excitotoxins which excite brain cells
until they die; and easy access to the fast food that contains these poisons
generally has created a population that lacks focus and motivation for any type of
active lifestyle. Most of the modern world is perfectly groomed for passive
receptiveness — and acceptance — of the dictatorial elite. And if you choose to
diligently watch your diet, they are fully prepared to spray the population from
the above.
6. Drugs — This can be any addictive substance, but the mission of mind controllers
is to be sure you are addicted to something. One major arm of the modern mind
control agenda is psychiatry, which aims to define all people by their disorders,
as opposed to their human potential. This was foreshadowed in books such as Brave
New World. Today, it has been taken to even further extremes as a medical tyranny
has taken hold where nearly everyone has some sort of disorder — particularly those
who question authority. The use of nerve drugs in the military has led to record
numbers of suicides. Worst of all, the modern drug state now has over 25% of U.S.
children on mind-numbing medication.
7. Military testing — The military has a long history as the testing ground for
mind control. The military mind is perhaps the most malleable, as those who pursue
life in the military generally resonate to the structures of hierarchy, control,
and the need for unchallenged obedience to a mission. For the increasing number of
military personal questioning their indoctrination, a recent story highlighted
DARPA’s plans for transcranial mind control helmets that will keep them focused.
8. Electromagnetic spectrum — An electromagnetic soup envelops us all, charged by
modern devices of convenience which have been shown to have a direct impact on
brain function. In a tacit admission of what is possible, one researcher has been
working with a “god helmet” to induce visions by altering the electromagnetic field
of the brain. Our modern soup has us passively bathed by potentially mind-altering
waves, while a wide range of possibilities such as cell phone towers is now
available to the would-be mind controller for more direct intervention.
9. Television, Computer, and “flicker rate”– It’s bad enough that what is
“programmed” on your TV (accessed via remote “control”) is engineered; it is all
made easier by literally lulling you to sleep, making it a psycho-social weapon.
Flicker rate tests show that alpha brain waves are altered, producing a type of
hypnosis — which doesn’t portend well for the latest revelation that lights can
transmit coded Internet data by “flickering faster than the eye can see.” The
computer’s flicker rate is less, but through video games, social networks, and a
basic structure which overloads the brain with information, the rapid pace of
modern communication induces an ADHD state. A study of video games revealed that
extended play can result in lower blood flow to the brain, sapping emotional
control. Furthermore, role-playing games of lifelike war and police state
scenarios serve to desensitize a connection to reality. One look at the WikiLeaks
video Collateral Murder should be familiar to anyone who has seen a game like Call
of Duty.
10. Nanobots – From science fiction horror, directly to the modern brain; the
nanobots are on the way. Direct brain modification already has been packaged as
“neuroengineering.” A Wired article from early 2009 highlighted that direct brain
manipulation via fiber optics is a bit messy, but once installed “it could make
someone happy with the press of a button.” Nanobots take the process to an
automated level, rewiring the brain molecule by molecule. Worse, these mini droids
can self-replicate, forcing one to wonder how this genie would ever get back in the
bottle once unleashed.
Expected date of arrival? Early 2020s.A concerted effort is underway to manage and
predict human behavior so that the social scientists and the dictatorial elite can
control the masses and protect themselves from the fallout of a fully awake free
humanity. Only by waking up to their attempts to put us to sleep do we stand a
chance of preserving our free will.

18.S E C R E T T E S T

Mind Control:

Systematic control of people’s memories, thoughts,
feelings, and behaviors by others. It may involve
ritual abuse.

Ritual Abuse:

Methodical and severe abuse of people with deception,
training, and exploitation by others. It always
involves mind control.
Control and Abuse Sources
and Groups
Cults and
Secret Societies
Gangs and
Organized Crime
Control and Abuse Basics1
Deception: Hidden and disguised recruitment, training, and
Debility: Physical, biological, and psychological attacks
weaken individuals.
Dependency: Tactics and drugs employed destroy selfsufficiency
and force reliance on manipulators.
Dread: Cruelty and confusion techniques create depression,
uncertainty, numbness, fear, and rage.
Dysfunctions: Methods cause memory loss (amnesia), blocking
of awareness (dissociation), hypnotic trance, and mindless
Double Amnesia: Procedures make people unaware of their
lost memories (amnesia for amnesia).
Desensitization: Diminished thoughts, emotions, and
behaviors are replaced with induced responses.
Control and Abuse Methods
People are
by disguised
and hypnosis.
Tactics cause
trance, and
manage the
people and
and events
Continuous Cycle
Control and Abuse Results
Mind-Controlled People
Dominate people by
concealed methods.
Molded into roles such as
informer, enforcer, courier,
performer, lover, etc.
Use signals (post-hypnotic
cues) to trigger
conditioned responses.
Repeatedly react with
controllers’ prepared
The signals include
gestures, lights, symbols,
words, sounds, smells,
touches, substances, etc.
Made to obey but don’t know
the signals and believe
abusers’ ideas are their own
thoughts and motives.
Coordinate the
exploitation and secrecy.
Usually unaware of the
hidden conditioning,
control, and activities.

19.NATO – Genocide in Afghanistan

JURIST Contributing Editor Ali Khan of Washburn University School of Law says that
in the name of the “war of terror,” NATO forces in Afghanistan are committing
genocide by systematically hunting down and destroying the Taliban, a puritanical
Islamic group, contrary to the terms of the Convention on the Prevention and
Punishment of the Crime of Genocide…
The Facts
The NATO website lists its killings in Afghanistan. These killings are also
reported in the world media, often with a shameless tone of gratitude as if NATO
forces are engaged in wiping out cannibals. In 2007 alone, NATO helicopters and
precision guided munitions bombed and killed over six thousand “Taliban.” Read the
following recent attacks, which the NATO itself reports, and smell the scent of

??On January 19, 2008, NATO launched a preemptive strike relying on “credible
intelligence” that the Taliban were planning to mass on a NATO base. The
attack killed two dozen “insurgents” in the Watapoor District of Kunar
Province, though the exact number of casualties could not be confirmed
because of the rough mountainous region. The world media reported that
numerous civilians were killed and 25 bodies were buried in just one mass

??On January 12, 2008, NATO forces conducted what it calls a “precise strike”
on a compound in Kapsia Province targeting Taliban leaders. NATO claimed that
the civilians were cleared from the compound before the attack. The claim is
absurd because any removal of civilians from the compound would have alerted
the battle-hardened Taliban that an enemy attack was imminent.

??On September 20, 2007, NATO forces launched “Operation Palk Wahel” to kill
and remove the Taliban from an area in the Upper Gereshk Valley. Numerous
civilians were killed. The evidence of the genocide was so obvious that NATO
admitted that it “was unaware of civilians in the vicinity of the target and
unfortunately it appears that a number of non-combatants were caught in the
attack and killed.”
NATO – Brussel


Richard Alan Miller, c2001
[Presented at the Consciousness Technologies Conference,
July 19-21, 2001, on Saturday, July 20th, 2001.

I first became aware of Allan Frey’s work at Willow Grove in 1972, just
after completing “The Holographic Concept of Reality.” I was working with
Dr. Carl Scheicher (MRU) at the time, and was asked about the
significance of this work. Realizing its possible use in mind control, my
first reaction was to go on “red alert.”
Full significance was not yet understood at this time. Basically, Frey
had discovered another sensory motor input in the higher blue-band
frequencies of 0.3-3.0 GHz. – at very low amplitudes of power. It was “as
if” we had another type of “vision,” but did not know how to “see” what
was being received. It constituted the next generation of subliminal
communications. My work at the time was involved with an AI database for
paranormal references (Project Parafile). A second paper was also
presented at the Omniversal Symposium, California State College at
Sonoma, (September 29, 1973). This was titled “Embryonic Holography,” and
was an application of the “Holographic Concept of Reality” model. It
dealt with biogenesis and neurological regeneration, and included
speculation on the origins of cancer, faith healing, psychic surgery and
more technical aspects of mind-body energetics. One week after the
delivery of that paper, four men came into my place of business, two in
suits and two in full Army dress. The two suits held me under close
arrest, while the two Army personnel went through my files, pulling
anything related to “Embryonic Holography.” The paper was rewritten from
old notes and memory, but it was not the same. What got this paper
classified “top secret” for almost 20 years was that it was critical for
the use of Allan Frey’s study, and its possible application to mind
control. I never was able to draw what was so important in that initial
paper until I began researching this paper, more than 24 years later. I
will discuss those aspects further into this document. In 1961, Allen
Frey, a freelance biophysicist and engineering psychologist, reported
that humans could hear microwaves. Most United States scientists
dismissed this discovery as the result of outside noise.James C. Linn
offered a more technical description of the experiment.
“Frey found that human subjects exposed to 1310 MHz and 2982 MHz
microwaves at average power densities of 0.4 to 2 mW/cm2 perceived
auditory sensations described as buzzing or knocking sounds. The
sensation occurred instantaneously at average incident power densities
well below that necessary for known biological damage and appeared to
originate from within or near the back of the head.”
Pulsed Microwave Technology

Pulsed microwave voice-to-skull (or other-sound-to-skull) transmission
was discovered during World War II by radar technicians who found they
could hear the buzz of the train of pulses being transmitted by radar
equipment they were working on. This phenomenon has been studied
extensively by Dr. Allan Frey, (Willow Grove, 1965) whose work has been
published in a number of reference books.
What Dr. Frey found was that single pulses of microwave could be heard by
some people as “pops” or “clicks”, while a train of uniform pulses could
be heard as a buzz, without benefit of any type of receiver. Dr. Frey
also found that a wide range of frequencies, as low as 125 MHz (well
below microwave) worked for some combination of pulse power and pulse
width. Detailed unclassified studies mapped out those frequencies and
pulse characteristics which are optimum for generation of “microwave
Very significantly, when discussing electronic mind control, is the fact
that the peak pulse power required is modest – something like 0.3 watts
per square centimeter of skull surface, and that this power level is only
applied or needed for a very small percentage of each pulse’s cycle time.
0.3- watts/sq cm is about what you get under a 250-watt heat lamp at a
distance of one meter. It is not a lot of power. When you take into
account that the pulse train is off (no signal) for most of each cycle,
the average power is so low as to be nearly undetectable. This is the
concept of “spike” waves used in radar and other military forms of
communication. Frequencies that act as voice-to-skull carriers are not
single frequencies, as, for example TV or cell phone channels. Each
sensitive frequency is actually a range or “band” of frequencies. A
technology used to reduce both interference and detection is called
“spread spectrum”. Spread spectrum signals usually have the carrier
frequency “hop” around within a specified band. Unless a receiver “knows”
this hop schedule in advance, like other forms of encryption there is
virtually no chance of receiving or detecting a coherent readable signal.
Spectrum analyzers, used for detection, are receivers with a screen. A
spread spectrum signal received on a spectrum analyzer appears as just
more “static” or noise.
The actual method of the first successful unclassified voice to skull
experiment was in 1974, by Dr. Joseph C. Sharp and Mark Grove, then at
the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. A Frey-type audible pulse was
transmitted every time the voice waveform passed down through the zero
axes, a technique easily duplicated by ham radio operators who build
their own equipment.
The sensation is reported as a buzzing, clicking, or hissing which seems
to originate within or just behind the head. The phenomenon occurs with
carrier densities as low as microwatts per square centimeter with carrier
frequencies from 0.3-3.0 GHz. By proper choice of pulse characteristics,
intelligent speech may be created.
Dr. James Lin of Wayne State University has written a book entitled:
Microwave Auditory Effects and Applications. It explores the possible
mechanisms for the phenomenon, and discusses possibilities for the deaf,
as persons with certain types of hearing loss can still hear pulsed
microwaves (as tones or clicks and buzzes, if words aren’t modulated on).

Lin mentions the Sharp and Grove experiment and comments:
“The capability of communicating directly with humans by pulsed
microwaves is obviously not limited to the field of therapeutic

“Synthetic Telepathy”
In 1975, researcher A. W. Guy stated that “one of the most widely
observed and accepted biologic effects of low average power
electromagnetic energy is the auditory sensation evoked in
man when exposed to pulsed microwaves.”
He concluded that at frequencies where the auditory effect can be easily
detected, microwaves penetrate deep into the tissues of the head, causing
rapid thermal expansion (at the microscopic level only) that produces
strains in the brain tissue.An acoustic stress wave is then conducted
through the skull to the cochlea, and from there, it proceeds in the same
manner as in conventional hearing. It is obvious that receiver-less radio
has not been adequately publicized or explained because of national
security concerns.
Today, the ability to remotely transmit microwave voices inside a
target’s head is known inside the Pentagon as “Synthetic Telepathy.”
According to Dr. Robert Becker,
“Synthetic Telepathy has applications in covert operations designed to
drive a target crazy with voices or deliver undetected instructions to a
programmed assassin.”
This technology may have contributed to the deaths of 25 defense
scientists variously employed by Marconi Underwater and Defense Systems,
Easems and GEC. Most of the scientists worked on highly sensitive
electronic warfare programs for NATO, including the Strategic Defense
Initiative. It is claimed that directed energy weapons might have been
used to literally drive these men to suicide and 291accidents.
Biological Amplification
Using Microwave Band Frequencies
The next major development in ELF weaponry was the concept of a
biological amplification of these signals at the cell level to perpetuate
and set up resonance for more sophisticated information transfer. This
was the beginning of using more than one technology in a stack to do
something “more.” While this was implied, it was never developed in “The
Holographic Concept of Reality.”
Electromagnetic fields or relatively weak power levels can affect
intercellular communication. Bio-amplification is apparently why radio
signals of very low average power (mw) can produce
audio effects, and is difficult to detect. [Electromagnetic Interaction
with Biological Systems,ed. Dr. James C. Lin, Univ. of Illinois, 1989,
Plenum Press, NY]

Imposed weak low frequency fields (and radio frequency fields) that are
many orders of magnitude weaker in the pericellular fluid (fluid between
adjacent cells) than the membrane potential gradient (voltage across the
membrane) can modulate the action of hormones, antibody neurotransmitters
and cancer-promoting molecules at their cell surface receptor sites.
These ELF sensitivities appear to involve nonequilibrium and highly
cooperative processes that mediate a major amplification of initial weak
triggers associated with the binding of these molecules (specific cell
surface receptor sites). Membrane amplification is inherent in this
transmembrane signaling sequence. Initial stimuli associated with weak
perpendicular EM fields and with binding of stimulating molecules at
their membrane receptor sites elicit a highly cooperative modification of
Ca++ binding to glycoproteins along the membrane.
A longitudinal spread is consistent with the direction of extracellular
current flow associated with physiological activity and imposed EM
fields. This cooperative modification of surface Ca++ binding is an
amplifying stage. By imposing RF fields, there is a far greater increase
in Ca++ efflux than is accounted for in the events of receptor-ligand
binding. from imposing RF fields.
Enzymes are protein molecules that function as catalysts, initiating and
enhancing chemical reactions that would not otherwise occur at tissue
temperatures. This ability resides in the pattern of electrical charges
on the molecular surface. Activation of these enzymes and the reactions
in which they participate involve energies millions of times greater than
in the cell surface, triggering events initiated by the EM fields,
emphasizing the membrane amplification inherent in this trans-membrane
signaling sequence.Frey and Messenger confirmed that a microwave pulse
with a slow rise time was ineffectual in producing an auditory response.
Only if the rise time is short, resulting in effect in a square wave
with respect to the leading edge of the envelope of radiated radiofrequency
energy, does the auditory response occur. This is why we don’t
“hear” ordinary radio and TV signals.
The significance of “Embryonic Holography” now becomes more
understandable. For example, the specific frequency bands (0.3-3.0 Hz)
are so flat as to appear almost 2-dimensional to most biological
processes on a semi-quantum mechanical level. This means that these
frequencies can be seen as “scalar” in their possible interaction with
specific brain processes.
What these frequencies really are, however, are actual holograms of
specific thoughts. They have a third component of detail (much like the
patented P300 wave). This means that a hybrid form of brain
fingerprinting is now possible. And, once these “images” are stored
(usually in a very sophisticated super-cooled computer), similar
responses can be fed back to the person, inducing virtually any state
desired (via entrainment protocols).

Silent Sound Technology – “S-quad”
Silent (converted-to-voice FM) hypnosis can be transmitted using a voice
frequency modulator to generate the “voice.” It is a steady tone, near
the high end of hearing range (15,000 Hz), plus a hypnotist’s voice,
varying from 300 – 4,000 Hz. These two signals are frequency modulated.
The output now appears as a steady tone, like tinnitus, but with hypnosis
embedded. The Fmvoice controls the timing of the transmitter’s pulse.
Each vertical line is one short pulse of microwave signal at a frequency
to which the human brain is sensitive. Timing of each microwave pulse is
controlled by each down-slope crossing of the voice wave (Sharp’s method,
1974). Then the brain converts the train of microwave pulses back to
inaudible voice. There is no conscious defense possible against this form
of hypnosis.
Ordinary radio and TV signals use a smooth waveform called a ‘sine’ wave.
This wave signal cannot normally penetrate the voltage gradient across
the nerve cell walls. Radar signals consist of very short and powerful
pulses of sine wave type signals, and can penetrate the steep voltage
gradient across these nerve cell walls (Allan H. Frey, Cornell
University, 1962).
Differences in osmosis of ions (dissolved salt components) cause a small
voltage difference across cell walls. When a small voltage appears across
a very tiny distance, the change in voltage is called very ‘steep.’ It is
this steep gradient that keeps normal radio signals from throwing us into
convulsions. The mind-altering mechanism is based on a subliminal carrier
technology: the Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS), sometimes called “Squad”
or “Squad”.
It was developed by Dr Oliver Lowery of Norcross, Georgia, and is
described in US Patent #5,159,703, “Silent Subliminal Presentation
System”, dated October 27, 1992. The abstract for the patent reads:
“A silent communications system in which nonaural carriers, in the very
low or very high audio-frequency range or in the adjacent ultrasonic
frequency spectrum are amplitude- or frequency-modulated with the desired
intelligence and propagated acoustically or vibrationally, for inducement
into the brain, typically through the use of loudspeakers, earphones, or
piezoelectric transducers. The modulated carriers may be transmitted
directly in real time or may be conveniently recorded and stored on
mechanical, magnetic, or optical media for delayed or repeated
transmission to the listener.”
According to literature by Silent Sounds, Inc., it is now possible, using
supercomputers, to analyze human emotional EEG patterns and replicate
them, then store these “emotion signature clusters” on another computer
and, at will, “silently induce and change the emotional state in a human

Edward Tilton, President of Silent Sounds, Inc., says this about S-quad
in a letter dated December 13, 1996:
“All schematics, however, have been classified by the US Government and
we are not allowed to reveal the exact details… … we make tapes and
CDs for the German Government, even the former Soviet Union countries!
All with the permission of the US State Department, of course… The
system was used throughout Operation Desert Storm (Iraq) quite
“Induced Alpha to Theta Biofeedback Cluster Movement” is an output from
“the world’s most versatile and most sensitive electroencephalograph
(EEG) machine”. This device has a gain capability of 200,000, as compared
to most other EEG machines (with gain capability of 50,000). It is
software-driven by the “fastest of computers” using a noise nulling
technology similar to that used by nuclear submarines for detecting small
objects underwater at extreme range. The purpose of all this high
technology is to plot and display a moving cluster of periodic brainwave
signals. The illustration shows an EEG display from a single individual,
taken of left and right hemispheres simultaneously. This technology is
very similar to that used to generate P300 waves.
Cloning the Emotions
By using these computer-enhanced EEGs, scientists can identify and
isolate the brain’s lowamplitude “emotion signature clusters,” synthesize
them and store them on another computer. In other words, by studying the
subtle characteristic brainwave patterns that occur when a subject
experiences a particular emotion, scientists have been able to identify
the concomitant brainwave pattern and can now duplicate it.
“These clusters are then placed on the Silent Sound[TM] carrier
frequencies and will silently trigger the occurrence of the same basic
emotion in another human being!”
Regarding system delivery and applications, there is a lot more involved
here than a simple subliminal sound system. There are numerous patented
technologies that can be piggybacked individually or collectively onto a
carrier frequency to elicit all kinds of effects. There appear to be two
methods of delivery with the system. One is direct microwave induction
into the brain of the subject, limited to short-range operations. The
other, as described above, utilizes ordinary radio and television carrier
frequencies. Far from necessarily being used as a weapon against a
person, the system does have limitless positive applications. However,
the fact that the sounds are subliminal makes them virtually undetectable
and possibly dangerous to the general public. In more conventional use,
the Silent Sounds Subliminal System might utilize voice commands,e.g., as
an adjunct to security systems. Beneath the musical broadcast that you
hear in stores and shopping malls may be a hidden message that exhorts
against shoplifting. And while voice commands alone are powerful, when
the subliminal presentation system carries cloned emotional signatures,
the result is overwhelming.

Free-market uses for this technology are the common self-help tapes,
positive affirmation, relaxation and meditation tapes, as well as methods
to increase learning capabilities. But there is strong evidence that this
technology is being developed toward global mind control. The secrecy
involved in the development of the electromagnetic mind-altering
technology reflects the tremendous power that is inherent in it. To put
it bluntly, whoever controls this technology can control the minds of men
– all men.
There is evidence that the U.S. Government has plans to extend the range
of this technology to envelop all peoples, all countries. This can be
accomplished, and is being accomplished, by utilizing the nearly
completed HAARP project for overseas areas and the GWEN network now in
place in the U.S. The U.S. Government denies all this. Dr Michael
Persinger is a Professor of Psychology and Neuroscience at Laurentian
University, Ontario, Canada. His work and findings indicate that strong
electromagnetic fields can and will affect a person’s brain.
“Temporal lobe stimulation can evoke the feeling of a presence,
disorientation, and perceptual irregularities. It can activate images
stored in the subject’s memory, including nightmares and monsters that
are normally suppressed.”
Mind Reading Devices
Alan Yu, a former lieutenant colonel in the Taiwan National Defense
Department, says that the United States has not only developed an
operational mind control machine, but has also distributed models for use
by allied countries. Yu states that such machines pose a great threat to
human rights and the American way of life. He calls the device the “MindReading Machine”(Mind Machine).
Yu writes that there are two sources of information detailing the
existence of the Mind Reading Machine. The first evidence: In the 1970s,
The South China Morning Post reported that the University of Maryland had
invented a Thought Reading Machine. The original purpose of this
invention was to help authorities investigate severe car accidents. It
was to be used on people who were severely injured to get their accounts
of how the accidents occurred. In the spring of 1984, Yu was a lieutenant
colonel serving in the National Defense Department of Taiwan. At that
time, Yu read a classified document from the department that he serviced
under. The document said the Military Police Department of Taiwan had
purchased several of the Mind Reading Machines from the United States (In
Taiwan, it was called Psychological Language Machine). The document was a
request to the United States for parts to repair several malfunctioning
machines. The machine allegedly uses microwaves to deliver spoken
messages directly to the human brain, as well as using radio waves to
hypnotize people or change their thoughts. Yu reports that before he
left, this machine had become the most effective weapon for the security
departments of Taiwan. In 1993, Defense News announced that the Russian
government was discussing with American counterparts the transfer of
technical information and equipment known as “Acoustic Psychocorrection.”

The Russians claimed that this device involves the transmission of
specific commands via static or white noise bands into the human
subconscious without upsetting other intellectual functions.
Demonstrations of this equipment have shown encouraging results after
exposure of less than one minute and have produced the ability to alter
behavior on unwilling subjects.
A US Department of Defense medical engineer claimed in 1989 that the U.S.
and Israel had regularly used microwaves to condition and control the
minds of Palestinians.
Unclassified ELF-Type Weapons
Remote physical manipulation:
Not covered in this document. At time of writing, that technology appears
to be classified.
Transmission methods for neuro-effective signals:
This includes pulsed microwave (i.e., like radar signals) and ultrasound
and voice-FM (transmitted through the air). Also known as “Synthetic
While transmission of speech, dating from the early 1970s, was the first
use of pulsed microwave, neuro-effective signals can now cause many other
nerve groups to become remotely actuated. That specific technology is

Pavlovian hypnotic triggers:

A [Pavlovian] hypnotic trigger is a phrase or any sensory cue that the
subject is programmed to involuntarily act in a certain way. MKULTRA
survivors can still be triggered from programming done decades ago. One
of the main goals of the institutional/drug/child abuse phases of the CIA
MKULTRA atrocities (1950’s through 1970’s) was to implant triggers using
a “twilight state” (half-conscious)medication and tape-recorded hypnosis.
The ultimate goal was to have the acting out of Pavlovian triggers erased
from the victim’s memory. These triggers are now planted using either of
the above two transmission methods, but with the words moved up just
above (or near the top of) the audible frequency range. The result is
that hypnotic triggers are planted without the subject being aware. This
technology was used in the Gulf War as “Silent Sound.”
Through-wall surveillance methods:
This includes top end of microwave (near infrared), and the so-called
“millimeter wave” scanning. This method uses the very top end of the
microwave radio signal spectrum just below infrared. To view small
objects or people clearly, the highest frequency that will penetrate nonconductive
or poorly-conductive walls is used.Millimeter wave scanning
radar can be used in two modes: The first is passive (no radiated signal)
and uses background radiation already in the area to be scanned. It is
totally undetectable. The active system uses a (low power millimeter
wave) “flashlight” attached to the scanner.
Thought reading:

Thought reading can be classed as a form of “through wall
surveillance” technology. In the unclassified and commercial realms, it
is called thru-skull microwave reading, and magnetic skull-proximity
Brain entrainment:
This involves moods and sleep states, the reverse of biofeedback.
The low frequency electrical brain rhythms are characteristics of various
moods and states of sleep. Not only can they now be read out using
biofeedback equipment or EEG machines, but also radio, sound, contact
electrodes, or flashing lights. These moods and sleep states can be
generated or at least encouraged using brain entrainment devices. Brain
entrainment signals cannot carry voice, which is a much higher frequency
range. Brain entrainment can, however, be used to “set up” a target to
make him/her more susceptible to hypnosis.
Implantation: (no longer required)
Specific ELF Weapons
Ultrasound and Voice-FM:

Main advantage in mind control work is that it can carry verbal hypnosis,
more potent than simple biorhythm entrainment. An example is Chicago’s
Airport Terminal connection tunnels and their “Keep Walking.” Steady
tone, near the high end of hearing range (15,000 Hz). Hypnotist’s voice,
varying from 300 to 4,000 Hz, fed into a frequency modulator, where the
voice controls the frequency. Output is now a steady tone, sounding like
tinnitus, but with hypnosis embedded. While the brain can hear and
understand, the ear only hears a “tone” or a “rush.”
Most Common Known ELF Effects:
Here is a list of most of the common effects. It is intended to show how
the various induced stress effects are broken down. Indent levels are
used to show categories and sub-categories:
Invasive At-a-Distance Body Effects (including mind):
Sleep deprivation and fatigue:
Silent but instantaneous application of “electronic caffeine” signal,
forces awake and keeps awake Loud noise from neighbors, usually
synchronized to attempts to fall asleep Precision-to-the-second “allowed
sleep” and “forced awakening”; far too precise and repeated to be natural
Daytime “fatigue attacks”, can force the victim to sleep and/or weaken
the muscles to the point of collapse
Audible Voice to Skull (V2S):
Delivered by apparent at a distance radio signal Made to appear as
emanating from thin air Voices or sound effects only the victim can hear

Inaudible Voice to Skull (Silent Sound):
Delivered by apparent at a distance radio signal; manifested by sudden
urges to do something/go somewhere you would not otherwise want to;
silent (ultrasonic) hypnosis presumed Programming hypnotic “triggers” –
i.e., specific phrases or other cues which cause specific involuntary
Violent muscle triggering (flailing of limbs):
Leg or arm jerks to violently force awake and keep awake Whole body
jerks, as if body had been hit by large jolt of electricity Violent
shaking of body; seemingly as if on a vibrating surface but where surface
is in reality not vibrating
Precision manipulation of body parts (slow, specific purpose):
Manipulation of hands, forced to synchronize with closed-eyes but FULLY
AWAKE vision of previous day; very powerful and coercive, not a dream
Slow bending almost 90 degrees BACKWARDS of one toe at a time or one
finger at a time Direct at-a-distance control of breathing and vocal
cords; including involuntary speech iv. Spot blanking of memory, long and
short term
Reading said-silently-to-self thoughts:
Engineered skits where your thoughts are spoken to you by strangers on
street or Real time reading sub vocalized words, as while the victim
reads a book, and BROADCASTING those words to nearby people who form an
amazed audience around the victim
Direct application of pain to body parts:
Hot-needles-deep-in-flesh sensation
Electric shocks (no wires whatsoever applied)
Powerful and unquenchable itching, often applied precisely when victim
attempts to do something to expose this “work”
“Artificial fever”, sudden, no illness present v. sudden racing
heartbeat, relaxed situation
Surveillance and tracking:
Thru-wall radar and rapping under your feet as you move about your
apartment,on ceiling of apartment below Thru-wall radar used to monitor
starting and stopping of your urination – water below turned on and off
in sync with your urine stream Loud, raucous artificial bird calls
everywhere the victim goes, even into the wilderness
Invasive Physical Effects at a Distance (non-body):
Stoppage of power to appliances (temporary, breaker ON)
Manipulation of appliance settings
Temporary failures that “fix themselves”
Flinging of objects, including non-metallic
Precision manipulation of switches and controls
Forced, obviously premature failure of appliance or parts

External Stress-Generating “Skits”:
Participation of strangers, neighbors, and in some cases close friends
and family members in harassment:
Rudeness for no cause
Tradesmen always have “problems”, block your car, etc.
Purchases delayed, spoiled, or lost at a high rate
Unusually loud music, noise, far beyond normal
Break-ins/sabotage at home:
Shredding of clothing
Destruction of furniture
Petty theft
Engineered failures of utilities
Sabotage at work:
Repetitive damage to furniture
Deletion/corruption of computer files
Planting viruses which could not have come from your computer usage
Delivered goods delayed, spoiled, or lost at a high rate
Spreading of rumors, sabotage to your working reputation
Direct sabotage and theft of completed work; tradesmen often involved and
showing obvious pleasure
In summary, the effects include:
To the Brain:
Forced memory blanking and induced erroneous actions
Induced changes to hearing. Both apparent direction and volume, and
sometimes even content Reading and broadcasting thoughts.
“How can that lady talk with her mouth closed?”
Vivid controlled dreams.
Forced waking visions: some synched with forced body motion
Microwave hearing
Sleep prevention each nigh, at exactly the same time (for weeks)
To the FaceL
Sudden violent itching inside eyelids
Forced manipulation of airways, including externally controlled forced
speech “Transparent eyelids”
Artificial tinnitus (ringing in ears)
Forced movement of jaw and clacking of teeth
To the Body:
Wilding racing heart without cause
Remotely induced violent no-rash itching
Forced nudging of arm during delicate or messy work causing injury or
Forced “muscle quaking” on large muscles on the back or other
unexplainable vibrations and cases of repeated fresh watch batteries
dying then forced precision manipulation of hands. Sometimes synched to
the forced waking visions.
Special attention to genital area: itching, forced orgasm,
intense pain, “hot needles”
Intense general pain in the legs, like stings.

21.Brain Transmitters
What They Are and How They Are Used
Investigative Reporting Group
1996 Reprint
Radio Implants and Remote-Controlled Humans

Brain Transmitters
What They Are and How They Are Used.

Doctors in Sweden began placing brain transmitters in the heads of anesthetized
patients without the persons’ knowledge in about 1960. The
insertion was conducted through the nostrils and took only a
couple of minutes to perform.
Implanted devices can remain in a person’s head for life. The
energy to activate the implants is transmitted by way of radio
waves. Professor José Delgado wrote about the technology in
Physical Control of the Mind in 1969.
The Technology and Its Possibilities
Brain transmitters have been thought to be impossible by the
majority of people and have been relegated to science fiction.
The fact is that scientists developed the technology into
reality at least forty years ago.
By means of two-way radio communication called telemetry, or
remote control, one can send wavelengths round trip to a brain
transmitter in a person’s head. The wavelengths flow through a
person’s brain, then return to a computer where all aspects of
a human being’s life are uncovered and analyzed.

By means of two-way radio communication called telemetry, or
remote control, one can send wavelengths round trip to a brain
transmitter in a person’s head. The wavelengths flow through a
person’s brain, then return to a computer where all aspects of
a human being’s life are uncovered and analyzed.
To allow brain waves, measured by electroencephalograph (EEG),
to be analyzed by a computer instead of through a printout
offers new possibilities of interpretation. The charting of
mental thoughts, vision, hearing, feelings, and behavioral
reactions can lead to an analysis of the foundation of
personality. It allows one to study the psyche more
completely. In addition, one can follow chemical reactions,
observe patterns of neurons, or follow an illness or disease
and analyze it at an earlier stage of development. All of the
above and much more can be discovered with bio-medical
telemetry.[2] During the 1960s, brain transmitters as small as
a half of a cigarette filter made it possible for doctors to
implant them in patients easily and without surgery.[3]
Two-way radio communication throughout the world to the brain
was possible by the late 1950s. This was done in many ways.
For example, vocal messages could be sent by radio waves to
receivers placed in the head, where a person with an attached
transmitter could answer directly to a central location with
his thoughts, by brain waves data (EEG) carried with radio
signals.[4] Distances were not a problem, since radio waves
could travel globally at the speed of light.
Implanted brain transmitters (biotelemetry devices) have
been reported since the 1960s: “Two patients instrumented
for intracerebral radio stimulation and recording engage in
spontaneous activities (one is playing the guitar) in the
psychiatric ward in the presence of the doctor (VM).
Explorations of the brain can be performed for as long as
necessary without disturbing the patients.” — J.M.R.
Delgado, V. Mark, W. Sweet, F. Ervin, G. Weiss, G. Bach-y-
Rita, and R. Hagiwara, “Intracerebral Radio Stimulation and
Recording in Completely Free Patients,” The Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 1968, October; 147(4): pages

Liquid crystals which are injected directly into the
bloodstream and fasten themselves to the brain have been
developed in the last ten years. It works on the same
principle as the usual transmitters and uses the same
technology and contains the same possibilities.[5] [6]
How It Began – Experiments with the Brain
As early as the 1920s, European scientists made discoveries
which paved the way for future development of brain
stimulation. The Swiss W. R. Hess could identify 4,000
different places in the brain’s hypothalamus, which are in
direct contact to certain physical and mental reactions. By
stimulating specific points in the brain by an electrical
current, the stimulation of one point of the brain could bring
about aggressive reactions, while the stimulation of another
point could bring about calmness. Through electrical currents
to the brain, Dr. Hess could change peoples’ personalities,
bring about feelings of happiness or sadness, hunger or
satisfaction, etc. All of this was achieved over seventy yearsago.

To the Present and Victims for Life
Brain transmitters, also called electrodes, stimoceivers, and
endoradiosondes, can control the brain and transmit data. They
can be used to influence people to conform to a political
system. They can be applied to remotely monitor and control
human beings to serve as agents. The technology exists and is
being utilized. The devices usually remain in a person’s head
for life.
“Autonomic and somatic functions, individual and social
behaviors, emotional and mental reactions may be evoked,
maintained, modified, or inhibited, both in animals and in
man, by electrical stimulation of specific cerebral
structures. Physical control of many brain functions is a
demonstrated fact. … It is even possible to follow
intentions, the development of thoughts, and visual
experiences,” wrote Dr. José Delgado in the book Physical
Control of the Mind in 1969. At that time Dr. Delgado was a
Professor of Physiology at Yale University, where he developed
techniques for electronically and chemically influencing the
brain. He has published more than two hundred scientific works
and is a well-known authority in neurology and behaviorism.
In the preface to the book, it is written that Dr. Delgado,
“… shows how, by electrical stimulation of specific cerebral
structures, movements can be induced by radio command,
hostility may appear or disappear, social hierarchy can be
modified, sexual behavior may be changed, and memory, emotions
and the thinking process may be influenced by remote

It is possible to change people, create illness, modify
opinions, and dull or activate the senses by penetrating
centers of the brain with radio waves. People then obey
controllers instead of their own natural choices. Monitoring
of individuals’ brain activity can instantly reveal all
private experiences and observations of others.[8]
“This is the second implanted transmitter;
this device appeared under rather unusual circumstances on
10th March 1972, when I became tranquilized in the hotel
where I was temporarily lodging. This implantation preceded
a period of prolonged torture with personality-altering
radio signals 10 – 20 hours a day and they started
communicating directly with my brain. It was then I
realized that they could discern my thoughts and, indeed,
experience my entire range of cognitive activity. … The
picture was taken at Karolinska Hospital where all
radiographers deny that any foreign object can be
identified in this picture. However, there are a number of
overseas physicians who testify the obvious fact, that
several transmitters can be seen quite clearly.” — Robert
Naeslund, INMC, Open Letter, Stockholm, Sweden, May 1993,
page 32.
Dr. Robert G. Heath, of Tulane University, has implanted as
many as 125 electrodes in a human being’s brain. In his
experiments, he discovered that he could control his patients’
memories, sexual arousal, fear, pleasure, and cause
Overriding Proof Against the Hospitals
“In response to your most recent letter regarding the roentgen
films, I can only confirm that some foreign objects, most
likely brain transmitters, have been implanted at the base of
your frontal brain and in the skull,” wrote Professor Petter
Aaron Lindstrom from California to one of his Swedish
patients. The patient was a victim of an implantation of a
brain transmitter over twenty-five years ago. Dr. Lindstrom,
who taught at the University of California, San Diego, added,
“There is no excuse for doctors to implant brain transmitters
in people’s heads.”

There is complete evidence that Södersjukhuset, Karolinska,
Nacka, and Sundsvall hospitals, among others in Sweden, have
implanted brain transmitters without the permission or
knowledge of the patients for many decades.
Mental Patients Utilized
Investigations at different mental hospitals in Sweden have
shown that a great number of patients out of fifty
interviewed, thought themselves to be victims of long-term
medical experiments. A number of these patients were actually
in need of mental care due to the experiments. There were also
many at the hospitals who were forcibly placed there because
they had declared that a transmitter had been implanted in
their heads during an operation, or in conjunction with
admittance to the mental hospital.
Checks were made of all groups with electronic devices which
confirmed that there were radio waves traveling from brain
transmitters in many patients.[9]
Interviews with patients were done at Långbro Hospital,
Beckomberga Hospital, as well as at Karolinska Hospital
Psychiatric Clinic.
The radio waves which pass through the brain are not
necessarily registered by one who has a brain transmitter.
Only when the effect is greatly increased, for example when
experiments are performed, is it possible for the victim to
detect them.
“This is the third transmitter placed in my
head and the first which was embedded in my brain. Without
doubt it was implanted while being detained by the police
in Stockholm 1973; this was my first period of custody and
afterwards I underwent considerable personality
modification, a process which had already begun in 1967 but
accelerated rapidly towards criminality after the
implantation of the second transmitter.” — Robert Naeslund,
INMC, Open Letter, Stockholm, Sweden, May 1993, page 32.
One of the letters from P.A. Lindstrom, M.D., to his
patient that is an implants victim.

Electronic Measurements
This picture shows the frequencies 18.5 – 18.7 kHz which were
sent from a brain transmitter. The chart was created by a
printer connected to a radio frequency analyzer computer
during measurements from a transmitter in a person’s skull.
While measuring other persons, the wavelengths were counted at
similar values.
Long wavelengths are commonly used since they work over vast
distances at the speed of light, and the frequencies are often
between 15 – 35 kHz.[10]
The radio waves are called “frequency shift” signals and can
flow within a certain wavelength area. They do not occur in a
decided frequency, but rather through a special modulation,
the radio waves identity. The bandwidth was 150 Hz and the
effect in all measurements was between 1 – 10 microvolts.
Measurements were done with the following electronic devices:
Hewlett & Packard Spectrum Analyzer 3585 A
Roedre & Schwarts VLF-HF Receiver EK 070
Marconi Spectrum Analyzer
Dynamics SD 375 Spectrum Analyzer
Nicolets Radio Frequency Analyzer Computer
Court Trials in Canada
were heard against a number of hospitals in Montreal in 1989.
The hospitals were accused of carrying on long painful
experiments with patients which began in the 1950s. One of
Canada’s most honored doctors, Ewen Cameron, Head Doctor at
Royal Victoria Hospital and Allen Memorial Institute, worked
on assignments from the Secret Police that ordered experiments
with, among other things, brain transmitters.[11]

“Furthermore, it can be seen that electrodes placed in the
occipital lobe are blocking the blood flow behind their
delimitation where the oxygen depletion is caused and this
is seen as well in his frontal brain just above the
implanted transmitter. Among the changes caused by the
frequencies affecting his brain, the reduced oxygen levels
have induced an alteration of neurological functions, and
impaired cognitive abilities including that of memory.
Moreover he [Mr. N’Tumba] has obviously been anesthetized
without his knowledge so that this implantation could be
performed. … The x-ray examination was performed at Brook
Hospital Main, September 16, 1992.” — INMC, Letter to
British Prime Minister John Major, Stockholm, Sweden,
October 9, 1992.
“… a meeting between Mr. John Austin-Walker, Member of
Parliament, and a victim of mind control, impressed on him
the importance of pursuing investigations into the matter
…” — INMC, Letter to British Prime Minister John Major,
Stockholm, Sweden, October 9, 1992, page 1.

Many Others Cry for Help
Doctors at the World Health Organization’s (WHO) office in
Copenhagen say that many Swedes write to them, stating that
they have been exploited for hospital experiments. Many say
that devices must have been implanted in their heads.
The United Nations’ information office in Copenhagen also says
that upset residents of Sweden have contacted them and have
sought help as victims of hospital experiments.
Amnesty International in Stockholm and Copenhagen tell a
similar story, as well as the Citizens’ Rights Movement,
representatives of the Green Party of Sweden, and a number of
female members of the Swedish Parliament.
Those who contact the National Swedish Board of Health and
Welfare (Socialstyrelsen) about this issue are sent to
Department Ptp (formerly HS4 and SN3). Then they are informed
that they are psychologically ill and that they run the risk
of being admitted to a mental hospital if they continue to
talk about a device in their heads. Additionally, they are
told that brain transmitters do not exist.

Swedish Board of Health and Welfare
The person Dr. Lindstrom later helped had by 1977 written to
authorities in Sweden and explained to them to what he had
been subjected. Among those he wrote to was the General
Director of the Board of Health and Welfare.
Declared Mentally Ill
Dr. Annmari Jonson at the Board of Health and Welfare referred
to the letter a year later when she explained, “He intensely
maintains everything which he had written to the Board of
Health and Welfare. He exhibits, in this way, obvious
misconceptions and points clearly to the need for psychiatric
The examination was conducted in 1978 by Dr. Janos Jez, who
“He says that he is convinced that a device was applied in his
head during an operation at Södersjukhuset. He ought to be
considered dangerous if this pattern of misconceptions cannot
be erased; and if he then begins to doubt his ideas and
thereafter begins to have insight into his illness. He should
therefore be committed to an asylum.”
Five years later Dr. Lindstrom wrote, “… I can only confirm
that some foreign objects, most likely brain transmitters,
have been implanted at the base of your frontal brain and in
the skull. … I fully agree with Lincoln Lawrence who in his
book on page 27 wrote: ‘There are two particularly dreadful
procedures which have been developed. Those working and
playing with them secretly call them R.H.I.C. and E.D.O.M.—
Radio Hypnotic Intracerebral Control and Electronic
Dissolution of Memory.’”
The patient wrote to both the doctors and the Board of Health
and Welfare’s General Director, Barbro Westerholm, and
included a copy of Dr. Lindstrom’s declaration. However, none
of them desired to answer, which indicates both the Board of
Health and Welfare’s attitude towards the issue, and even the
doctors’ guilt.[12]

What Brain Transmitters Look Like
The above photographs are of brain transmitters. The above one
on the left is an enlargement taken from an X-ray. The above
picture on the right was taken at an operation to remove the
implant.The above one on the right shows the shape of the most
usual type of brain transmitter. It looks like a bullet and is
put into place through the nose. This device was inserted
during an operation at Södersjukhuset in Stockholm by Dr. Curt
Strand at the end of the 1960s, without the knowledge or
consent of the patient. It was placed just underneath the
brain. This implant is the same shape on both sides and its
actual length is 16 millimeters (mm) or .62 inch, with a width
of 7 mm (.27 inch).The above picture to the left shows a brain
transmitter which has the shape of a mushroom. It was
implanted through a surgical opening in the forehead. Its
actual size is 7 mm (.27 inch) across the head, while the stem
is 4 mm (.16 inch).Most implant victims are unaware of the
devices because they were sedated during the procedures. Then
they are amnesic, monitored, and controlled. However there are
some disclosures.

“This is the fourth transmitter in my head
and it was inserted in connection with an appearance at
Nacka Police Station, just outside Stockholm, on 26th
November 1975, ostensibly for interrogation. I was locked
up in a cell, but after a short while I fell into a deep
sleep from which I emerged to an entirely new life. It is
during these hours when the transmitter was implanted, and
when, I awoke I had a searing high frequency signal at
about 100 db in my skull. This was to plague me for about
16 hours a day for the past eight years and completely
transform my life. It depressed the functional capacity of
my right cerebral hemisphere and altered my personality,
behavior, and abilities as if they no longer were part of
myself.” — Robert Naeslund, INMC, Open Letter, Stockholm,
Sweden, May 1993, page 32.
Doctors Warn
Dr. Robert J. Grimm of the Good Samaritan Hospital in
Portland, Oregon, stated in March 1974 at a doctor’s symposium
in California, that he viewed brain control and influencing
the brain with radio waves was of similar importance as to the
debate concerning the detonation of the first atomic bomb in
Hiroshima. He also asked, “Do scientists have the right to
pursue projects potentially destructive of human life, and in
this era, destructive of the individual?”
And Protest to the Swedish Government
The chairman of an internationally influential scientific
organization in Canada, Dr. Andrew Michrowski, wrote in 1985
to the Swedish government and sought an answer about Sweden’s
obvious encroachment of human rights. He saw clear evidence
that Swedish doctors implanted brain transmitters in patients,
and referred to the Declaration of Human Rights signed by
The Swedish government did not reply.

“This X-ray shows three transmitters in the frontal lobes.
All of these were implanted on different occasions by the
Swedish police. The detainee had been put to sleep unaware,
as usual, at the police remand center in Stockholm. A
doctor writes in his statement concerning this X-ray:
‘…Later I received your additional skull film which
clearly demonstrated some implanted transmitters, one
inside the brain and two probably just underneath the
The upper arrow indicates the object lodged completely
within the brain. All these transmitters were inserted
through the nostrils and implanted into the frontal lobes
in the vicinity of the upper opening of the nasal passage.”
— Lennart Lindquist, Evamarie Taylor, and Robert Naeslund,
Cybergods, Stockholm: Gruppen, 1996, page 11.
Another medical opinion about X-rays, “… taken at
Karolinska Hospital where all radiographers deny that any
foreign object can be identified.” — INMC, Open Letter,
Stockholm, Sweden, May 1993, page 32.

FOA Educates Doctors
Since the 1960s, the Swedish Defense Research Institution
(FOA) has educated hospital doctors, mostly surgeons and
psychiatrists, regarding brain transmitters and bio-medical
One of the books which was used twenty-five years ago at FOA’s
Department 3 in education had the title Bio-Medical Telemetry
(1968), written by Dr. Stuart Mackay. Dr. Mackay wrote in the
introduction that, “The purpose of this book is to introduce a
wide segment of the scientific community to the rapidly
developing field of bio-medical telemetry. It presents to
physicians, engineers, and scientists information about the
possibilities of different telemetric methods. It gives
biologists a background in electronics to enable them to
choose equipment.”
The former head of FOA, Lars-Erik Tammelin, and the following
director, Bo Rydbeck, are medical doctors with advanced
knowledge in biology.

When Bo Rydbeck became head of the FOA in 1985, he said in an
interview in the newspaper Dagens Nyheter that, “Among the
current assignments, more intensive effort will be put into
information technology.” Which includes both telemetry and
brain transmitters as essential parts.[13]
Dr. Mackay continued in his introduction, “Among the many
telemetry instruments being used today [1968] are miniature
radio transmitters that can be swallowed, carried externally,
or surgically implanted in man or animals. Recent developments
include pressure transmitters small enough to be placed in the
eye, ultrasonic and radio units for free-swimming dolphins,
units for tracking wild animals, and pill-sized transmitters
of many designs and functions that can operate continuously
for several years. The scope of observations that can be made
is too broad to more than hint at with a few examples. … The
possibilities are limited only by the imagination of the
Dr. Stuart Mackay has worked as a Professor at the University
of California, Berkeley, and at many foreign universities. His
main fields are Medicine and Biology.
Computers and the Brain
“Dr. Delgado is optimistic that with the increasing
sophistication and miniaturization of electronics, it may be
possible to compress the necessary circuitry for a small
computer into a chip that is implantable subcutaneously. In
this way, the new self-contained instrument could be devised;
capable of receiving, analyzing and sending back information
to the brain, establishing artificial links between unrelated
cerebral areas, functional feedbacks, and programs of
stimulations contingent on the appearance of predetermined
wave patterns,” wrote Samuel Chavkin in The Mind Stealers
(1978), a book about psychosurgery and mind control.
Samuel Chavkin was the founder and chief editor of the Science
and Medicine Publishing Company, which publishes periodicals
concentrating on medical topics.In the preface to the book it
is stated that, “Telemetry for the surveillance of every
citizen is on the drawing boards. Chavkin’s prediction that
mind-control techniques could become standard equipment of
governments, prisons, and police departments is backed by
forceful documentation.”[14]Biotelemetry systems that remotely
“mind read” and “mind control” have existed for decades. Brain
transmitters measure EEG and send data to computers that
instantly translate it into words. Implants also deliver
electric shocks that control a brain and behaviors. The
devices are now less than 1 mm (.04 inch) in diameter.

Dr. Delgado conducted experiments in the early 1960s that
placed an electrode on the eardrum (middle ear) of a cat. The
device picked-up people’s conversations and transmitted them
to a receiver for listening. According to Victor Marchetti,
co-author of The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence (1974), the
CIA attached a tiny radio implant to a cat’s cochlea (inner
ear) for surveillance purposes.
A few years after Delgado’s implanted “bug” experiments, Dr.
Ralph Schwitzgebel developed a miniature radio receiver so
that a therapist could communicate with his subject.
Tiny combination microphone-transceiver-speakers are implanted
inside unsuspecting people’s ears. The instruments transmit
nearby conversations and deliver audio commands. Individuals
are conditioned to obey the directives, though they are
usually unaware of the voices.[15]
“X-ray photograph taken the day following the operation
[August 12, 1987, St. Carolus Hospital, Ji Salemba,
Djakarta], the 1/2 cm [.20 inch] deep area of branded
cortex can be identified, as can the implanted
transmitter.” — INMC, Open Letter, Stockholm, Sweden, May
1993, page 15.
Report for an x-ray examination conducted over three and a
half years after an August 12, 1987 brain implant

In 1985
an advertisement placed by the Swedish Citizens’ Rights
Movement in over thirty daily and weekly publications stated
that doctors in larger hospitals in Sweden inserted brain
transmitters in anesthetized patients during operations. At
the same time, a letter signed by fifty people was sent to the
Attorney General.
The Attorney General Questioned
Those who had signed the letter had read through material
which showed that the reality of brain transmitters is a fact.
The signers demanded an answer from the Attorney General on
whether the implantation of brain transmitters is a crime or
not. Those who signed the letter were representatives from
different human rights groups, the Swedish Peace Movement,
professors from, for example, the Royal School of Technology,
lawyers, and others.

The State Says Yes to Brain Transmitters
The Attorney General did not reply to the letter. Instead, he
sent it to the Attorney District (Överåklagaren), who said
that this issue should not be considered a crime. Decision
from May 15, 1985, Överåklagaren Register number AD II 76-85.
However, of course it is one of the harshest crimes which the
state can commit; to deny the right of the individual to his
or her own brain, and to inner peace without the interference
of government authorities. Since Sweden signed the Human
Rights Act, it must follow the act’s assumptions. In any case,
it means that a new relationship has been created between the
state and the people of the country.
“There are similar signs, here and now, like in Germany during
the 1930s, where the country’s leading doctors and politicians
see individuals as objects of experimentation where their
brains and behaviors are changed,” wrote Samuel Chavkin about
the United States in 1978. The same can be said about Sweden,
the same ideas exist here. Mind-control technology has changed
since the 1970s and has been developed even further.[16]
X-ray of a person with two types of brain implants and an
object in the jaw.
This material is for publication.
If you are interested as a journalist, or would like more
information, please write to us.

Brain Transmitters: What They Are and How They Are Used,
Mediaeko, Investigative Reporting Group, 1996 Reprint,
*Adapted, revised, and reprinted from:
Brain Transmitters: What They Are and How They Are Used,
Mediaeko, Investigative Reporting Group, 1992.
Compiled extensively from Mediaeko, Mediaecco, and
International Network against Mind Control’s (INMC) material.
[1] The technology was developed in the United States in
the CIA projects called “ARTICHOKE,” “BLUEBIRD,” “MKDELTA,”
and “MKULTRA.” The area has at different times been called
ESB (Electronic Stimulation of the Brain), Brain-Computer
Technology, Biological Radio-Communication, RHIC (Radio
Hypnotic Intra-cerebral Control), and EDOM (Electronic
Dissolution of Memory), among others. All of these are
pseudonyms for bio-medical telemetry, which is the
prevailing technique used for mind control in the eastern
and western worlds.
[2] Electroencephalograph (EEG) Telemetry System consists
of transmitters, receivers, and other components used for
remotely monitoring or measuring EEG signals by means of
radio or telephone transmission systems (In the U.S.A. see
Food and Drug Administration, Medical Devices:
Classification of Neurological Devices).
[3] “Dr. Antoine Remond, using our techniques in Paris, has
demonstrated that this method of stimulation of the brain
can be applied to the human without the help of the
neurosurgeon; he is doing it in his office in Paris without
neurosurgical supervision. This means that anybody with the
proper apparatus can carry this out on a person covertly,
with no external signs that electrodes have been used on
that person. I feel that if this technique got into the
hands of a secret agency, they would have total control
over a human being and be able to change his beliefs
extremely quickly, leaving little evidence of what they had
done.” — John C. Lilly, M.D., 1953: The Scientist, John C.

Lilly, M.D., Berkeley: Ronin Publishing, 1988, page 91.
[4] “Biotelemetry, which was developed to monitor the
temperature, brain-wave activity, breathing rate, and
heartbeat … Biosensors attached to the body send data by
wire or radio. This information may be displayed on
oscilloscopes for doctors to analyze. It can also be fed
into a computer that ‘watches’ the patient … Some
biosensors, called endoradiosondes, can be implanted in the
body. The tiny batteries that power them can be recharged
by radio waves.” — Compton’s Encyclopedia, Electronic
Edition, 1995.
[5] “… the American multinational company …, which
blends radio transmitting material into its liquid
cortisone preparation … [and] it is effective in whatever
part of the body the injection is made. It is highly likely
that … [it] is not unique in this way—other medical
products are suspect, …” — International Network against
Mind Control (INMC), Open Letter, Stockholm, Sweden, May
1993, page 38.
[6] CIA documents mention “liquid crystals” related to
behavior control, e.g.: “The project will support studies …
of solid and liquid crystals … The materials to be studied
will, to a large extent, also be of biological interest. …
These relate to physical studies which are required to
develop effective materials which will influence the human
nervous system.” (1 September 1961) …
“An exploratory study concerned with … certain
ferroelectric crystals. … There is also some support for
structural studies of organic materials which have shown
semiconductor activity.” (23 July 1962) — Project MKULTRA,
Subproject 99, August 1959 – September 1962, CIA MORI
DocID: 17502.
[7] Instrumentation developed includes: “brain radio
stimulators, … and an optoelectric sensor for telemetry
… combining multichannel stimulator and EEG telemetric
instrument; transdermal stimoceivers, totally implantable
for two-way communication with the brain through the intact
skin; and implantable microprocessor for detection of EEG
signals which are used to trigger contingent brain
stimulation. … and establishment of artificial neuronal
links with the aide of the computer.” — J.M.R. Delgado,
M.D., “Instrumentation, Working Hypotheses, and Clinical
Aspects of Neurostimulation,” Applied-Neurophysiology,
1977-78; 40(2-4): pages 88-110.
[8] “Tracking could also be combined with ESB by
broadcasting to and from the brain. Placement of a device
inside the skull or in another part of the body is
technically more difficult than strapping it to the wrist,
but once placed, the device is more secure and can transmit
more detailed information.” — Alan Scheflin and Edward

Opton, The Mind Manipulators: A Non-fiction Account. New
York: Paddington Press, 1978, page 349.
[9] “Who is wasting tax money on experiments using devices
smaller than needle points that are injected into people’s
bodies without consent? These people are then given shocks
for ‘improper behavior.’ Radio frequencies are set aside by
government for such experiments. … It is illegal. If the
scope of this program and its CLASSIFIED nature does not
scare you, think again.” — Citizens for Open and Honest
Treatment of the Handicapped, Announcements, 1993.
[10] “Early workers in this field used a low-radio
frequency, typically 300 to 1500 kHz, … Since 1960,
transistors for operation at 100 MHz have been available,
… implanted systems work very well in the region of 100
MHz. … placement of a self-contained transmitter totally
within the tissue represents a somewhat different
situation. The tissue absorbs energy, but it also appears
to compensate for this loss by reradiation of energy and
effective increase in the size of the transmitting
antenna.” — Thomas B. Fryer, Implantable Biotelemetry
Systems: a Report, Ames Research Center, NASA, 1970, page
[11] “Just what happened to Mr. N’Tumba, he describes
himself in a letter to us:
‘Concerning the brain transmitter in my head, it has been
performing without my knowledge or consent … What’s very
outrageous is that I am sharing all my vision, thoughts,
images, hearings … etc. with people around me as the
security services are engaging in a large scale propaganda
drive to smear my character, background, behavior, emotions
and motives … I have no privacy at all … I am not a
spy, I am not a criminal, I am not a terrorist. Being an
innocent victim of MI5 … my persecution started in June
1988.’What is more, there is no reason to suspect the
validity of what he writes; we are overburdened with
letters such as this one from the USA, Denmark, Sweden,
Germany, New Zealand and our investigations in Sweden
reveal a terrifying reality where the mental health
services, police authorities and hospitals implant radiotransmitting
devices in people’s heads and brains.
This reality is exposed by a vast amount of X-ray material
to be a chilling and gloomy vision of the future, stagemanaged
for decades by the security forces in collaboration
with medical and psychiatric institutions who together have
created a secret power which transcends law and order and
which is beyond intrusive public control.” — INMC, Letter
to British Prime Minister John Major, Stockholm, Sweden,
October 9, 1992, page 2.
[12] “If the stimulation Delgado plans to administer is
electric, the shaft is an exceedingly thin steel-wire
electrode coated with insulation except at the tip. Dozens
[12] “If the stimulation Delgado plans to administer is
electric, the shaft is an exceedingly thin steel-wire
electrode coated with insulation except at the tip. Dozens
of such needlelike wires may be inserted from one opening
and can be attached to the same socket on top of the skull,
or eventually inside it. …
Delgado has pioneered in the remote control of electrical
stimulation. He began shaping the behavior of subjects
while he was in a nearby room manning a push-button radio
device. Now he can do this from thousands of feet away.
At first the sockets he was using to receive radio messages
were outside the scalp. Now the equipment, built under a
microscope, is the size of a coin and can be planted under
the scalp and so is unnoticeable in a free-moving subject.
Also, the device not only receives instructions but
broadcasts back the subject’s reactions. Delgado calls it a
transdermal stimoceiver.A very recent refinement, still
being perfected, is for the information being received back
from inside the brain to go to a tiny computer. This
computer is being programmed to recognize abnormal brainwave
activity. …With humans he and his associates have
stimulated several areas involved in motor activity. … He
caused one woman patient in his group, when she was alone
in her own room, to turn her head and move her body as if
she were looking for something. This was repeated. When she
was asked what she was doing, the woman always had a
plausible explanation. Apparently, she had no idea she was
responding to the electrical stimulation of her brain. …
Lawrence R. Pinneo, a … neurophysiologist … at the
Stanford Research Institute, … has proved that you can
think into a computer, and that the instructions you think
can cause the computer to activate and move remote-control
cameras and other machines. In short, the machines obey
your mental instructions.Pinneo started with the motor
theory of thought. This holds that verbal thinking is
nothing more than subvocal speech. With a number of
subjects he attached electrodes to the area of the scalp
near the region where speech originates. On command they
were to think of a word, such as ‘schoolboy’ or ‘start’ or
‘left.’ They were to repeat the word in their minds ten
times. All this thinking of words was being registered by a
computer. It averaged out a recognition pattern for each
word. He proceeded to build up a vocabulary of fifteen
unspoken English words that the computer could recognize.
He trained the computer to recognize actually spoken words
(overt speech) as well as think words (covert speech). They
came out much alike in the word patterns that the computer
stored away. …

In his preliminary report Pinneo stated: ‘We conclude that
it is feasible for a human verbally to communicate both
overtly and covertly with a computer using biological
information [EEG] alone, with a high degree of accuracy and
reliability, at least with a small vocabulary.’ …
This is interesting as an exercise in scientific
versatility. But what would the practical applications be,
assuming that 100 percent accuracy is achieved with a much
larger vocabulary of words that were only thought, not
spoken? …Perhaps the best practical use would be in
surreptitious situations.” — Vance Packard, The People
Shapers, Boston: Little, Brown and Company, 1977, pages 42-
43, 55, 285-286.
[13] “An essential part of biotelemetry encompasses the
transmission of data. This occurs mostly with help from a
surgically implanted transmitter. … The technology has
been developed quite extensively in medical research.” —
P.M. Persson, Swedish Defense Research Institution, FOA,
[14] Publishers Weekly’s review of The Mind Stealers, by
Samuel Chavkin.
[15] “… The situation just described is not our first
encounter with the apparent use of medical implant devices
in these harassment/mind-control cases. Another of our
contacts began receiving auditory input roughly 15 years
after she had 4 mm. cochlear implants placed in her ears.
The ‘voices’ claim to be affiliated with the CIA and, among
other things, expressed intentions of running this woman as
an agent in denied areas by ‘piggybacking’ their audio
transmissions onto standard FM frequencies to avoid
detection. …[Another] individual … also appears to have
been ‘tagged’ by some type of implant device. … During
this meeting, she accepted the offer of a drink, blacked
out after consuming it, and awoke four hours later, … to
find that the back of her ear had been punctured and was
bleeding. … She has since found two adjacent puncture
marks behind her ear, which are not healing properly, and
between which she can feel the presence of a ‘wire’
measuring approximately 1/4? length. …In yet another case
involving auditory input, the individual has allegedly been
informed by her ‘voices’ that the technologies being used
against her were stolen from the CIA by a maverick
employee, whose group is now targeting her from a distance
of 2,000 miles. …One unusually-candid CIA spokesman also
allegedly informed this individual that, ‘while the CIA
does not deny having this equipment,’ they ‘do not use it
in this country.’” — Julianne McKinney, Microwave

Harassment & Mind-Control Experimentation, Silver Spring,
MD: Association of National Security Alumni, 1992, pages
[16] “ESB, however, used in conjunction with psycho-surgery
and behavior modification, offered unlimited possibilities.
After experiments on laboratory animals met with success,
human experimentation was enthusiastically undertaken in
quest of the most reliable and absolute method of remote
control of the mind. …And, in 1974, the first victim of
Parkinson’s disease treated by ESB walked gracefully out of
a San Francisco hospital under his own power, thanks to
portable ESB. He had a ‘stimoceiver’ implanted in his brain
… The ‘stimoceiver’ which weighed only a few grams and
was small enough to implant under his scalp, permitted both
remote stimulation of his brain and the instantaneous
telemetric recording of his brain waves. …In 1975 a
primitive ‘mind reading machine’ was tested at the Stanford
Research Institute. The machine is a computer which can
recognize a limited amount of words by monitoring a
person’s silent thoughts. This technique relies upon the
discovery that brain wave tracings taken with an
electroencephalograph (EEG) show distinctive patterns that
correlate with individual words—whether the words are
spoken aloud or merely subvocalized (thought of). …
While Dr. Reed conceded that it was ‘conceivable that
thoughts could be injected’ into a person’s mind by the
government, he indicated that he did not believe it had
already been done. …Typically, the scientists have not
been vigilant enough, for the cryptocracy already has
developed remote-controlled men who can be used for
political assassination and other dangerous work, …
In 1967 a writer named Lincoln Lawrence published a book
… [Were We Controlled? presented] a sophisticated
technique known as RHIC–EDOM … Radio Hypnotic Intra-
Cerebral Control–Electronic Dissolution of Memory. …
‘Under RHIC, a “sleeper” can be used years later with no
realization that the “sleeper” is even being controlled! He
can be made to perform acts that he will have no memory of
ever having carried out. In a manipulated kind of kamikaze
operation where the life of the “sleeper” is dispensable,
RHIC processing makes him particularly valuable because if
he is detected and caught before he performs the act
specified . . . nothing he says will implicate the group or
government which processed and controlled him.’” — Walter
Bowart, Operation Mind Control, New York: Dell Publishing
Co., 1978, pages 253, 256-262.


U.S.and Soviet Scientists have Developed the Key to Consciousness
for Military Purposes
How The U.S. Government Won the Arms Race to Control Man
A documentary with quotes by leading scientists, professionals and several
independent sources
By Cheryl Welsh, copyright
May 1998 –
This book is a description of the history and known facts of electromagnetic
and neurological technology, within the framework of classified
nonconsensual government experimentation. It is presented as a list of
footnotes with brief commentary. It explains how the government, in
particular the United States and the former Soviet Union have engineered
science into a technology in order to target and control the mind and body
for political and military purposes.
Chapter One
Email from Physician For Human Rights on cancellation of a human rights
statistics project for mind control victims citing “fear for my family”.
Chapter Two
A 1983 Defense & Foreign Affairs article by the editor Dr. Stefan Possony on
Soviet-US mind control technology. A good summary of the “big picture.”
Chapter Three
Jonathan Tennenbaum describes development of Soviet electromagnetic weapons
and the physics and biology behind the weapons. He gives clear, concise
explanations which can be verified with the current level of scientific
knowledge. There are also excerpts from several articles.
Chapter Four
This is a list of what scientists are saying about brain research. It
describes the physics, engineering and biology that is needed to develop
mind control technology. This will explain what scientist believe it takes
to decode the brain and the level of neurological research today. Will
Russian and U.S. scientists develop neurological weapons on people
or animals? This chapter logically and factually supports allegations by
victims that brain functions and every nerve of the body can be controlled
remotely with current technology.
Chapter Five

Korean brainwashing of the 1950s is briefly described. this is a turning
point in the history of mind control. A few sample articles demonstrate that
there was a pronounced political will to support a massive effort to control
man before the Russians do, to solve the mysteries of the brain for military
Chapter Six
The history of science and military, corporations and government involvement
from the 1940s up to today. There was a massive, classified military
research effort to fight the cold war. There are many excerpts listed in
support the fact that mind control technology could be developed out of the
public eye and with the support of top officials. The top scientists of the
nation work in teams to solve specific problems, such as the government
Killian Panel, the Cybernetics Group, RAND, the secretive nongovernmental
Institute for Defense Analysis and it’s JASON Group and the Golden
Fleece and the Brain Research Institute. Examples are given of eminent
scientists with government funding for research related to decoding the
Chapter Seven
This is an interesting and well-documented history of sensors technology,
highly classified and billions of tax dollars spent on its development
during the Vietnam War. The U.S. military and corporations then sell this
technology to Europe. There are many articles listed here which describe the
importance and funding of bionics, replacing man with electronic eyes and
ears. This is the foundation for a bureaucracy to distribute mind
control technology throughout the world.
Chapter Eight
This chapter describes the targeting of whole populations with
electromagnetic mind control. Top government officials state unequivocally
that it can be developed and there have been many rumors over the years,
reported in major newspapers. The goal of controlling man for political
purposes continues. Here are a few of the many examples.
Chapter Nine
This chapter states what the brain code is in general terms. This is a
summary of the Soviet discovery of the genetic code of the brain, how the
U.S. surpassed the Soviets and the pioneers of this amazing history.
Government mind control technology has been developed, is firmly in place
today and is in the plans for the future. It is important to match the
description of victim’s allegations to the mind control technology so that
they may find a timely solution. Editor’s note. Some chapters are long, over
20 pages and include the original material because of their importance and
for documentation.
The main points of this book are highlighted and arranged with headings so
that it may be skimmed.

This book came about as a result of research for alleged victims of mind
control experimentation. Illegal experimentation using electromagnetic
weapons technology on U.S. citizens has been going on throughout the cold
war, continues today and is in use as an intelligence tool and military
weapon today. Please see CAHRA website for background information. This book
goes to the roots of the problem. It is a beginning and establishes the who,
what, why, when and where behind mind control technology. This book will put
together important facts that unfortunately, the U.S. government will never
admit until they are caught. The evidence is growing. It will be up
to the reader to put the facts together.
This book will show that scientists, governments and the military were and
are interested in finding the key to human consciousness. The military would
like to have ultimate control over humans. Scientists would like to find the
scientific basis for consciousness. Victims of government experimentation,
who can verify the sophistication of the technology know that signals of the
brain can be remotely read, decoded and that simulated brain signals can
also be sent to the victim. This book is a start on the path to describe the
scientific basis of the technology used to destroy unwitting victims of mind
control experiments. I hope that this will stimulate further research.
Most scientists agree that to find the brain code would be a tremendous
undertaking, like the Manhattan Project to develop the bomb, the space
program to go to the moon or the gene mapping program. Funding and
scientific coordination is required for projects such as this. In the 1940s,
both Russia and the United States were very interested in this topic. And if
there were a mind control arms race, as indicated by several independent
documents, the political will would necessitate a mind control “Manhattan
This book will present the basic scientific theory of the brain code as
described by scientists. And it will give examples of the development of
this technology and how it could be hidden from the U.S. public.
Many historical facts make sense in light of this hypothesis. Why has the
United States denied the “nonthermal” theory of electromagnetic effects on
biological organisms and yet the Russian scientific literature documents
this fact going back to the 1920s? Why is there a documented history of
electromagnetic politics that leads to a U.S. cover up beginning in the
1940s? A large military project to use electromagnetic technology for
military and political purposes would be a logical explanation.
This history is barely beginning to be told. There have been rumors for
years. When the information is finally declassified, it will be an amazing
and tragic history. There is hope that a scientist who knows of this
classified situation will share this information. In a similar way, the
leaked confidential tobacco company papers by the tobacco employee
was a heroic act and will save many children’s lives eventually, as the
tobacco companies are made to change their ways. As a gesture to humanity
and to save thousands of alleged victims of nonconsensual electromagnetic

and neurological experimentation, this could begin the process of
dismantling the cold war thinking that has allowed horrific radiation
experimentation and now mind control experiments.
This book starts with a small but powerful example and proves that while the
best evidence is still classified, there is still proof that the U.S.
government is conducting mind control experiments and using the technology
without consent of the target. Next, this book will present a few
representative articles written by well-known scientists and professionals
on mind control and electromagnetic technology. The first article is by a
Hoover Institute Fellow, Dr. Possony. It is a good overview of the whole
situation. There will then be excerpts from articles on solitons and
their role in mind control technology on a quantum level.
Next there will be excerpts from papers by Jonathan Tennenbaum, editor of
Fusion magazine. There are clear physics and biological descriptions of the
mind control weapons which have been developed by the Russians. The history
of this development is described and excellent footnotes for further reading
are included. Other sources verify the premise that the Soviets have
developed mind control technology since at least the 1940s.
The next section includes excerpts from several articles and demonstrate the
interest in electromagnetic technology and the brain by scientists and the
military for over 50 years. Other articles will show that the brain’s
electromagnetic signals can be remotely detected by SQUID. There will be
current articles in support of the fact that science has decoded the brain
signals so that direct communication with the brain is possible. While it is
true that this is highly classified, there are still strong indications of
this fact. Classification has been used to cover up radiation experiments
and even though there was proof, for various reasons, it was ignored. Again,
history is repeating for mind control victims. It is important to note that
the highly technical and sophisticated electromagnetic technology which is
briefly described in this section, matches the symptoms that victims have
described and documented. This short section describes the Korean
brainwashing scare of the 1950s and how much scientific effort and money was
put into behavior control experiments by the CIA. This event would provide
the political will necessary to fund mind control research and to
start the search to find out how the Russians were brainwashing Korean
soldiers and find the antidote. The search for the decoding the brain
intensified in the 1950s as several article will demonstrate.
The following section describes the U.S. government during the 1940s through
the present time. The classification, the cold war mentality, the scientists
and their interest in brain research is well-illustrated from several
different sources. There are many research leads to follow.
The science and government relationship that exploded during World War II
has had an effect on this problem and will be briefly mentioned. The funding
of scientists and how scientists worked in elite groups such as RAND
corporation and the Jasons Group, a part of the Institute for Defense
Analysis is described. Out of the public eye, there was no accountability
and no public input. A few examples of problems are described.There is a
large section on the development of sensors technology because it explains
so well how the military has worked with scientists. The Electronic

Battlefield by Paul Dickson is one of the few books which portrays the
negative side of the military and supports his claims with many footnotes.
There are many ideas on how to work on mind control technology issues that
can be found in this book. The newspaper articles on electromagnetic
technology which can be broadcast over populations for warfare and
psychoactive effects will be listed with excerpts. The numerous citations
and excerpts are listed in order to answer the question of how the
government could technically do this and to show that the government
was interested in this technology in order to fight the cold war.
The U.S. government has decoded the brain. This is important to know
about because there are allegations of abuse and there is no accountability
or public input.
Until someone stops the U.S. government, the problem will continue to get
worse. The number of victims of government experimentation is increasing.
And all of the experts say that electromagnetic weapons are as serious as
the atomic bomb (see CAHRA website, nonlethal weapons.) The warnings are
there.This problem has been around for years and it is highly classified but
that does not mean it doesn’t exist. The many excerpts from several
independent sources are adding up to the same conclusion. There is
nonconsensual government electromagnetic experimentation and it is a tragedy
that needs to be dealt with. On a more hopeful note, this article can prove
that the mislabel of mental illness, which most victims have endured, is a
thing of the past. There is too much evidence now. That is why it is
important to keep researching, so that it will never happen again.
Chapter One
There is a problem. Here is one example of irrefutable proof.
An email from a physician from the group Physicians for Human Rights is
convincing evidence of the seriousness of this problem. It is one of the
common replies received by victims. This doctor wrote on biological warfare
and was very active in human rights issues. When asked to write a medical
report on allegations by victims of electromagnetic weapons testing
experimentation this was the reply on March 10, 1997.
“…After a lot of consideration, I’ve decided that I cannot undertake this
project. I have a family, and feel unable to subject them to any risks that
might result because of my involvement.”
Chapter Two
The following important article was written by one of “the greatest
strategic philosophers of the 20th Century”, founder of International
Strategic Studies Association, former member of Mankind Research Unlimited
and former psychological warfare expert with the Office of Naval Research.
Dr. Possony stated that mind control is feasible and militarily important.
The article is a good overview of the Soviet-U.S. race to develop mind
control technology and a precise explanation for why there is illegal
experimentation going on to this day. Here is the entire article, with its

many research leads.Possony, Stefan.(1983,July).
Scientific Advances Hold Dramatic Prospects for Psy-Strat. Defense & Foreign
Affairs. P.34. Associate Editor Dr. Stefan Possony discusses how scientists
are facing the prospect of messaging directly into a target mind. Whither
psy-war? The history of psyops technology is about 200 years old, and it
will continue to progress. Hence it is most important to look into the
future. It is no longer really difficult to send messages to the targets;
that is, the persons who are to be influenced. The target cannot be reached
if he is not interested in the originator, nor in his message, or if his
interest is perfunctory. He is unattainable also if he is bored, and if he
finds it more pleasurable to listen to competitors, who are multiplying.
The target cannot be persuaded to listen. It is the other way around; he may
listen if he already is fully or partially persuaded, and if the program is
attractive in addition to informative, and if it helps him in his
activities. Psyops technology is more or less in hand. Its better
utilization is at present precluded in most instances by political
ineptitude and by international opposition. The importance of better
programming is recognized as a theory, but new ideas and fundamental
improvements are rare. Hence success often is a matter of hit or miss. At
this point, let us forget about history and current events, and let us
resolutely turn to the future; I want to alert you that psyops technology
may advance from communicating to direct signaling. Some developments in
this reqard are already taking place. X-rays and gamma rays are located at
the upper end portion of the electromagnetic energy frequency spectrum.
What is at the lower end? The most important of all of nature’s phenomena.
Suppose it becomes feasible to affect brain cells by low frequency waves or
beams, thereby altering psychological states, and making it possible to
transmit suggestions and commands directly into the brain.
Who is so rash as to doubt that technological breakthroughs of this general
type would not be put promptly to psyops use? More importantly who would
seriously assume that such a technology would not be deployed to accomplish
political and military surprise?
A few years ago there was much excitement about the Soviet microwave
“bombardment” of the US Embassy in Moscow. Why did the KGB, then under Yuri
Andropov’s leadership, embark on this seemingly scurrilous — and very
prolonged –effort? There was no answer to this question, except that the
KGB must have wished to harass US diplomats and cause them to worry about
their health. this theory was never convincing.
The question was raised whether the Soviets had discovered a technique of
using microwaves for psychological purposes, and whether they were
experimenting with this technique on US specialists on the USSR, unwittingly
pressed into Soviet service as guinea pigs. Impossible, replied the State
Department, the waves cannot break through the blood-brain barrier, and
thermal effects are so negligible that the body would not be affected.
Nevertheless, embassy personnel were indemnified for health damage.
By 1979, at the latest, it was known that electromagnetic fields raising
body temperatures less than .1 degrees Celsius may result in somatic
changes. It was most surprising that such a trivial temperature rise was
having any effects, and even more astonishing that those effects were
Chemical, physiological and behavioral changes can occur within
“windows” of frequency and energy continua.One of those windows is connected
with navigation in marine vertebrates and with biological rhythms of humans.
Another is at the level of the human electroencephalogram (EEG), which is in
the range of extremely low radio and sound waves, around 20 Hertz. Those
findings remain unexplained. they seemed to require energy amplification of
the initial stimulus by some 12 orders of magnitude. No such amplification
was deemed to be feasible, and none was discovered.
Let us cut the story to the minimum. The original model, according to which
the bloodbrain barrier cannot be broken, was derived from the axiom that
electromagnetic waves interact with tissue in a linear manner. However, it
turned out that the molecular vibrations caused by a stimulating
extracellular electromagnetic field are non-linear. Utterly unexpectedly,
they take the form of soliton waves which can transfer energy along long
molecular chains.
By 1982 the term “soliton” finally made it to the technical dictionaries.
Here is a definition from the 1982 McGraw-Hill scientific-technical
dictionary: “A soliton wave…propagates without dispersing its energy over
larger and larger regions of space.” As I understand it, it would be more
correct to say: “A soliton wave propagates suddenly acquired energy, or
energy imparted by shock, without dispersing it.” Significance?
Extracellular disturbances such as acoustic or electromagnetic bursts can
be propagated across the cell membrane. In this, non-linearities in
molecular dynamics rather than chemical kinetics are the key. Put
differently, the 12-magnitude energy deficit is overcome, not by brute
force, but by the formation of solitons.
Visualize the brain and its environment as structures of waves, and assume
that shock waves create solitons. Then imagine that modern electronics
with their flexibility, accuracy and speed are put to work.
In addition, the range of resonances probably will be increased. Hence many
frequencies, and several options for the transmission of energy across the
membranes of brain cells may become available.
This may imply that the brain cells will be reachable diversely and
flexibly, and perhaps routinely.
The discovery of cross-membrane coupling may be compared to the discovery of
oxygen in 1772, which allowed the proof that phlogiston, the supposed
element of fire, does not exist. Once the phlogiston idea was buried,
chemistry and the chemical industry began their triumphal march across the
world. The exploration of the cross-membrane phenomenon is only at the
beginning, and it is not yet possible to anticipate practical applications.
As of now a new phenomenon has been discovered, probably.
Nothing is as yet known or is known publicly, on
how the soliton can be aimed to produce desired effects. Only a hypothesis
can be stated: If the phenomenon can be utilized, this will in due time have

crucial bearing both on the body and on the brain, and on defense. The
theory of cross-coupling was formulated by A.S. Davydov who it seems,
published the first purely theoretical version in 1976, and followed this up
with a study on “Solitons as energy carriers in biological systems”. By 1979
Davydov appeared to be linked to the Ukrainian Academy of Science.
It should be noted that Russian mathematicians were concerned with solitons
before US scientists ever got interested. It is therefore conceivable that
Davydov achieved his results long before publication, and also that the
experiments which involved the US Embassy, produced findings which led to
subsequent progress.
In the US, the pioneering work seems to have been done by Albert F.
Lawrence and w. Ross Adey, writing in Neurological research, Volume 4,
1982. the Max Planck Institute for Biochemistry in Munich also discovered
that cell membranes can be crossed. Eberhard Neumann and Guenther
Gerisch found that a shock wave passing through an electric field may
create ultra-quick processes within the membrane, and that through such
“jumps in the field” (Feldsprfinge:this probably means solitons) senes can
be transmitted and cells fused.
There is a differential in the tension of the inner and outer membrane which
averages 1/70,000 of a volt. This corresponds to 70,000 volts
per(theoretical) membrane thickness of one centimeter.(The real thickness of
a membrane is0.1<-8> centimeter.) The discovery was made unexpectedly in the
course of research on electric fields in membranes and their impact on vital
processes. This research requires measurements of events lasting not more
than one nano-second(one billionth of a second), and it suggested that
solitons generally increase the permeability of membranes. Thus, new
perspectives on genetic “engineering” were suddenly opened. Moreover, it was
possible to fuse no less than 50 cells into one supercell with 50 nuclei and
one single membrane. We might as well forego assessing this monstrous
novelty. The Max Planck Institute broke into the membrane, so to speak,
either without knowing about Davydov, Lawrence and Adey, or after learning
about them while pursuing a different goal. In either event, a fundamental
innovation, a breakthrough discovery or invention will be made several
times, at different places, and be persons working independently from one
It is futile to speculate on who stands where in a race which has barely
begun. But it can be postulated that the USSR probably has an ambitious
research program, whereas in the US, while work is being done, no
program –let alone a crash program–is in existence.
It is predictable that in the wake of Andropov’s upgrading of psyops, the
relevant programs in the USSR will be given an early and powerful boost.
Future psyops will have to be planned for perspectives which cannot be
formulated before the US embarks on a major and totally novel research and
development program. Meanwhile, it must be assumed that psyops will grow
world wide, in strategic importance and in new forms.
The following report appeared in “Defense & Foreign Affairs Daily” on June
7, 1983: On May 20, 1983 US newspapers printed an Associated Press story
from the Veterans Hospital at Loma Linda, California that the Soviets
developed a device, called Lida, to bombard human brains with radio waves.

The radio beams and expected to serve as a substitute tranquilizers, and to
treat sleeplessness, hypertension, and neurotic disturbances.
It is not yet determined whether Lida affects the immune and endocrine
systems. Lida is reported to change behavior in animals. At the present, the
device is on loan to Dr. Ross Adey, chief of research at Loma Linda. Adey
started testing the machine three months ago, and hopes to complete his
investigations within a year.
According to Dr. Adey, who repeatedly visited the USSR, the Soviets have
used the machine on people since at least 1960. The machine is technically
described as “a distant pulse treatment apparatus”. It generates 40
megahertz radio waves which stimulate the brain’s electromagnetic activity
at substantially lower frequencies. Dr. Adey was quoted as saying: “Some
people theorize that the Soviets may be using an advanced version of the
machine clandestinely to seek a change in behavior in the United States
through signals beamed from the USSR.” No reference was made to the
protracted microwaves bombardment several years ago of the US Embassy in
Moscow. On April 29, 1983, Associate Editor Dr. Stefan Possony, addressing
the Defense 83 meeting sponsored by Defense & Foreign Affairs, reported on
Dr. Adey’s work and on the work by Dr. A.S. Davydov of the Ukrainian Academy
of Sciences. Davydov discovered how the blood-brain barrier can be
penetrated by low frequency beams and directly affect cells in the brain.
Possony’s remarks were delivered to a panel studying psychological warfare.
[Part of that paper is printed below–Ed.]
In the US research on direct brain waves has scarcely begun, and the USSR
has a lead of approximately 25 years. Once it is matured the new technology
will be extraordinarily significant in medicine. It also may have major
impacts on communications, intelligence, and psychological operations,
and permit deliberate physiological impairment.
The KGB is known to be interested in the program. It is not known whether
the US and other Governments are trying to determine whether their countries
have become targets of clandestine brain waves beamed from the USSR. Nor are
there indications that work on countermeasures is being contemplated, except
perhaps in the USSR.
Editor’s note. Most people have not heard of solitons. But, Dr. Possony is
not the only professional discussing solitons and mind control. Here are
excerpts from books and journals to give an overview of biological nonlinear
effects and solitons. No author. (1979, October 27). You Cannot Be a
Twentieth-Century Man Without Maths. Economist. Pg. 107.
“Fortunately for pure scientist, most of the problems of basic physics and
chemistry either are (or can be adequately handled as)linear problems.
It is only in modern science–in particular, in quantum physics and gravity-
-that non-linearities loom large. …The big news in maths is that there are
recent developments which promise to make the solving of such non-linear
problems possible. … One development concerns things called solitons. ..
So the equations of solitons are being applied to the fields surrounding
subatomic particles. A whole group of elementary particles. A whole group of
elementary particles may have been missed by the existing theories. Solitons
may also help to understand the force of gravity, which also behaves in a

non-linear way. Although Einstein’s theory of relativity was a breakthrough
in understanding gravity, there is still much to be learnt about this force.
Solitons are also being used in research on climate, electronic circuits,
fusion power, nerve conduction, optical materials, superconductors and a
range of other engineering problems.”
Remoissenet, M. 1996. Waves called solitons: Concepts and experiments, 2nd
ed.Springer-Verlag. “Preface to Second Edition. …Chapter 1 was expanded by
a discussion of the discovery of solitons in the field of electromagnetic
waves and optics. P. 1. “Basic Concepts and the Discovery of Solitons.
“Today, many scientists see nonlinear science as the most important frontier
for the fundamental understanding of Nature. The soliton concept is now
firmly established after a gestation period of about one hundred and fifty
years. Since then, different kinds of solitons have been observed
experimentally in various real systems, and today they have captured the
imagination of scientist in most physical discipline. They are widely
accepted as a structural basis for viewing and understanding the dynamic
behavior of complex nonlinear systems.”
Infeld, Eryk & Rowlands, George. 1990. Nonlinear waves, solitons and chaos.
Press Syndicate of U Cambridge. p.5. “5. A theory that relies on the
interaction of a small number of periodic modes also exists see Infeld
(1981c). Solitons are special wave pulses which interact with one
another so as to keep their basic identity and so that they act as
particles. Now the soliton has come of age in its mother subject, though in
the meantime promising to be a useful concept in many other effects. One of
the first detailed experimental verifications of soliton type behaviour was
in the study of nonlinear ion acoustic waves.
“Davydov(1968),(1985) has applied some of the rules of solid state physics
to the transport of energy down protein chains. He has shown that the idea
of soliton propagation is essential to a study of chemical changes taking
place in long protein molecules. This leads to the transfer of ATP
(adenosine triphosphate) and could be the basis for an understanding of
muscle contraction. Though much may still remain to be done in molecular
biological problems it seems likely that the concept of a soliton will
remain the cornerstone of any future theory.”
Chaohoa, Gu, Yishen, Li Guizhang Tu, Editors. (1990). International
Conference on Nonlinear Physics , Shanghai 24-30 April 1989.
p. 166. Ablowitz, MJ. et al. U Colorado. Nonlinear Evolution equations,
Solitons, Chaos and Cellular Automata. Acknowledgments.
This work MJA is partially supported by the NSF, O of Naval Research, & Air
Force O of Scientific Research. “Among the remarkable discoveries in applied
mathematics during the past twenty or so years, have been the concept of the
soliton and completely integrable nonlinear partial differential equations,
chaotic phenomena associated with nonintegrable equations, and the
understanding of cellular automata.”
Kerner, B.S. & Osipov, V.V. 1994 Autosolitons A New Approach to Problems of
Self Organization & Turbulence, Vol 61. Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Introduction. “…The properties of traveling autosolitons (pulses) and some

other autowaves were analyzed as early as 1946 by Wiener and Rosenblueth
on the basis of an axiomatic discrete model. Hodgkin and Huxley(1952)
proposed and studied a model of impulse propagation in nerve fiber; …”
p. 110. “…there are numerous examples of active distributed systems of
highly diverse nature which may host autosolitons as well as more
complicated dissipative structures and autowaves. Such are, for instance,
chemical and biochemical reactions (Zhabotinskiik 1974: Nicolis – Prigogine
1977: Haken 1977),…”
Chapter -Three
In two articles, Jonathan Tennenbaum describes development of Soviet
electromagnetic weapons and the physics and biology behind the weapons.
Following the quite long Tennenbaum articles, there are several articles on
the soviet development of electromagnetic and neurological technology. It is
difficult to get information on this topic and to know what is going on but
over a long period of time, the same facts are repeated and therefore become
more verifiable and believable. For over 25 articles on Russian mind control
see U.S. Human Rights Report Flatlands Publishing Ft. Bragg (707) 964 8326.
It is not easy to see which is disinformation, as there certainly must be
on this topic.
But these are several independent sources over several decades, stating much
the same theme. And the science and military implications of electromagnetic
technology are by now well established. Electromagnetic-Effect Weapons: The
Technology and the Strategic Implications.
Wiesbaden Federal Republic of Germany Jan. 16, 1988. Executive Intelligence
Review.(Executive Intelligence Review Special Report. 317 Pennsylvania Ave.
S.E., 2nd Floor. Washington, DC 20003 (202) 544-7010. Pg. 7. Michael Liebig.
…”This Special Report is meant to sketch the gestalt of this newly
emerging Soviet threat, the dimensions of which the Western public is most
dangerously unaware. There is barely any understanding in the West of the
revolutionary transformations in technology and strategy associated with
electromagnetic effect weapons.”
Tennenbaum, Jonathan.(1988, Feb). Some ABCs of Electromagnetic Anti-
Personnel Weapons. Executive Intelligence Review.Executive Intelligence
Review Special Report.317 Pennsylvania Ave. S.E., 2nd Floor. Washington, DC
20003 (202) 544-7010. Pg. 9. Dr. Jonathan Tennenbaum is on the Board of
Directors of Fusions-Energie-Forum in the Federal Republic of Germany, and
an editor of its magazine, Fusion. “Often referred to by the misleading
name, “radio-frequency weapons,” The most sophisticated new type of antipersonnel
weapons now being perfected by the USSR for use by its Spetsnaz
and regular forces, uses pulses of electromagnetic energy to disorient,
paralyze, and kill human targets. Such electromagnetic pulse (EP) weapons
can take a variety of forms, including the following: …
Electromagnetic pulse anti-personnel weapons have many scientific and
technical features in common with the laser weapons under development in the
American and Soviet anti-missile defense programs. Both use electromagnetic
radiation, propagating at 300,000 kilometers per second, to achieve their
destructive effect. Both require compact power sources, generators of
electromagnetic radiation (e.g., lasers, magnetrons, gyrotrons, etc.), beam
radiator and focusing apparatus (e.g.,optics for lasers, wave guides and
phased-array antennas for microwave weapons), and computerized control

systems In both cases also, the maximum effect of these weapons is obtained
by “tuning” or “tailoring” the output to the characteristics of the target.
The chief peculiarity of EP anti-personnel weapons lies in their
exploitation of highly non-linear effects of electromagnetic radiation upon
living organisms. Typically, these weapons employ complicated pulse shapes
and pulse trains, involving several frequencies and modulations which can
range over a wide spectrum from extremely low frequencies (ELF) into the
hundred gigahertz range.
Thus, although state-of-the-art technology permits construction of mobile
systems of extremely high output power (up to 10 megawatts average power,
peak pulsed powers of many gigawatts), it is not the high power per se which
determines the lethality of the system, but rather its ability to
“couple” the output effectively into the target and to exploit non-linear
biological action. While high output power may be used to obtain range and
breadth of effects and penetration into enclosures and defenses, the minimum
lethal “dose” on target will typically be orders of magnitude less than that
which would be required to kill by mere heating, in the manner of a
microwave oven.
The closest analogy to a sophisticated EP anti-personnel weapon is provided
by powerful chemical weapons, such as nerve gases having rapid, fatal
effects at extremely low concentration. In the latter case, the effect is
mediated by molecules which enter nerve synapses and other critical areas
and disrupt normal functions without massive destruction of tissue. The
poison acts on the higher levels of organization of living process.
Furthermore, it should be understood that molecules themselves are nothing
but electromagnetic configurations. That is, the molecules (e.g., of the
nerve gas) act via electromagnetic fields, by exchange of electromagnetic
energy with other molecules. Hence, it should hardly be surprising to
discover that the same effects can be induced by electromagnetic radiation
alone-without the presence of the molecules! In principle it suffices to
identify the precise geometrical characteristics of the electromagnetic
action associated with the given substance, and then just “mimic” the
molecular action by a carefully “tailored” signal.
Once this principle is understood, biophysical research can define the most
appropriate pulse forms for weapon applications, independently of any
specific chemical “model.”
That this is by no means a mere theoretical possibility is proven by a wide
variety of experiments on the biological effects of “tailored”
electromagnetic radiation, carried out in the West and East over the last 40
years. For obvious reasons, experiments involving lethal effects are mostly
classified. To illustrate some of the relevant research areas, we present a
couple of examples of well-documented non-lethal effects.
Since the 1950s much scientific attention has been paid, in the East and
West, to effects on the brain of 1) psychotropic drugs (LSD, depressants,
stimulants, etc.) and 2) electrical stimulation of specific areas of the
brain by implanted electrodes. Among other things, experiments showed that
minute currents induced by electrical stimulation could evoke profound
changes in brain function, similar to those obtained by psychotropic
drugs, the latter often at extremely low concentrations.

This work reveal some “deep secrets” of the physiological organization of
the brain, secrets having potentially far-reaching military implications.
Since the early 1970s a number of published experiments have shown that
similar, profound neurological effects can be induced without the
“substantial” intervention of drugs or electrodes, by electromagnetic fields
applied from outside the experimental subject. Typical of these are those of
Dr. Jose Delgado and Dr.Ross Adey.
Delgado applied a slowly modulated weak magnetic field(several Gauss,
pulsed at less than 100 Hz) to the heads of monkeys via external coils.
Depending upon the precise modulation frequency used, specific effects were
induced. Thus, one frequency caused the animals to fall asleep, and another
triggered aggression, each time with very specific neurophysiological
effects on specific areas of the brain. Adey and others have obtained
similar neurophysiological effects with a modulated, low-power,
radio-frequency field, with modulation frequencies in the range of the
internal “brain waves” (EEG). Absorbed power levels were very low- on the
order of a thousandth of a watt per square centimeter.Related experiments
have shown that internal EEG waves can be entrained and modified,
demonstrating the possibility of direct information transfer to the brain
via modulated radio-frequency (RF) fields. Thus, below the threshold of
lethal effects, a certain potential for subtle psychological manipulation by
means of “tailored” electromagnetic signals cannot be excluded.
Lethal effects have been obtained at power levels not very much higher than
in behavior modification experiments. Again, it is not so much the net power
as the exact form of the applied series of pulses, which makes the
difference. One laboratory device, used in brain research, kills
experimental animals with a single microwave pulse of 1/6 second duration.
While the neurological effects of modulated RF and microwave radiation
have long been a high-priority area for Soviet research, this field has
tended to be played down or even suppressed in the West.
For example, Delgado’s magnetic field experiments have gone nearly unnoticed
in the Western scientific literature, but are a featured subject in a recent
Russian book, published under the auspices of Znanyia, a cadre organization
headed by top Soviet military scientist N.D. Basov.
While we have concentrated here on the brain as a key target of EP
weapons, this is by no means the only target. The central nervous system
more generally, and vital organs, especially the heart, are all possible
Moreover, a very insidious deployment of EP would be to degrade the overall
health of persons in a certain area by long-term, low-level irradiation.
There is evidence that the latter has already been tried by the Soviets in a
number of cases. Much more could be said about non-linear biological effects
exploitable by EP weapons. In this short introduction, however, we want to
move on to another key problem of these weapons; how to generate and deliver
the destructive action to the target.This Special Report presents some
details on high-power RF and microwave generators, an area of highest
priority in Soviet research and development. There are two essential types
of devices which can be used in EP weapons; oscillators using beams of
electrons or plasmas, and solid-state devices.

Solid state radar, whose development is driven by the needs of military
aircraft and missiles, is one of the fastest advancing areas of electronic
technology today. Although solid state devices do not (yet!) reach the very
high powers attained by electron beam devices, miniaturization makes it
possible to build today complete, highly sophisticated phased-array radars
of suitcase-size, with several kilowatts of average output. The principal
advantage of this technology is that it permits extremely sophisticated
“tailoring” of pulse shape in space and time, in a compact system, with
direct coupling to high-speed computers. This is exactly what is needed in
order to optimally exploit non-linear biological effects.
What is lost in brute power is thus gained in efficiency.
Recent breakthroughs in what is called “high-temperature superconductivity”
open up the perspective that both types of EP generation technology–
electron beam as well as solid state–are going to undergo revolutionary
improvements in the years immediately ahead. The impact of this revolution
cannot even be estimated at this time, but it will certainly mean radical
reductions in the size of devices having a given electromagnetic
As our discussion of biological effects already indicated, electromagnetic
anti-personnel weapons depend essentially on “tuning” the output signal to
the target. This goes not only for the frequency and amplitude of the
signal, but for its entire space-time “shape.” Figure 6, for example, is
drawn from thermographs of models of the human body irradiated by RF
radiation of the same frequency, but with field geometries. These and
other experiments demonstrate, that the areas of maximum absorption of
electromagnetic energy inside the body depend on the geometry of the
incident wave. By choosing the right geometry, the energy can be focused
into any desired area, such as the brain. A sophisticated EP weapon must
thus be able to project a specific geometry of electromagnetic field onto a
distant object, over a given terrain and in given surroundings. Without
going into technical details of waveguides and various antenna
types, we shall briefly present one of the relevant techniques: the
principle of the phased array.A phased-array antenna consists of an
assemblage of many individually controlled emitting (or receiving) elements,
placed in a fixed geometrical arrangement. The output field of the array is
the sum of the waves emitted by the individual elements. By electronically
controlling the relative phases of these individual signals, the output
field can be given any desired “shape” and direction, limited only by the
wavelength used, the number of elements and the size of the array. The huge
soviet ABM radar at Krasnoyarsk, for example, contains an 83-meter diameter
phased array of thousands of elements. The output can consist of a single,
very narrow beam, or hundreds of independently directed beams, all depending
on the “phasing” of the elements. This radar can track large numbers of
missiles simultaneously, without any mechanical motion of the antenna.
The functioning of phased-array antennae is thus closely related to
holography, or three-dimensional photography. In a hologram, a
photographic plate records interference patterns, corresponding to the
phase relationships of laser light reflected from the object. When the
holographic plate is illuminated by a laser, the phase relationships are
“reconstituted” and the viewer has the impression of seeing a three
dimensional object.

The ensemble of elements of a phased-array antenna takes the place of the
holographic plate, but at a much longer wavelength than visible light
(centimeters and millimeters instead of fractions of a micrometer). When
operated in a receiving mode, the phased array obtains much more information
than an ordinary antenna; like the hologram, it measures entire
electromagnetic field geometries, not merely a onedimensional,
electromagnetic “signal” The holographic principle underlying phased-array
systems points to a potentiality for creating any desired three-dimensional,
electromagnetic field distribution around a target object, from a distance,
correcting for reflections, obstacles and other interference.
Moreover, the field can be transformed and shifted from one location to
another in space within a fraction of a second. Thus, an ideal EP-weapon
could attack many individual targets, simultaneously or in rapid succession.
One or more phased arrays would be used in receiving and transmitting modes
to “lock on” to selected targets, and determine the necessary geometry of
the attack pulses. To fully exploit such potentialities, the weapon would
require for its target-acquisition and beam-control systems, sophisticated
high speed computers, able to perform complex computations of the “inversescattering”
type. Miniaturized systems of this sort are well within the
reach of ‘fifth generation’ computer technology. “Hybrid” digital-analog
systems would be simpler, smaller, and faster still. There is much overlap
in requirements between EP weapons and systems developed for strategic
defense(SDI). For concrete weapons applications, simpler devices will often
suffice; trade-offs can be made among range, output power, extent of three
dimensional field control, and sophistication of biological effects.
As was the case earlier with nuclear weapons, many people may be tempted to
think that EP anti-personnel weapons constitute “absolute weapons” against
which no defense is possible. A glance at the history of the SDI, or of
military science and technology in general, shows why no such thing ever has
or will exist. An obvious aspect of defense is to detect, locate, and
neutralize weapons before they can be used. Antenna structures of EP weapons
are resonant structures which can be detected in various ways. Spetsnaz
deployment of EP weapons can be countered by intercepting the weapons or
weapons components in transport, by appropriate surveillance of the areas
around potential targets, and by the whole range of countermeasures which
can be taken against the Spetsnaz groups themselves. Of course, the EP
weapon declares its existence as soon as it is turned on, and itself becomes
vulnerable to rapid counterattack if readiness and appropriate means are at
hand. The famous “Faraday cage” and other forms of electromagnetic shielding
can provide some protection against EP weapons, especially if the
characteristics of the EP signal are known in advance and countermeasures
are devised accordingly. Unfortunately, a sophisticated weapon can “tailor”
its pulse to get through nearly any given kind of shielding utilizing nonlinear,
inverse-scattering techniques and a process known as “self-induced
transparency.” A Faraday cage under certain conditions can be transformed
into an antenna, focusing the signal on the inside and even enhancing the
effect for the unfortunate persons inside.
In theory, biological effects can be offset by creating a controlled
“electromagnetic environment” around the target, with the effect of
“detuning” the target relative to the anticipated signal of the attacking EP
weapon – a kind of “immunization.” To realize such potentialities will

require a major research effort, but one having important spinoffs for
biology and medicine.
The application of holographic principles to EP weaponry has profound
implications for the future shape of warfare.
The deployment of such weapons and the defense against them cannot be
understood in terms of “point-to-point trajectory” concepts associated with
conventional firearms and artillery. Actually, even in the past, competent
military doctrine has always emphasized the geometries of “fields
of fire” generated by overall deployment of mobile weapons over a given
area, as opposed to mere “straight-line” action of an individual weapon.
The geometrical aspect becomes much more explicit in the era of EP weaponry,
in which “firepower counts as the ability to control the electromagnetic
field geometry on the field of battle, through coordinated deployment and
operation of mobile phased arrays and related devices. The situation could
therefore be summed up as follows: in practice, both the use of EP
weapons and defense against them is a tricky, sophisticated business, if the
antagonists are at comparable levels of technology, knowledge, and
preparation. A surprise attack against an unprepared enemy is simpler and
very devastating. In this respect, EP weapons are no exception to the
general rules of warfare.”
Tennenbaum, Jonathan.(1988). Soviet Work on Electromagnetic Pulse
Weapons. Executive Intelligence Review. Pg. 17 The 1987 edition of the U.S.
Department of Defense review, Soviet Military Power, contains the following
stern warning about the current Soviet mobilization to perfect
electromagnetic pulse (EP) weapons: “Recent Soviet developments in the
generation of radio-frequency (RF) energy have potential applications for a
fundamentally new type of weapon system that would degrade electronics or be
used in an anti-personnel mode. The Soviets already have or are working on
much of the technology for such a system. In their research the Soviets have
generated single pulses with peak power exceeding 1 billion watts and
repetitive pulses of over 100 million watts.. No significant technological
obstacles stand in the way of a prototype short-range tactical RF weapon.”
In this Special Report, we shall document that the U.S.S.R. presently
possesses the essential technological base, plus knowledge of advanced
biophysics, to realize a wide variety of tactical and strategic
electromagnetic anti-personnel weapons. We shall demonstrate this from the
Soviets’ own technical publications.
Fortunately, we are not able to show pictures of EP weapons on parade in Red
Square-if we could, it would be too late! Figure 1 shows, on a map of the
U.S.S.R., some of the known centers of Soviet work on the science and
technology of EP weapons. For example, advanced high-power microwave
generator work is carried out at the Applied Physics Institute in Gor’kiy
near Moscow, at several institutes in Tomsk, at the Moscow Lebedev
Institute, in Lengingrad, Novosibirsk, and other locations. Advanced
biophysical research of military importance is going on at the Institute for
Biological Physics (G.M. Franck) at Pushchino near Moscow, at the Siberian
Division of the Academy of Medical Sciences at Novosibirsk, at
several institutes in Alma Ata, in Vladivostok, and at a number of
establishments linked to the Soviet manned space program. (There is
significant overlap between space medicine and the biophysics of EP weapons
effects.) The question marks on the map indicate that only a very small part

of the relevant research and development ever finds its way, even obliquely,
into available Soviet technical journals. Military secrecy is much stricter
and all-encompassing in the East than the West.
An interesting article appeared this year by one V.M. Koldayev in the Soviet
journal Biologicheskiye Nauki dealing with “The Correction of Acute
Microwave Exposure by Drugs-Experimental Results.” In the article a large
number of pharmaceuticals are evaluated for their capability of enhancing
the resistance of the human organism to microwave radiation. Both preventive
treatment, before exposure, and post-exposure treatment are discussed.
Koldayev stresses a point which is key to the Soviet approach to
microwave and radio-frequency effects: “Intensive microwave radiation
changes the membrane characteristics of cells and ion transport, generates
electrical breakdown at the boundaries of phase regions and other effects
causing a destruction of living processes. Research in recent years has
shown that the ‘thermal conception’ of microwave effects is inadequate.”
Kolayev points to a major stumbling-block of Western biophysical research:
the absurd, but stubborn insistence on the part of the Western research
“establishment”, that electromagnetic radiation could have no other effect
on a living organism than to increase its temperature (I.E., in Koldayev’s
words, the “thermal conception”).
As a result of this blind spot, many Western specialists still refuse to
accept the existence of precisely those kinds of effects upon which the most
lethal Soviet EP weapons depend.
The Soviets presently lead the world in research into a crucial, but not
much publicized field called “optical biophysics,” sometimes referred in the
West as “bioelectromagnetics,” which deals with the electromagnetic
organization of living processes.
Although modern research into this area goes back to Louis Pasteur, the most
consistent and sustained efforts were launched in Russia by V.I. Vernadsky
(1863-1945), the physicist biologist, geologist, and architect of the
Soviet atom bomb project. Vernadsky’s scientific training focused on the
works of Pasteur and radioactivity pioneer Pierre Curie, and included visits
to the Pasteur Institute and other leading European science institutes.
Vernadsky initiated the systematic search for reserves of uranium and
other technically crucial minerals throughout the Russian empire, and was a
key organizer of the pre-World War I economic mobilization in Russia.
As founding director of the State Radium Institute in Leningrad, Vernadsky
launched in 1926 a crash program of fundamental research into the “physical
geometry” of living processes, which would include a comprehensive study of
their interaction with electromagnetic radiation:
“Only a few of the invisible radiation’s are known to us at present. We have
hardly begun to realize their diversity and the inadequacy of our knowledge
of these radiations which surround us and pass through us in the biosphere,
and to understand their basic role in the processes going on around us, a
role which is difficult to comprehend by those accustomed to other
conceptions of the Universe…We are surrounded and penetrated, at
all times and all places, by eternally changing, combining and opposing
radiation of different wavelengths–from 10 millionths of a millimeter to
several kilometers.”

Out of Vernadsky’s program came the Soviet military slogan: “He who controls
the entire electromagnetic spectrum will dominate the world.” It was
Vernadsky who coined the now-common term “biosphere,” emphasizing the fact
that the totality of living matter on the Earth forms a coherent process in
powerful mutual interaction with the climate and geophysical conditions of
the planet. This work was the basis of the concept of “planetary war”
advocated by Marshal Ogarkov, according to which all available
scientific knowledge concerning the biosphere is to be mobilized in war in
order to crush the enemy.
This includes development of means of weather modification, manipulation
of the ionosphere and other layers of the atmosphere, large-scale biological
warfare, triggering of natural disasters, as well as global electromagnetic
warfare. Vernadsky’s efforts provided the scientific atmosphere for the
launching of the most powerful current of Soviet biophysical research, that
associated with Alexander Gurvich(1874-1954).
Gurvich was the first to systematically demonstrate that absorption of
minute amounts of “tuned” electromagnetic radiation, down to individual
quanta, can decisively influence the course of biological events.
This is now known in the Soviet literature as the “informational role of
electromagnetic radiation in biological systems.” In connection with this
research, Gurvich developed that first “field theory” approach to the
geometry of living processes, and discovered the universal ultraviolet light
emission of cells called “mitogenetic radiation”. He was the first to point
to the capability of biological molecules such as proteins and
DNA, to absorb energy at long wavelengths and reemit the stored energy at
much shorter wavelengths-phenomena which are intensively studied today
under the name of “multiphoton processes in non-linear spectroscopy.”
Gurvich was thereby a pioneer in the area of advanced research which is
decisive for the most devastating forms of electromagnetic anti-personnel
weapons. Gurvich’s student G.M. Franck founded the Institute of Biological
Physics in Pushichino, which still bears Franck’s name, and is today a key
center of military-related research on electromagnetic pulse effects on
biological systems.
Another Gurvich disciple, Prof. Vlail Kaznacheev, heads the Medical Division
of the Soviet Academy of Sciences in Novosibirsk, with close ties to the
military space establishment. Kaznacheev carried out a decade-long series of
experiments on the electromagnetic basis of the pathogenic action of viruses
and poisons. Another member of the Gurvich school, Alma Ata biophysicist
Inyushin, wrote an article in the Red Army paper Krasnaya Zvezda in 1984,
declaring that breakthroughs of “revolutionary significance” were being made
in the optical biophyscis field. Since then, Inuyushin’s name completely
dropped out of Soviet scientific literature, indicating that he is now
working in a top secret program.
Indeed, almost the entirety of the huge Soviet effort in biophysics of the
Gurvich-Vernadsky variety has “gone underground” since 1983-84.
One indicative area of continued Soviet publications is on the “non-thermal”
effects of low-level microwave radiation in the millimeter wavelength band.
Since at least the late 1960s, a U.S.S.R.-wide network of more than 21
institutes has conducted research into this field, led by Prof. N.D.

Deyatkov of the Soviet Academy of Sciences. This research is continuing to
this day. Late last year, for example, the Soviet microwave technology
journal Radioelektronika published two long papers on biological effects,
written by known members of the Deyatkov group. These papers discussed the
mechanisms by which millimeter radiation interacts with internal
electroacoustical oscillations, notably in cell membranes, to generate the
resonant, frequency-dependent effects documented in a large number of
experiments. The significance of these sorts of publications is not that
they give a direct “peek through the window” at weapons-development; rather,
they indicate an orientation of “civilian’ basic research programs to the
type of phenomena of relevance to weapons applications.
(It is unlikely that electromagnetic anti-personnel weapons would work with
pure millimeter waves. Millimeter-band “harmonics” would be included in
complex pulse forms, however.)
Unfortunately, Devyatkov’s area of research was all but closed down in the
U.S., following the conclusion of “biological warfare accords” between the
U.S. and the U.S.S.R. in the early 1970s-another concession from which the
Soviets have extracted great strategic profit.
The capability to generate controlled high-power pulses of electromagnetic
energy has long been a top priority area for Soviet applied physics research
and development.
It even has its own name in the Soviet literature, for which no
direct equivalent term exists in the West: sil’notochnaya elektronika. It
includes things like explosive cathodes and other technology for highcurrent
relativistic particle beams, energy storage and pulse compression
technology, non-linear plasma devices such as the plasma focus, “explosive”
MHD power generation, EMP simulators, etc. Significant parts of this R&D are
being carried out in “purely peaceful” programs, such as controlled fusion
energy and accelerators for elementary particle research. So, Soviet
development of gyrotron devices for ultra-high-power microwave generation
has the “official purpose of providing means for heating plasmas in
experimental fusion reactors. And, in fact, gyrotrons can do
exactly that. But, the technical advances thus made-or acquired from the
West-under “civilian” fusion research programs with international
cooperation, can immediately be transferred to secret military programs.
Thus, Rudakov’s huge “Angara V” electron beam pulse generator, allegedly
constructed for fusion research, was obviously motivated by some other
reasons than just the publicized ones.
Soviet development of high-power magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) generators is
another interesting example. For many years, Vice-president of the U.S.S.R.
Academy of Sciences E.P. Velikhov has directed a large program to perfect
this technology for direct conversion of chemical combustion energy into
electricity, for a variety of “peaceful” applications.These are figures from
1977, ten years ago. Given intensive Soviet work in this field in
the intervening period, we must assume that they can obtain the same or
better output with much smaller devices. These and the famous “Pavlovskii”
pulse generators play an important role in the Soviet’s own version of the
SDI, as power sources for beam weapons. They provide enough power for very
devastating types of mobile antipersonnel weapons.
The heart of an EP anti-personnel weapon is the system for generating and
emitting the electromagnetic radiation. Here the Soviets can draw from their
vast experience with all types of military radars, including the large
phased-array installations at Krasnoyarsk, Pechora and elsewhere, as well as

advanced research into relativistic electron beam devices for ultra-highpower
EP generation.
The article by Robert Gallagher documents how the Soviets have led the world
in development of pulsed gyrotrons and related EP devices covering a wide
frequency range.
This new hardware is being “spun off” in great quantity and variety
as a product of the sil’notochnaya elektronika thrust. Nor have the
potentialities of solidstate been neglected. While the Soviets may lag in
some of the most exotic microchip technology, they are quite familiar with
solid state radar systems applicable (among other things) to miniaturized EP
weapons. “Briefcase size” EP weapons for “close-in” Spetsnaz assasinations
and related missions, are well within Soviet technological capability.
Recently, it was announced that the U.S.S.R. intends to use its new, heavy
space-lift system Energiya, with five times the payload of the American
space shuttle, to station some very large structures in orbit. Besides a
larger version of their present space station, one of the plans is for a
huge “solar power station” which would relay its energy to Earth via a highpower
laser or a beam of microwaves. (A similar project was considered by
the U.S. NASA, but rejected because of the of inadvertently irradiating
populated areas.) With a proposed several gigawatts of continuous power at
its disposal, such a station could carry out weather modification as well as
electromagnetic warfare on a large scale.
Of course, compact nuclear reactors (which the Soviets are already using in
radar reconnaissance satellites), especially in a pulsed mode, and MHD
devices, could be much better energy sources for a military system. given a
sufficient supply of energy, a large, phased-array EP system in orbit
could attack entire cities, with loss of life comparable to nuclear weapons,
but without collateral damage.
However, it is not necessary to station EP weapons in space in order to have
firepower on a “strategic” scale. The Soviets have been early masters at
combining their knowledge of geophysics and non-linear wave propagation
to develop novel types of over-the-horizon radar. Using combinations of
phased-array installations with a very large effective aperture, it is
theoretically possible to project lethal electromagnetic signals over
thousands of kilometers.
At shorter ranges, incoming missiles and aircraft might be
destroyed using EMP-like effects. Soviet activities should be closely
watched in these respects, especially in view of the potential “dual
purpose” exploitation of certain facilities. (The following list is not
intended to be comprehensive, but merely exemplifies extensive Soviet
scientific efforts in fields relevant to EP weaponry. The interested reader
will find further literature through the cited publications.)”
All-Union Conference on High-Current Electronics, Novosibirsk 1986
(conference proceedings, in Russian).

O.V. Betsky, A.V. Putvinsky, “Biological Effects of Millimeter Waves of Low
Intensity” (Russian) and M.V. Golant, T.B. Rebrovak, “The Analogy between
Certain Systems of Living Organism and Technical UHF between Certain Systems
of Living Organisms and Technical UHF Devices,” (Russian in Radioelektronika
29, Nr.10, 1986. G.I. Budker, “The Gyrocon: An Efficient Relativistic High-
Power VHF generator,” Particle Accelerators 10, 1979. N.D. Deyatkov, E.A.
Gel’vich, M.B. Golant, “Radiophysical Aspects of the Use in
Medicine of Energetic and Informational Action of Electromagnetic
Radiation,” (Russian), Seria Elektronika SVC (UHF Electronics), Nr. 9(333),
1981. A.G. Gurvich, Mitogenetic Analysis of the Excitation of the Nervous
System, Amsterdam 1937; “Une theorie du champ biologique,” Bibliotheca
Biotheorectica, Ser. D, II.
See also Michael Lipkind, “Gurwitschs Theorie vom Biologischem Feld,” in the
German-language magazine Fusion, 8.Jg., 1987, Nr.4. V.M. Inyushin, D.R.
Chekurov, Laser Biostimulation and Bioplasma, (Russian), Alma Ata 1975.
S. Kassel, “Soviet Development of Gyrotrons,” RAND Corp. Report R-3377-ARPA,
May 1986. V.P.Kaznacheev, L.P. Mikhailova, Ultraweak Radiation in
Intercellular Interactions, (Russian) U.S.S.R. Academy of Sciences,
Novosibirsk 1981. V.M. Koldayev, “Pharmacological Correction of Acute
Microwave Effects,” (Russian) Biologiecheskiye Nauki, 1, 1987.
V.I. Vernadsky, The Biosphere, 1926 (Russian and French editions).
Editor’s note. Here are more substantiating articles in support of
Tennenbaum’s information. It is in list format. Liebig,Michael.(1988).
Radio-Frequency Weapons: Strategic Context and Implications. Executive
Intelligence Review. Pg. 42.
Michael Liebig is Managing Director of EIR nachrichtenagentur GmbH in
Wiesbaden, Federal Republic of Germany. The following paper was presented at
conferences in the Federal Republic of Germany, France, and Italy.
“…It is obvious that the whole complex of RF technologies, precisely
because of the vast potential for military application, is highly
classified. Detailed information on RF systems is extremely scant in the
public domain. Yet we do know the scientific-technological basics of RF
systems and their interaction with biological and other soft targets. While
operational RF weapon systems may not yet exist as such, it can be stated
categorically, that not just research, but development work towards
operational RF weapons, is underway in the East and West, especially in the
Pg. 40. “Radio-frequency weapons” is a misleading name, carried over from a
pragmatic understanding of earlier stages of electronic warfare. For
example, it was thought, mistakenly, that the use of microwaves as antipersonnel
weapons depended upon the heating effects of such waves upon
targeted material.
Today, it has been shown that properly tuned electromagnetic pulses have
mortal effects at levels of energy-deposit as low as two or three orders of
magnitude below those required to kill cell-tissue by means of induced
thermal effects. This comparison illustrates the importance of the term
“non-linear effects.”
The most important of the near-term applications of non-linear
electromagnetic effects are in the domain of optical biophysics, either as
strategic or tactical anti-personnel weapons, or to produce global effects

within the biosphere surrounding those personnel. However, there is also the
prospect of disintegrating non-organic material, as well as the disruption
of apparatus, through the same class of technologies. In applying the notion
of technological attrition to all such electromagnetic-pulse weapons as a
general class, it is the principles causing all of the indicated range of
effects which must be considered as a unit for purposes of shaping strategic
All of the weaponry based upon “new physical principles,” including lasers,
particle beams, and non-linear electromagnetic-pulse effects, belong,
together with the role of high temperature superconductivity, to the domain
of sub-atomic physics. Modern high-energy physics, especially that focused
upon so-called “force free” status of plasmas, shows that sub-atomic
phasespace has a distinct, Kepler-Gauss sort of inherent curvature. It is
also shown, that non-linear effects of coherent electromagnetic pulses, as
phenomena of the macro-scale, are rooted in the non-linear physics of the
curvature of “force-free,” least-action states in the sub-atomic domain.
One of the most important lines of inquiry to this effect today, is modern
optical biophysics’ attention to the decisive role of precisely tuned,
inherently coherent electromagnetic pulses in living processes.
Conceptually, this new work belongs to the tradition of Pasteur’s work on
optical biophysics and the definition of living processes presented by Luca
Pacioli and Leonardo da Vinci nearly 500 years ago.
Essentially, modern instruments permit us to detect and measure localized
coherent pulses in the range of quanta of emission, leading into what is
called today “non-linear spectroscopy” of living processes. The comparison
of the results obtained in this way in biological research, with lessons
learned from high-energy physics of forcefree plasma states, is the key to
design of strategic and tactical antipersonnel assault weapons and related
Frazer, James W. PhD and Frazer, Joyce E.(1988, Mar.Apr.)How Radiofrequency
Waves Interact with Living Systems.21st Century.Pg. 50.Dr. Frazer, adjunct
professor of pharmacology, University of Texas Health Science Center San
Antonio. Dr. Frazer was featured as a weapons expert on CNN’s Special
Report,1985 and discussed his ten year Air Force career and on
electromagnetic effects. His conclusion that “radiofrequency
weapons could be the wild-card in the arms race.”
“The nonthermal effects of electromagnetic radiation on living cells offer
clues as to what is life, as well as to understanding Soviet research on the
possibility of controlling human thought and emotional experience.” Pg. 54.
“In earlier work, Adey’s group had shown a modulation sensitive effect on
calcium efflux from chick brains. These findings created considerable
controversy, but were completely substantiated by work done in Environmental
Protection Agency(EPA) laboratories at Research Triangle Park in North
Carolina. The subsequent history of their group is of interest.
Adey’s group continued with practical and theoretical studies of nonlinear

response of biological systems to low-intensity fields-but with nearly
annual cuts in funding levels. The federal agencies monitoring that work
have been fragmented and the people either left or transferred to other
fields of endeavor. Price, Frazer, Mori, and all of the people performing
the original lymphocyte experiments have resigned, been victims of
reductions in force, gone into other areas of research, or retired. Thus, an
area of research of great interest to theoretical biology has been very
effectively choked off.”
Wellborn Stanley & Daniloff, Nicholas.(1984, Oct. 1`). Can U.S. Hold Its
Lead Over Soviets in Science Race? U.S News and World Report.Pg 53.
“The Soviets, for example, experiment extensively in parapsychology and
psychic warfare,” in modification of weather and in the biological effects
of microwave and other electromagnetic fields. Much of this research is
given high priority. Commission on Security and Cooperation In Europe 102nd
Congress First Session. The Moscow Meeting of the Conference on the Human
Dimension of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe 10 Sept.-4
Oct.1991. Pg. 9.
“Many individual Soviet citizens also attended, seeking help in redressing
grievances against the Soviet system after decades of lawlessness and
arbitrary administration of justice. Complaints ranged from unjustified loss
of employment and placement in psychiatric hospitals to subjection to spacebased
rays launched and maintained by Soviet security organs.
The U.S. delegation was able to do little more than listen to these
individuals and forward their complaints to the Soviet delegation or the
relevant republican authorities, suggesting to the Soviet delegation that
it address the problems of these individuals.”
Baker, CB.(1997?). Youth Action News.Pg. 6-7 the 1980 book: Human
Possibilities: Mind Exploration in the U.S.S.R. and Eastern Europe, was
written by a leading U.S. scientific researcher in parapsychology, Stanley
Krippner, Ph.D. The book described the 1960 discoveries of Y.A. Kholodov, a
leading Soviet expert on the effects of electromagnetic fields on the brain.
…Krippner continued: “These Soviet attempts to construct holographic
models resembles the work of Karl Pribram, who has suggested not only that
sensory information is relayed in bits and pieces to be sequentially
reconstructed by neuron interaction, but also that sensory cells
can interact as to form the sort of interference pattern typified by a
hologram.” Baker, CB.(1984?).Electronic Mind-Control.
“At the 1979 U.S. Psychotronic Association conference, Lt. Col. Thomas E.
Bearden provided additional information about soviet usage of ELF for
mind control …In 1968, Litisitsyn, who happens to run the documentation
center (in the U.S.S.R.) which has all the medical information there, wrote
a paper…reporting that the U.S.S.R. had ‘succeeded in controlling the
induction…of images and sensations… into another biological system–a
human being.” “…Litisitsyn received his Ph.D. in highly esoteric,
nonlinear, mathematical brain-wave theory… “Litisitsyn’s paper reported
that the Soviets broke the genetic code of the human brain. “they worked out
23 EEG band-wave lengths, 11 of which were totally independent. So if you
can manipulate those 11,youcan do anything to that living system it normally
can do itself–anything at all. This is all from a paper in the (U.S.)
Defense Documentation Center–1968, translation from the Soviet Union.”

“…the relationship between Soviet ELF signals and the Litisitsyn paper was
described in a 1978 documentation packet on ELF issued by the Planetary
Association for Clean Energy. …
The P.A.C.E. documentation continued: “Litisitsyn also reported that the
Soviet scientists have developed and fitted a theory to actual brain wave
measurements, and could insert material on electromagnetic carriers,
directly into the brain and could control whether or not the process
stimulated conscious awareness of the individual.” …The monitoring of
time coherent and phase locked psychoactive modulations suggests strongly
the following: The psychoactive modulation effectively locks -in the
multiple carrier frequencies (say 11 to 23). On these locked -in
multichannels, braincoded information is inserted, feeding it directly into
the captured targetbrains.”
“Potentially, almost anything could be inserted in the target
brain/mind systems., and such insertions would be processed by the
biosystems as intercranially-generated data/effects. Words, phrases,
images, sensations, and emotions could be directly inserted and
experienced in the biological targets as internal states, modes, emotions
thoughts, and ideas….”
Wortz, Edward al.(198?)An Investigation of Soviet Psychical Research.
in Mind at Large. pg. 235.
“The term psychotronics was coined by a French journalist after the analogy
with electronics, bionics, nucleonics, and so forth. the Soviets have
devised their own term-psychoenergetics. Pg.249
“A review of possible NBIT (novel biophysical information transfer)
transmission mechanism that are compatible with current modern physics
yields three schemes.
1. VLF and ELF electromagnetic waves.
2. Neutrinos, based on the photon theory of neutrinos.
3. Quantum-mechanical waves, based on the schizophysical interpretation of
basic quantum mechanical theory. Presently, most U.S. and soviet experiments
on psychic phenomena, as well as the use of the law of parsimony, would
point to ELF/VLF mechanisms, but the other two possibilities cannot be ruled
Chapter Four
What Scientists are saying about brain research? What physics, engineering
and biology is needed to develop mind control technology? What do scientist
believe it takes to decode the brain? What is the level of neurological
research today? The answers are conclusive. Will Russian and Soviet
scientists develop neurological weapons on animals or humans? It is logical
to believe the many claims by victims that brain functions and every nerve
of the body can be controlled remotely with current technology. Here is a
list of what distinguished scientists are saying about neurotechnologies.
These are just a few of many examples.
Russell, Christine.(1976, Feb. 23).Are Computer Hookups to the Brain Next?
The Ultimate in Technology Predicted. Washington Star.
“…Such a prospect, dependent upon progress in ‘breaking the internal codes
of the human mind,” might be possible in as little as 20 years or may take
“several decades more,” according to Dr. Adam V. Reed.[Rockefeller
University scientist]. But the 30-year-old experimental psychologist, who

was earlier trained as an electrical engineer, expects to see “electronic
extensions” of the brain within his own lifetime. His futuristic speculation
was part of a symposium on “Man-Computer relations” yesterday at the
American Association for the Advancement of Science meeting here. Reed
acknowledged the need to protect against the dangerous applications of
“thought control” -turning human beings into virtual robots-but his
emphasis was on what he saw as potential benefits.
…The main limit, however, is the difficulty of unraveling the internal
language of the brain. …”I think there will necessarily be intermediate
steps before people would even want direct hookups,” said Dr. John McCarthy
of Stanford University’s department of computer sciences.”
Greenfield, Susan.(1995). Journey to the Centers of the Mind. Towards A
Science of Consciousness. W.A. Freeman & Co. NY. Pg. 196.
“If we could explain exactly how consciousness is generated by groups of
neurons under certain conditions, it would also mean that we had the
ability to manipulate on e another’s consciousness to such a degree that it
could lead to the effective annihilation of the individual.
This specter is comparable to the ultimate, Frankenstein-like feat of the
molecular biologist in creating organic life. Whether or not such a world
would be a good place in which to live can only again be the stuff of
science fiction.”
Connor Steve.(1995, May 21).Science:The Last Great Frontier: The Brain is
the Ultimate Enigma.The Independent(London).Pg52.
“The human brain is the most complicated structure in the known universe.
…No superlative, it seems, is too grand to explain what is happening to
brain research, precisely midway through the international “Decade of the
brain” Gerald Fischbach, professor of neurobiology at Harvard, believes
philosophers inquiring into the human condition can no longer ignore the
brain experiments that are “among the most urgent challenging and exciting”
in all of science. “Our survival and probably the survival of this planet
depend on a more complete understanding of the human mind.” he says. ….
Cornwell, John.(1994,Sept.4).A Mindfield For the Brains Trust.Sunday Times.
Lexis- Nexis.
“…Penrose the 62-year old Rouse Ball Professor of Mathematics at
Oxford…who made his name by collaborating with Stephen Hawking in the
1960s on black holes, was drawn to the consciousness debate in the late
1980s… …In Shadows of the Mind, Penrose demonstrates that mathematics
and physics are more central to the problems of consciousness than computer
science or even biology. At the same time, he urges that physics must take
consciousness into its scope. “…We must look for a feature of the brain,”
he says, “that can mediate between the microscopic world of quantum physics
and our everyday realm of classical physics.”
According to the view prevalent in neurobiology, brain action is
entirely controlled by the interconnected system of “neuron switches” and
nothing else: there is no plausible role for the subleties of quantum
action. But basing himself on research of Stuart Hameroff, an anaesthetist
at the University of Arizona, and the work of Herbert Frohlich, a noted
physicist who has made important advances in the study of superconductivity,
Penrose believes he has come up with a suitable site and structure for
quantum activity in the brain. In his new book he describes how cell
structures known as microtubules, found in the branches of neurons (brain
cells), have the ability to shrink and expand between the microscopic

realms of the quantum and our familiar world of switches,” says Penrose.
“The microtubules are themselves microscopic tubes made of proteins called
tubulins. Each tubulin individually seems to behave something like a switch,
increasing neuronal numerosity by something like 10,000m” If Penrose is
right, his book may be the first accessible report to a general readership
about the site, if not the actual substance, of the Holy Grail of
consciousness the precise point where quantum activity interacts with
classical physical activity in the brain. …and by body-soul dualists
such as the veteran neurophysiologist Sir John Eccles, who believes that a
quantum physical effect mediates our spiritual souls and our physical
…Our conscious brains, he declares, are woven from subtle physical
ingredients that somehow enable us to take advantage of the profound
organzisation of our mathematically underpinned universe…
…Penrose confesses he is very far from explanations; but he is adamant
that no clear answers will come unless the interrelating features of
physics, mathematics, biology and psychology are seen to come together…
Jibu, Mari, Hagan, Scott, Hameroff, Stuart R., Pribram, Karl H., Yasue,
Kunio.(1993, August 10)Quantum Optical Coherence in Cytoskeletal
Microtubules: Implications for Brain Function. BioSystems 32(1994)195-209.
“Abstract ‘Laser-like,’ long-range coherent quantum phenomena may occur
biologically within cytoskeletal microtubules. This paper presents a
theoretical prediction of the occurrence in biological media of the
phenomena which we term ‘superradiance’ and ‘self-induced transparency’.
Interactions between the electric dipole field of water molecules confined
within the hollow core of microtubules and the quantized electromagnetic
radiation field are considered, and microtubules are theorized to play
the roles of non-linear coherent optical devices. Superradiance is a
specific quantum mechanical ordering phenomenon with characteristic times
much shorter than those of thermal interaction. Consequently, optical
signaling(and computation) in microtubules would be free from both thermal
noise and loss.
Superradiant optical computing in networks of microtubules and other
cytoskeletal structures may provide a basis for biomolecular cognition and a
substrate for consciousness.
Moravec, Hans.(1988). Mind Children The Future of Robot and Human
Intelligence. Editor’s note; Moravec is an MIT professor, well-known and was
on the Learning Channel on Dec 16, 1997 on the program Future Fantastic. He
explains artificial intelligence and replacing the brain with a computer.
“Perhaps, with advances in high-resolution scanning, it will be possible to
achieve this effect without messy surgery: you might simply wear some kind
of helmet or headband that monitored and altered the interhemispheric
traffic with carefully controlled electromagnetic fields.
Rucker, Rudy.(1997, April 25).Imagined Worlds”.International Herald Tribune.
Pg. 4. “By Freeman Dyson. …Harvard. Reviewed by Rudy Rucker.
“The dominant science of the 21st century will be biology.” [physicist]
Dyson expects great advances in two areas of biological knowledge: the gene
and the brain. He suggests that the first may give us pet dinosaurs, and the
second may bring about “radiotelepathy.”…”Radiotelepathy” is a word coined
by Dyson to express a surprising but logical idea: You could have something
like a cordless phone inside your head. That is, “After the organization of
the central nervous system has been explored and understood, the way will be
open to develop and use the technology of electromagnetic brain signals.”
Dyson, Freeman.(1997)Imagined Worlds.President and Fellows of Harvard
College. Acknowledgments.
“This book grew out of a set of lectures given in May 1995 at the Hebrew
University of Jerusalem… …The idea of radiotelepathy first appeared, so
far as I know, in the sciencefiction novel Last and First Men, written by
Olaf Stapledon, in 1931, …in which the cells of a multicellular creature
communicate with each other by means of electric and
magnetic fields…
The chief barrier to progress in neurophysiology is the lack
of observational tools. To understand in depth what is going on in the
brain, we need tools that can fit inside or between the neurons and transmit
reports of neural events to receivers outside. …observing
instruments…with rapid response, high band-width and high spacial
resolution…There is no law of physics that declares that such an
observational tool to be impossible. We know that high-frequency
electromagnetic signals can be propagated through brain tissue for
distances of the order of centimeters. We know that microscopic generators
and receivers of electromagnetic radiation are possible. We know that
modern digital data-handling technology is capable of recording and
analyzing the signals emerging from millions of tiny transmitters
simultaneously. All that is lacking in order to transform these
possibilities into an effective observational tool is the neurological
equivalent of integrated-circuit technology. We need a technology that
allows us to build and deploy large arrays of small transmitters inside a
living brain, just as integrated-circuit technology allows us to build large
arrays of small transistors on a chip of silicon. …Radioneurology is in
principle only an extension of the existing technology of magnetic resonance
imaging, which also used radio-frequency magnetic fields to observe neural
structures. A rough estimate based on the available band-width indicates
that a million transmitters could be monitored through each patch of brain
surface with size equal to the radio wave-length. The factor of a million is
the ratio between the radio band-width, of the order of hundreds of millions
of cycles per second, and the band-width of a neuron, of the order of
hundred of cycles….”
Greenfield, Susan.(1996, Feb.25).Science: From Socrates to Silicon Chip?;
Artificial Intelligence has evolved so far… So are computers nearly
conscious? The neuroscientist Susan Greenfield argues that is all depends on
what ‘conscious means.” “…Hence there is obviously a strong chemicalselective
element in determining consciousness. ..Admittedly, advanced
machines are no longer in thrall to digital on/off operations, and a silicon
“retina” and “neuron” have been built with analogue (ie dimmer switch)
Superconducting Quantum
Interference Device (SQUID)

This is a list of excerpts from books and articles to the demonstrate the
level of brain mapping and reading today. SQUID seems to be the basis of
classified technology used to read brainwaves remotely. In The Brain Code,

Mechanisms of Information Transfer and the Role of the Corpus Callosum by
Noram D. Cook, 1986, he writes Phrases such as the ‘brain code are used to
describe the set of fundamental rules concerning how information is stored
and transmitted from site to site within the brain. …how large
groups of neurons transmit the images, thoughts and feelings which we
suspect are the fundamental units of our psychological lives. …The
perspective on brain function discussed in the following chapters is not
claimed to be a complete unraveling of the brain code, but I do believe that
it is the beginning of same and that the direction of future developments is
already clearly indicated.”
Coyle, Anna.(1992, Sept.14). Science and Technology: The Machine That
Watches You Think. Independent(London). Pg.14.
“Doctors and medical scientists soon will be able to watch the human brain
“thinking”. With the aid of a device no bigger than a pinhead, they will be
able to see exactly where and how electrical signals are traveling around
the brain. …”We are aiming to build up an image of where the current is
flowing,”says Dr. Steven Swithenby, director of the Biomagnetism group at
Open University… …
Squid is the acronym for superconducting quantum interference device, and it
measures magnetic flux or field extremely accurately at ultra-low levels,
such as the level reached when a group of neurons in the brain is triggered.
The device is made of a ring of superconducting material, usually niobium
metal, a few millimetres wide, with a slice of insulator, a few atoms thick,
sanwiched into the loop. when an electric current is applied to this
superconductor, the flowing current generates a magnetic field around the
wire loop. Inside the superconducting loop this magnetic field is extremely
sensitive to any changes in magnetism. If a change in magnetic field is
detected, the current flow in the Squid changes to re-adjust the field
strength to counter the external force. …But there is still the problem of
interpreting the information. “We can look at what is going on in the head,
but it takes a lot of mathematics to unscramble the whole mess so that we
can make a sensible image,”
Dr. Swithenby says. …
The magnetic field generated by the brain in response to an
external stimulus, and measured by the Squid, is about 100 millions
times weaker than the Earth’s magnetic field, and a million times
weaker than the magnetic fields around overhead power cables. …
A less expensive and more practical approach, used at the Open University,
is to couple the Squid to another device known as a gradiometer. In effect
the gradiometer is a matched pair of (nonsuperconducting) magnetometers
placed between the Squid and the patient’s head. One of the pair measures
the external magnetic field outside the brain, the other measured
the total field, including the contribution from the brain, and the
difference between the two is measured by the Squid….The so-called high –
temperature superconductors-metal oxides that can work at temperatures of up
to 100 degrees above absolute zero- are the next stage in the development of
workable machines.
…”In three or four years’ time, who knows what Squids will be made of?”
Squids are not new: they were first postulated by the theoretical physicist
Anthony Leggett at the University of Illinois in the early Eighties.”
Author’s note. These articles give examples of how thoughts could be
detected remotely. It is not impossible, especially with the will to develop
this technology before the Soviets do, for example.
Hanley, John M.D.(1985,June17).Aviation Week.Pg. 156.
“…It has never been necessary to stick something into pilots, or anybody
else for the purpose of obtaining brainwave signals. It was pointed out 50
years ago by B.H.C. Matthews that non-invasive scalp electrodes provide the
necessary sensing, and that is the method most in use around the world
today. As for sticking something onto pilots,the evolution of sensors has a
branch of non-adhesive, contact electrodes, highly stable examples of which
were developed in our Space Biology Laboratory almost 20 years ago under
NASA contracts, and put to practical use in a variety of environments, both
space and terrestrial. The continued evolution of the electrode has
inevitably traversed the path from nonadhesiv and contact to remote, noncontact
sensing. Fourteen years ago, Adey and Silver, of the University of
California at Los Angeles and Aerospace Corp., respectively, at that time,
proposed cryomagnetic sensing of the EEG. Magnetoencephalograms were
obtained by Cohen of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology one year
Moreover, sophisticated machine recognition of EEG correlates of states of
awareness from the subleties of pilot reclination to sleep in the space
environment have been achieved within the last two decades. Clearly,
dogmatic assertions that present technology has remained at the stickon
or -in electrode and gross delta wave era belong with scriptural championing
of slingshots as state-of-the-art weaponry.
No author. (1989, July 5). Magnetic Fields of the Brain. PR Newswire.
“The human brain is alive with pulsating magnetic fields. …The brain’s
nerve cells, called neurons, are triggered by small electrical currents.
This has been known for decades and doctors routinely record the intensity
and patterns of these electrical brain waves. …Today, highly sensitive
detectors can spot even these faint magnetic fields and [physicist Samuel]
Williamson a member of the American Physical Society, and his colleagues are
busy mapping the brain’s magnetic activity.
Every brain function, from imagining a pay raise to lifting a forefinger,
uses the neurons of a specific location. Detecting magnetic
fields can pinpoint these geographical areas. In one instance, Williamson
discovered which part of the brain generated a magnetic field when a subject
moved a forefinger. Moving the thumb produced fields from a slightly
different spot. “Our sensory and motor systems are tied to highly specific
brain areas,” says Williamson. “in one experiment we passed a brushover the
tip-center and base of a person’s finger. We found that this produced
magnetic fields from three distinct areas of the brain.” Magnetic
research of the brain is of great interest to surgeons, doctors, and
With this tool specific brain locations are being linked to specific body
activities. In the area of psychology, monitoring the brain’s magnetic
activity is helping determine the nature of imagination and thought
processes. …this feature is from the American Institute of Physics’
Science Report.”
No author.(1996,Oct.8).Pictoral Proof of Brain Damage Caused by Cocaine and
Alcohol Seen in New Quantitative EEG Studies:BEAM Study Provides New Light
on Brain Disorders. PR Newswire.
“Measurements of “brain waves” using state-of -the-art quantitative
electroencephalography (QEEG) — or brain electrical activity mapping
(BEAM) demonstrate that both cocaine and alcohol abuse/dependence
significantly worsen such pre-existing brain abnormalities as attentiondeficit
hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), major depression, mental distress,
anxiety disorder, and paranoid schizophrenia, according to medical research
by Eric R. Braverman, MD. and Kenneth Blum, Ph.D. both affiliated with the
PATH Foundation, a not-for-profit scientific foundation of Princeton, New
…since they[QEEG and BEAM] are relatively easily, quick and potentially
inexpensive to administer…Unlike other brain imaging techniques, it can be
administered in a doctor’s office. …Other work by Drs. Braverman and Blum,
as well as by other researchers, suggests that a mentally ill population–
including teens and adults–have strongly disturbed brain waves even prior
to their substance abuse. This study again documents that the mentally ill
population have brain electrical and chemical imbalances. …BEAM is a brain
stress test using light, sound, cognition, and electrical stimulation to
generate dramatic pictures of total brain health..
High-temperature Superconductors
(HTSC) contains the theory and basis for the technology used for remotely
detecting brainwaves from a distance. Currently the military is developing
it for remote sensing. While this may not be the classified mind reading
technology used today, the point is to see that the level of technology is
possible and the scientific theory behind mind reading can be figured out,
even if it is classified. Please note that the Jonathan Tennenbaum
article mentions HTSC and it’s use for mind control weapons. Here is a list
of articles on HTSC with brief comments.
Hewish, Mark.(1992,June 1). High-temperature Superconductors. International
Defense Review. Vol.25. No.6; Pg. 624.
“The United States government Office Of Technology Assessment believes
that electronic components using high-temperature superconductors
(HTSCs) will be available by the mid-1990s….DARPA(the US Defense
Advanced Research Projects Agency) has awarded several contracts for
work on HTSCs. E-Systems’Melpar Division leads a team–including several
universities and specialist companies such as Superconductor Technologies
and Conductus–that has a $9.7 million contract from the agency to
demonstrate a feasible approach to defense applications of HTSCs by
1994. …HTSCs first made their appearance in 1986, when two researchers at
the IBM laboratories in Zurich–who won a Nobel prize for their
Radio-frequency energy encounters some resistance even in a superconductor,
but this is negligible at frequencies below 1 GHz.
…Most radars of military interest operate at frequencies below 120GHz…
…Superconductors additionally exhibit the Meissner effect.
A magnetic field will not penetrate a superconductor cooled to below its
transition temperature.

This effect is exploited in electromagnetic rail guns, and superconductors
are also almost perfect materials for magnetic and electromagnetic
shielding. SQUIDs (superconducting quantum interference devices) have
military applications in magnetometers used to detect submarines and mines.
SQUIDs can detect the most tenuous magnetic fields, even those generated by
brain cells. They exploit the properties of a Josephson junction, which is
constructed from two superconductors separated by a non-superconducting
layer. Lockheed has built an HTSC SQUID… …The phenomenon of
superconductivity was discovered in 1911, but the first high-temperature
superconductors(HTSCs) did not become available until 75 years later.
Rose, Stephen.(1994, Dec.1). Off Line: The Life of Brain. Guardian(London).
“…Helsinki is the site for Europe’s most powerful neuromagnetic measuring
system. …In 1929, the Swiss amateur physiologist Hans Berger taped a set
of recoding electrodes to a person’s scalp and found he could record
continuous bursts of electricity pulsing through the brain. …As every Olevel
student knows, where there is an electric current, there is a magnetic
field at right angles to it.
So too in the brain – except that because the currents are tiny, so are the
magnetic fields, around one millionth billionth of a Tesla. …Then you can
measure the oscillating millisecond fluxes of the brain in real time.
Furthermore, unlike the EEG, granted enough mathematical sophistication and
computing power, you get a good idea of the location of the electromagnetic
source in the brain. In helsinki the neuromag is linked to an online
recording system that enables an experimenter sitting outside the sealed
room to scan the records of the 122 channels arrayed across the inmate’s
head, I was strongly reminded of that ancient philosopher’s dream, a
‘cerebroscope’ that would enable a person to observe their own thoughts.
Magnetoencephalography is the nearest neuroscience has yet got to such an
Editor’s note. The above article in bold describes as briefly as can be
done, the probable scientific basis for reading thoughts remotely. It is
scientifically possible. The major details almost certainly are classified.
No author.(1990, Sept.17).Professor Guy Deutshcer Joins Xsirius
Superconductivity Inc.PR Newswire. Lexis-Nexis.
“Xsirius Superconductivity Inc. …,a Scottsdale firm engaged in
commercializing hightemperature superconductors, announced recently that Dr.
Guy Deutscher has agreed to serve as a key consultant for the company in its
international effort to bring hightemperature superconductors to the
Deuthscher is one of the key innovators of the important superconducting
device–the “SQUID” or Superconducting Quantum Interference Device” and
holds a patent for this device. SQUIDS are used to detect extremely weak
magnetic fields and are potentially useful in such applications as submarine
detection and in measuring subtle electromagnetic signals from the brain.
Deutscher has been professor of physics at Tel Aviv University since 1973.
..and has since established a reputation as a world-renowned authority in
the field of superconductivity.”

Editor’s note; The following article states that remote sensing technology
can be fixed in satellites. It is not impossible to develop a method for
remotely reading brainwaves. The level of technology is here today.
No author.(1990,July12).Federal Germany Develops Superconductive Antenna For
Space and Medical Use. Xinhua General Overseas News Service. Lexis-Nexis.
“…has successfully developed a superconductive antenna for space and
medical use. The antenna, made of high-temperature superconductor, can
be fixed in satellites to receive the electromagnetic wave emitted by earth
so that researcher can exactly determine the humidity in soil and the
content of water va pour. The antenna can also be installed in medial
instruments to help doctors determine the faint signals from brain and
Brown, Malcolm.(1989,June6).Hopes for Superconductivity Begin to Fade.
New York Times.Section C.P. 1.
“…[American Superconductor Corp.]The company was founded two years ago in
collaboration with scientists from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
to create high-temperature superconducting wire. …Conductus Inc. of
Sunnyvale, Calif., which draws expertise from scientists at Stanford
University and the University of California at Berkeley…”
Editor’s note. The above article also shows how universities, the military
and private business are working closely on military technology.
No author.(1997,June16).Superconductive Magnetic Shield: Hitachi Group.
Comline Daily News Electronics. Lexis Nexis.
“Japan Science Foundation(JSF) has certified that Hitachi Chemical Co. and
Hitachi Cable,Ltd. have successfully developed “manufacturing technology for
bismuth-lineage superconductive magnetic shields.” JSF, which consigned the
project to the two companies, claims the shields are much smaller and
consume considerably less energy than existing types. One superconductive
shield, developed by Hitachi chemical, will be used for measuring weak
biological magnetic fields…. …According to JSF sources, the former
shield can dampen external magnetism by more than five digits and
the later to a level close to that of geomagnetism. Editors note. The
scientists are stating that the technology is possible and many other
articles below indicate the interest and level of technology today. Mind
Control technology is a growing area of research and victims claims of
remote reading of thoughts is possible, especially since this book only
lists unclassified sources.
Military and Government Research
Here is a list of articles on what the military and government are
researching and how they are developing this technology. There is research
into detecting and using every body signal including brainwaves, for example
for pilots to fly using their thoughts and for soldiers and remote
battlefield medicine. Victims claims are not farfetched. It becomes clear
that the technology can be tied to victim’s allegations.
Marsh, Alton K.(1979, Jan.29). USAF Studies Arming Weapons Vocally.
Aviation Week. Pg. 239.
“…Thus far the research has resulted in the ability to predict the
perception and recognition of letters. …The area of evoked brain response
development and applications holds promise as a method of automatically

compensating for pilot fatigue. It can also assure the pilot will not make
errors during the flight, by taking the pilot’s brain waves through
unobtrusive sponge sensors in the flight helmet.
Evoked response refers to “driving” the brain, forcing it to emit brain
waves at regular intervals, either through use of light flashes in the eyes
or laboratory-generated clicks in the ears.
It is research that has come into its own only in the last two years. By
measuring the amplitude of the brain waves generated, fatigue of the pilot
can be recognized. By increasing the brightness of the instrumental panel
lights, the amplitude of the brain waves can be returned to their normal
height, thus compensating for fatigue.
To get the “evoked response” from the pilot’s brain, the instrument panel
lights could be made to flash so fast that the pilot would not be aware of
the flashes. Researchers think the brain can “register” up to 145 flickers
per second, Lt. Col Robert D. O’Donnell, an experimental psychologist, said.
It also could be used to prevent errors, since scientists have discovered
that responses occurring after the wave could be “locked out”
electronically, preventing a pilot from making an error,
O’Donnell said. …The follow-on system aims a small amount of nearinfrared
light into the subject’s eye, causing a spot of light to be reflected off
the cornea. The spot is picked up by a remote oculometer and fed to a
computer, which calculates the angle between the center of the eye pupil
and the spot. …
Later, after the remote oculometer has been combined with more advanced
simulation capabilities, work will be directed toward a helmet-mounted
oculometer to track eye movement.
Uhlig, Robert.(1997?). The End of Death: “Soul Catcher” Computer Chip
Due.Electronic Telegraph(England)(From CNI News).
“A computer chip implanted behind the eye that could record a person’s every
lifetime thought and sensation is to be developed by British scientists.
..Dr. Chris Winter, of British Telecom’s(BT) artificial life team. Dr.
Winter’s team of eight scientists at BT’s Martlesham Heath Laboratories near
Ipswich calls the chip the ‘Soul Catcher.’BT’s official futurologist, has
measured the flow of impulses from the optical nerve and nerves in the skin,
tongue, ear, and nose….”For example, police would be able to use it to
relive an attack, rape, or murder from the victim’s viewpoint to help catch
the criminal.”
Editor’s note. Delores Hejazi claimed to have experienced this. See CAHRA
website under Intelligence tools.
No author.(1985,Sept.)Advanced Technology Report.Defense & Foreign
“…In California, it is rumored, a University-sponsored experiment has
found that brain waves emitted by patient volunteers in a mental hospital
have successfully controlled the switching of electric trains, making them
go and stop at will.
…Sources said it even has a name by which it is known around DARPA
(Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency): a “psychotronics.”

Gourley, Scott et al.(1995, August1).Saving Lives While Saving Money:
Military Medicine Moves From MASH to Start Trek. International Defense
“…The US Department of Energy’s Pacific Northwest Laboratory(PNL), in
collaboration with the Madigan Army Medical Center, is developing an
Advanced Imaging System (AIMS) that uses ultrasound to locate and monitor
internal injuries. …Over the next three years, PNL and Madigan will
develop a portable field prototype consisting of an imaging array, with 1024
transducers, measuring 5x5cm; …If initial work on AIMS is successful, it
could be followed by two further phases. The first of these, lasting two
years, would replace the earlier transducer array with a conformal
gel blanket have an area of some 2500cm. a subset of the array, placed
around a body cavity, would be sequentially scanned to generate a larger and
more detailed image. …a possible further phase, lasting three years, would
involve developing an “imaging bed” with an area of 1000cm. This would
contain an array of high-resolution ultrasonic transducers and perform
additional functions, such as magnetic-resonance imaging, and … …PNL
says that is may even be possible, by this stage, to monitor the patient’s
brain by using advanced electromagnetic sensors.”
Bucholtz,Chris.(1995, May3).Thought Control A Step Nearer.Flight
International.Lexis- Nexis.
“Scientist at the Aeronautical Systems Centre (ASC) at the US Air Force’s
Wright- Patterson AFB, Ohio, are studying the use of brain-actuated control
techniques as a means of controlling aircraft. …In the past, the problem
with thought-control techniques has been discerning the faint
electromagnetic brain signals which accompany voluntary thought from the
flurry of “background noise” in the brain caused by everyday activity. In
the ASC experiments, pilots in a simulator face two fluorescent lights,
which pulse at 13.25 Hz. This causes nerve cells in the subject’s visual
cortex to fire at the same frequency. Electrodes on their heads detect the
resulting brain-wave patterns, feeding them to an amplifier and a filter.
The filter picks out the 13.25.Hz waves and measures their power.
A bar scale displays a measurement of these waves, which allows the subjects
to learn how to vary the intensity of their brain responses. On the
simulator, heightened intensities cause it to bank to the right; depressed
intensities cause it to bank to the left. …”They say it’s like learning to
walk…” Project physicist John Schnurer adds…”
Scott, William.(1994,Aug.15).No title.Aviation Week and Space Technology.
“…For more than 30 years, the U.S. military services have been intrigued
with the concept of linking human brains with computers or other
hardware. A retired colonel confirmed that the Army conducted
experiments in the 1960s aimed at controlling air defense missiles with
brainwaves. More recent research attempted to improve the combat
performance of U.S. special forces, which rely on critical timing and
zeromargin teamwork. …An industry scientist said that the Army’s Research
Institute worked on a variety of “neurotechnologies” in the mid-1980s,
ostensibly abandoning the program–although there are indications to the
contrary. Since these activities were classified, military officers will not
comment on the success or failure of such programs. In any event, more
than 2,000 “white world” technical papers and research reports describe
aspects of neurophysiological work in the U.S., Europe and the former
Soviet Union.

Only recently, however, has there been a concerted effort to harness
research results and convert them to concrete applications. …M Barry
Sterman…A 30 year veteran of neurophysiology research, Sterman is a
professor at the University of California-Los Angeles School of
Medicine…Sterman’s focus is on “neuroregulation,” a term that highlights
the neurological response to cognitive demands {of B-2 pilots]… ..A
pioneer in this effort is Advanced Neurotechnologies, Inc.(ANI) of Colorado
Springs, Colo. Its founder, Richard Patton, combined a personal computer,
sensors, commercial electronics, a Motorola 56000 digital signal processor
and proprietary software routines to create what he calls the “BrainLink”
system. Sensors attached to a headband–or adhered directly on the client’s
scalp–detect brainwaves that approximate a traditional
Signals are amplified and converted from analog to a digital format, then
fed to a Motorola digital signal processor. The DSP performs a highresolution
fast-Fourier transform, converting the time-domain brainwave
signals to the frequency domain. …teaches a client to control the display
and tones, which correlate to desired brainwave patterns associated with
specific mental states.”
No author.(1996,March 12).ARPA Battlefield Care Project to Shake Up
Medicine. Armed Forces Newswire Service.
“DOD’s Advanced Research Projects Agency(ARPA) has quietly ignited the
most radical series of technological changes to hit the practice of medicine
since the invention of X-rays. ARPA’s medical-technology stable includes an
array of high-fidelity virtual-reality medical training and diagnostic
simulators; satelliteaided tele-diagnostics for soldiers, now being used for
Bosnia operations; tiny embedded diagnostic sensors; telerobots that let
remote MASH surgeons operate on badly wounded soldiers; miniature intensive
care units that automatically monitor soldiers; and infusively treat
soldiers being helicoptered from front lines to MASH units; and high-speed
networks that can automatically fuse data from giant databases around the
world. The most crucial component of future combat care, said Richard
Satava, ARPA’s biomedicine program manager, is the personal status
monitor(PSM), a continuously worn monitor that he would like to see woven
into the soldier’s clothing. The PSM would monitor a wide range of vital
signs and also host external communication, GPS and other functions. Tied
into the PSM might be clothing with “sensate liners,” that would detect
projectile exit wounds and infer the organs damaged by defining the pathway
from entry to exit wounds. Today’s edition of Technology Transfer Week
reports Satava is particularly excited about a dime-sized PSM sensor,
originally developed to fit on bumblebees for radio tracking, that is woven
into clothes, and mounts a tiny radio and vital signs sensor.
No author.(1995,June1)The Power of Thought.Daily Mail(London).Pg.40.
“…special electrodes being developed by researchers at the Wadsworth
Centre in Albany USA.
They attached electrodes to the scalps of volunteers and asked them to
move a cursor towards a target on a video screen by thought. Tiny
electromagnetic brain signals were amplified by a computer deciding when
and how to move the cursor.
No author.(1995,Mar.25).Short Takes;American Topics.International Herald
Tribune (France).Lexis-Nexis.

“…The brain emits electrical signals of only a millionth of a volts or so.
But studies financed by the National Institutes of Health show that these
signals can be amplified enough so that by conscious effort, the subject
can move a cursor on a computer screen.
Stork, David G.(1996?).Hal’s Legacy 2001’s Computer as Dream and Reality.
MIT Press. Pg.164.
“Raymond Kurzwell. …There are already precursors of such a project. For
example, a few years ago Carver Mead’s company, Synaptics, created an
artificial retina chip that is, essentially, a silicon copy of the neural
organization of the human retina and its visual-processing, as the human
brain does.”
Smith, Cyril W. & Best, Simon.(1989). Electromagnetic Man. Pg. 236.
“A team at York University’s Physics Department, for example, has built and
tested a ‘Faraday magnetometer’ under contract to GCHQ, to pick up very weak
magnetic fields, possibly for use in remote eavesdropping(The times, 1988).”
Chapter Five
Here are a few articles which describe the Korean brainwashing of the 1950s.
It clearly demonstrates the necessary political will to support a massive
effort to control man before the Russians do, including projects to solve
the mysteries of the brain for political and military purposes. The Korean
brainwashing scare seems to be the event that triggered the race for the
brain code.
No author. (1977, Aug.2). Mind-Control Studies Had Origins in Trial.
New York Times.
In the summer of 1977, it may be difficult for Americans to comprehend the
frame of mind of the men who nearly 30 years earlier started the Central
Intelligence Agency’s effort to manipulate human behavior. As some of the
former high-ranking CIA men recall now, they had looked into the vacant eyes
of Joseph Cardinal Mindszenty at his treason trial in Budapest in 1949 and
had been horrified. They had been convinced that his confession had been
wrung from him while he was either under the influence of some mysterious,
mind-bending drug or that he was standing before the dock in a posthypnotic
trance. The sight touched off memories of earlier “show trials” in the
Soviet Union. The CIA leaders were certain the Communists had embarked on a
campaign to control men’s minds and they were determined to find a defense,
setting out in earnest the next year-1950-with Project Bluebird…
Slesin, Louis.(19?).
“Zapped? Radiation at Greenham Common Peace Camp” The Nation.
Editorial Pg. 313. Louis Slesin editor of the publication Microwave News
stated: “In The Search for the Manchurian Candidate, published in 1979, John
Marks relates that in response to a Freedom of Information Act request, the
CIA told him that it had a roomful of files on electromagnetic and related
techniques to alter behavior and stimulate the brain. The agency refused to
release the papers, and they remain classified.”
Subcommittee on Health and Scientific research of the Committee on Human
Resources United States Senate, September 20 and 21, 1977.
Gottlieb, Sidney, Md.. former CIA agent. Pg.169.

“In the judgment of the CIA, there was tangible evidence that both the
Soviets and the Red Chinese might be using techniques of altering human
behavior which were not understood by the USA and which would have
implications of national survival in the context of national survival in the
context of national security concerns at that time.
It was felt to be mandatory and of the utmost urgency for our intelligence
organization to establish what was possible in this field on a high priority
Pg. 202. “Dr. Gottlieb. …As I remember it, there was a current interest,
running interest, all the time in what affects people’s standing in the
field of radio energy have, and it could easily have been that somewhere in
many projects, someone was trying to see if you could hypnotize somebody
easier if he was standing in a radio beam. …I would remind you that the
problem of radio waves and what it does to people is [an] extremely
current interest in connection with events in an important embassy overseas
now. There is great concern about that.”
Chapter Six
The history of science, the military, corporations and government
involvement from the 1940s up to today. Classified military research was
used to fight the cold war. It can be seen how mind control technology could
be developed out of the public eye and with the support of top officials.
Teams of elite scientists were used to tackle military problems.
The Cybernetics Group, Brain Research Institute, the Institute for Defense
Analysis and their JASON Group and also their Golden Fleece Group are a few
examples given below. Prominent scientists were given military funding
generated by the race to surpass the Russians.
By looking at the nature of the scientific military organizations which
sponsor Manhattan Projects, the origins of mind control research can be
found. This is the point of this lengthy but very interesting information.
Atomic bomb research and mind control research do follow a similiar pattern.
The same corporations, military offices, scientist’s names and leading
officials are repeatedly found in several different sources listed
below. Radiation and mind control experiments occurred in the cold war era
within the same bureaucracy.
McDougall, Walter.(1985)The Heavens and the Earth. Basic Books.
“…the AAF, however, turned to is new advisory body, the RAND Corporation,
for an independent opinion on the prospect and value of an earth satellite.
…the USAF also assigned RAND the task of “continuing studies of the
potential military utility of earth satellites-including work on the use of
such devices for cold war politico-psychological advantage for
communications and for purposes of observation.”
…In March 1954 Eisenhower summoned the Office of Defense Mobilization’s
Science Advisory Committee and apprised its members of the growing danger faced by the United States….It was imperative that the best minds in the country attend to the technological problem of preventing another Pearl
Harbor. The result was the Technological Capabilities Panel(TCP) Report, or
“Killian report,” …Its authors included James F. Killian, later president
of Bell Labs,…Edwin H. Land, inventor of the Polaroid camera …and over
forty scientists and engineers. Reporting to the NSC in a “full-dress”
secret session, The Killian panel presented … …Eisenhower had
commissioned another topsecret strategic review. Entrusted to H. Rowan
Gaither, Jr., of the Ford Foundation, who fell ill, it was completed under
Robert C. Sprague a veteran consultant from the Killian panel) and such
luminaries as William C. Foster, John J. McCloy, Frank Stanton of CBS,
and Jerome Wiesner. They reported …a crash program on R & D for defensive
systems, a national fallout shelter program costing upward of $25
billion,… …
Spy satellites proved successful beyond the most sanguine expectations of
laymen(what Edwin Land and the technicians expected is unknown). …During
the same weeks the Kennedy transition team eagerly polled scientist,
academic, and military and civilian strategists for their views on the shape
of things to come … …By New Year’s 1961,two U.S. spy satellite
programs verged on brilliant success. Thanks to the energetic advocacy of
Richard M. Bissell, Jr., of the CIA,… …
The International Telecommunications Convention of 1973, which possesses
treaty status, regulated the use of comsats and radio frequencies. …By
1963 the government supplied 88 percent of the entire Caltech budget, 66
percent of MIT’s 59 and 56 percent of the University of Chicago’s and
Princeton’s and a 25 percent chunk of Harvard’s and Stanford’s.
Buderi, Robert.(1996). The Invention that Changed the World: How a Small
Group of Radar Pioneers Won the Second World War and Launched a
Technological Revolution.Simon and Schuster. Pg. 470.
“…For starters, with some two thirds of national defense contract R&D
dollars going to sixty-eight corporations, and an astonishing 40 percent to
only ten companies,… … Roosevelt died before [Vannevar]Bush completed
the Document …Science-The Endless Frontier on to Harry Truman. It was a
land mark document that formed a focal point in a lengthy congressional
debate over the best method for distributing federal research funds and
ensuring the scientific, technical, and economic prosperity of the
Nation. …The stalemate continued until a compromise was reached in early
1950. … Capitalizing on their five-year head start, the armed services,
led by the Office of Naval Research, became the main supporters of academic
research and NSF’s strength was diluted further by the emergence of the
Atomic Energy Commission and NASA as additional funding sources.”
Brown, Anthony Cave.(1982).Wild Bill Donovan. The Last Hero. Times Books.
Pg. 802.
“…In 1948 Donovan was to find out for himself how weak the CIA had become.
That year the secretary of defense, James Forestal, invited him to serve on
a small secret committ ee consisting of Dr. Vannevar Bush, Admiral Sidney
Souers, and General Alfred M. Gruenther, to study the problems of defense
against unconventional attack against the United states , including
clandestine attack employing biological weapons, ..
The subject was divided into seven subjects for investigation: …4. Certain

special applications of psychological warfare(i.e., thought control or
special mode, as it was called).
Becker, Robert O. & Selden, Gary.(). Body Electric.
“The establishment’s attitude toward EMR (Electromagnetic Radiation) health
effects are based on the work of Herman Schwan. Schwan was a professor in
Germany during most of the Nazi era, who was admitted to the U.S. in 1947
and accepted a job at the University of Pennsylvania doing most of his
research for the DOD (Department of Defense).”
Editor’s note. Many scientists such as Dr. Schwan may
have had a “need to know” security clearance. This is important to keep in
mind because there are many examples of scientists working on parts of
classified projects without knowing the whole picture.
Kaplan, Fred.(1983). Wizards of Armageddon. Simon & Schuster.
Pg. 189. “In 1949, a group of six Institute professors, including Bernard
Brodie and Kaufmann, was hired by the social science division of the RAND
Corporation in Santa Monica to do part-time work analyzing psychological
Kaplan, Fred.(1960?). Scientists at War The Birth of The Rand Corporation.
American Heritage.
Pg. “By the Fall of 1947 the RAND staff had grown to one hundred and fifty.
For anyone interested in some vague combination of mathematics, science,
international affairs, and national security, RAND offered an ideal setting.
There was an intense intellectual climate but no teaching obligations or
boring faculty meetings.
There was access to military secrets but no military officers from whom to
take direct orders.”
Szulc, Tad.(1975, Dec.). The Mind Readers and Other Tales of Science Fiction
Research by the Pentagon’s Think Tank. Washington Monthly. Editor’s note.
This article found in a very important congressional hearing, a must read.
Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights of the Committee on the Judiciary US
Senate.(1976) Surveillance Technology Policy and Implications: An Analysis
and Compendium of Materials. Pg.1036.
“…As matters now stand, scientists from the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology to the University of California and a dozen other famous schools
are involved in ARPA research. Some of these scientists belong to a highly
exclusive, informal group known as the “Golden Fleece,” men and women picked
in the late 1950s by the Pentagon-funded Institute for Defense Analysis for
some of the most esoteric and complex defense research. ARPA, upon its birth
in 1958, immediately received the benefit of the talents of these “Jasons,”
as they are still called. ARPA officials says that some 20 “Jasons”-an
elite, informal, almost secret group-are still at its disposal. Over the
years, the “Jasons” have been holding quiet brainstorming sessions at
hideaways around the country to feed ARPA ideas.”
Science Against the People. Berkeley Sespa. The Story of Jason-The Elite
Group of Academic Scientists who, as Technical Consultants to the Pentagon,
have Developed the Latest Weapon Against Peoples’ Liberation Struggles:
“Automated Warfare.”(1972) Pg. 3. “At the end of World War II many of the
country’s leading scientists, who had been involved in such war research as
the atomic bomb and radar, left full-time government work and returned to

the college campuses . The military, of course, did not want to lose all
this valuable talent. In addition to it’s own “in-house” laboratories, the
Defense Department sought to establish ongoing consulting liaison
with first-rate scientists. At first this service was obtained through the
RAND corporation and some scientific advisory committees attached directly
to the Pentagon; some scientist also consulted for industrial corporations
working on defense contracts. The industrial consulting jobs did extremely
well, but the scientists involved felt that they were not close enough to
the center of power to influence policy decisions. On the other hand,
scientists in Washington often felt restricted by the particular government
agency they consulted for and also found the government consulting fee
scales to be very low. Therefore, the idea of a new, independent research
and consulting organization arose:
This was the Institute for Defense Analyses, IDA. Set up nominally as a
private, non-profit corporation, IDA worked on the basis of contracts with
the Pentagon for particular research problems of interest to the military.
IDA could determine its own salary scales and it hoped to attract high
calibre scientists with the promise of considerable “freedom” of their
choice of problem to be worked on.
A group of the very brightest young scientists was recruited into a subgroup
of IDA called Jason. The whole success of this enterprise depended
upon establishing it as a mark of highest prestige to be invited into this
elite group. IDA’s Cold-War Ideology. The original political-philosophical
outlook of IDA and Jason was boldly stated in terms of cold-war ideology.
Their literature of ten years ago told of the creation of IDA as
arising from “the inescapable realization that International Communism is
imperialistic in nature and that its goal is no less than world domination.”
…”Jason and the “McNamara Fence” The most detailed public account of
Jason’s contribution to the Vietnam War is contained in the Pentagon Papers:
the 1966 Jason summer study which gave birth to a new form of technological
warfare, now known as the automated, or electronic battlefield.
…Early in 1966, a clique of Harvard-MIT scientists with high level
connections in Washington persuaded Defense Secretary Robert McNamara to
sponsor a special study on “technical possibilities in relation to our
military operations in Vietnam.” With this prompting, McNamara formally
requested the scientist to look into the feasibility of “a fence …warning
systems, defoliation techniques and area denial weapons.”
This special scientific study group was assembled under the auspices of the
Jason Division of IDA, the group of 47 scientists represented “the cream of
the scholarly community in technical fields”…”a group of America’s most
distinguished scientists, men who had helped the government produce many of
its most advanced technical weapons systems since the end of the Second
World War, men who were not identified with the vocal academic criticism of
the Administration’s Vietnam policy.”
This Jason study group met during the summer of 1966, starting off
with a series of briefings by high officials from the Pentagon, the Central
Intelligence Agency, the State Department and the White House. They were
given access to secret materials. …thus we are drawn to conclude that the
clique of top-level scientific advisors were instrumental not only in
initiating the electronic battlefield ideas(1966), not only in helping the
implementation of the system in Vietnam(1968), but also in extending this

new warfare system to a world-wide capability(1970). …The technological
wing of the military-industrial complex does not necessarily win wars. We
have seen that it certainly can help prolong them. …Since
most Jason work is highly classified, and it is customary to keep secret the
titles and even the very existence of most highly classified reports, we can
conclude that this information represents only the tip of the iceberg.
…One of the distant branches of the sensor development has been described
by Joseph A. Meyer, a computer specialist working for the National Security
Agency and funded by the Department of Defense (“Crime Deterrence
Transponder Systems”, IEEE Transactions AES-7 no. 1, January 1971): “A
transponder surveillance system is based on three ideas. First, parolees,
bailees, or recidivists will each carry a small radio transponder, which
cannot be removed, as a condition of their release. This transponder will
emit a radio signal which gives a positive and unique identification.
Second, a network of surveillance transceivers will interrogate transponders
in a neighborhood. Third, a realtime computer will receive the transponder
reports, update location and tracking inventories for each subscriber, and
control the surveillance process. Every subscriber must be accounted for at
all times. … For urban areas, a mesh of transceivers would scan the
streets, communicating with central computers to provide a public
Surveillance network.” Meyer goes on to discuss special problems: Harlem–“a
high crime area”; group actions and large-scale confrontations;
juveniles;etc. [Here is a list of Jason members, that were also mentioned
elsewhere in this paper.] Princeton University and Institute for Advanced
Studies Freeman Dyson
…Kenneth Watson (Professor of Physics, UC, Berkeley) Watson was one of the
group that founded Jason in 1959. At first they were thinking of forming
their own private consulting company, but they finally decided to let IDA be
their business manager; This avoided the problem of profits (taxes). There
is usually a 6-week summer study session and then a couple of long weekend
meetings during the school year. Government people come and outline problems
they would like Jason to solve. Most of the work is for the Defense
Department. The purpose of Jason is to supply purely technical information
for the government; it is non-political. Jason has never taken a position on
any subject, as an organization. We are just a group of individuals… …As
to his personal attitude about the military, he said that since it is an
$80 billion budget he couldn’t make a blanket statement.
Heims, Steve J.(1980). John von Neumann and Norbert Wiener. MIT.
Pg. 180. “While the high technology with which each was concerned led
directly to weapons development, it suggested incidentally to both men
similarities in principle between machines and organisms, particularly
parallels between high technology and the human nervous system.”
Pg. 275. “In May 1953 von Neumann assumed the chairmanship of the nuclear
weapons panel of the Scientific Advisory Board of the US Air Force…In May
1954, von Neumann had occasion to make a list of all the organizations to
which he was a consultant, twentyone in all, mostly government organizations
but also some private companies. The latter included the Standard Oil
Company, IBM Ramo-Wooldrigdge, the Rand Corporation.
Forman, Paul.(1987)Behind Quantum Electronics: National security as basis
for physical research in the United States, 1940-1960. HSPS, 18:1.
Pg. 160. “Raytheon had particularly close ties to MIT: Vannevar Bush had
been one of its founders…” Pg. 170. “During the 1950s the cumulative
number of announced and available number of papers properly published in
U.S. physics journals-about 50,000- but it was probably only some small
percentage of the (unknown) number of security classified reports in physics
and its technical applications prepared in that decade.Pg. 173.
“As Marvin Kelly,President of Bell Labs, told the banqueting members of the
American Physical Society early in 1957, “the ivory towered existence is no
more…37” 37. “…Bell Telephone Laboratories were different only to the
extent that 40% rather than 80% of their budget cam from DOD.” Pg. 202. 87.
“…Thus A. Abraham’s massive Principles of Nuclear Magnetism(Oxford, 1961)
is above all else, a treatise on quantum electronics.” 88. “…at Bell Labs
some 2000 scientists and engineers were engaged in war work;” 89.
“…Similarly, “the tremendous advances in the fundamental investigation of
paramagnetic materials…is in great part due to the existence of microwave
equipment and techniques which were evolved during the war,” Pg. 208. 103.
…”In June 1952 an Air Force spokesman implied that slightly more than half
of the research sponsored by that service at universities and universityaffiliated
laboratories was classified, but that threefourths
of that classified research was performed in six institutions where
classified research was segregated in affiliated laboratories;… Pg. 214.
“In September 1959…a symposium on “Quantum Electronics-Resonance
Phenomena,”… …The Office of Naval Research,…realized the growing
significance of the field of quantum electronics, which is actually
producing a revolution in microwave techniques.” Pg. 222. “…asking why
those tilling the most fundamental of all fields of physics accepted such a
“utilitarian and pragmatic, but fragmentary, concept of science with the
consequent abandoning of its traditional aim of the unification of
knowledge.” In answer Cini, pointing particularly to the Institute of
Defense Analysis’ “Jason” group, and stressing that inclusion in
this consultative elite functioned as a mark of scientific eminence among
U.S. theorists, suggested that this drastic shift in epistemic goals “was
not a mechanical adaptation [to] an environment…but an active
identification of its own interests-in the widest sensewith the
…objectives…and the scale of values of the American society of those
years by a leadership that came from within that environment.”
Heims, Steven J.Cybernetics Group. MIT.
“Another group of physicists displayed their self-confidence after the war
by invading the traditional domain of biology, proposing to unravel the
code-script embodied in the genes as suggestion in Erwin Schrodinger’s
widely read book with the enticing title What is Life? (1944). A dedicated
group of researchers who became known as the “phage group” formed around Max
Delbruck and Salvador Luria and gathered in the summers at Cold Spring
Harbor on Long Island: they were as narrowly goal-oriented as the
designers of the atom bomb had been during the war. In this group young
researchers obtained the training and orientation that eventually led to the
discovery of the structure of the DNA molecule and creation of the new
discipline of molecular biology.” Editor’s note. There are many articles
which show that scientists and the military were very interested deciphering
the brain.
Halacy, Daniel S. Jr.(1960) Bionics Science of Living Machines. Holiday
“…Among the organizations that assisted are the Department of Defense and
its individual services, Cornell Aeronautical Laboratory, Inc.,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, the Applied Physics Laboratory of
Johns Hopkins University, Stanford Research Institute, General Electric
Company, Lockheed-California Company… …Dr. W.R. Adey of the University
of California at Los Angeles. Speaking of another scientific
symposium in 1960, he said:
“For collaborative engineering efforts to be fruitful, we would respectfully
ask that the engineer first learn his biology.” There were 30 speakers
at the first Bionics Symposium, and about 700 in the audience representing
engineers, physicists, mathematicians, psychologists, psychiatrists,
biologists… They listened to papers typified by the following titles:
…Problems in Bio-Computer Design, What Good are Artificial Neurons?
Rose, Frank.(1984).Into the Heart of the Mind.Pg. 42.
“The Sloan Foundation is betting $20 million that it can, and that should
count for something. The Sloan foundation is the less splashy of New York’s
two great automobiles philanthropies. Unlike the Ford Foundation, it doesn’t
conduct its business in a plate-glass cube on East Forty-second Street. Its
headquarters are in a very private office suite, thickly carpeted and
painted a safe beige, high above Fifth Avenue in
Rockefeller Center.
Nor is it in the habit of supporting causes that might be considered
questionable or avant-garde. Throughout its fifty years of existence, Sloan
has… Its interest in cognition began in1970 with the decision to support
the emerging discipline of neuroscience-the study of the brain. Seven years
and $15 million later, with neuroscience established as a respected academic
endeavor, the officers of the foundation began looking around for something
else to support. The neuroscientists suggested cognitive science. In 1976
the foundation announced that it was following their advice, and the race
for funding was on. Editor’s note. The Brain Research Institute. This is
just one example of how the same top scientists may know of or have
developed the technology for classified mind control related research under
professional organizations with strong government connections.
The researchers include Dr. West(New York Times, CIA behavior control
experiments, see CAHRA website, human rights abuse
report, prisoners.), Dr. Brazier, Dr. Adey, Dr. Pribram, Dr.
Lilly(government work), Dr. Sweet(mind manipulation for political purposes,
according to Professor Alan Scheflin), Dr. Frey(microwave hearing, See CAHRA
Timeline). The UCLA Office of Sponsored Research (at 310-825-4031) contract
Specialist on 2-17-98 stated the policy on classified
research at UCLA.
For the last ten years UCLA has not and does not conduct classified
Steneck, Nicholas H.(1984). The Microwave Debate.MIT Press. Pg. 86.
“So it was that the Air Force Systems Command, a primary recipient of most
of the translated Soviet reports, contacted the head of the Brain Research
Institute at the University of California, Los Angeles, for the purpose of
calling a conference on Neurological Responses to External Electromagnetic
Stimuli. The announced purpose of the UCLA meeting was to discuss scientific

explanations that might account for a number of reports of apparent central
nervous system and behavioral effects being received by the air force.”
Pg. 84. “One year after the conference and Knauf’s report, Soviet scientist
traveled to the United States to attend the Fourth International Conference
on Medical Electronics. The papers they presented plainly indicated that
Soviet researchers, unlike their U.S. counterparts, were extremely
interested in the consequences of low-level, athermal effects, particularly
on the central nervous system. …A.N. Obrosov, noted that Soviet scientists
had been studying personnel effects since 1942. …If there were important
discoveries to be made, the United States could not be caught napping,
as it had been with the launch of Sputnik in October 1957. …
Translators working for the National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
the air force, the army and Bell Labs in Whippany, New Jersey, began pouring
through Soviet journals to find out just how much they knew about RF
bioeffects. …Lewis Bach …”These reports have been going on
for many, many years and I think we ought to …on likely clues and likely
lines and push them very hard to see if there is something or if there is
not something…” …Following the UCLA conference, the military, which
controlled the RF bioeffects pursestrings and therefore made the major
policy decisions, decided both to fish and cut bait.
Publicly talk of athermal effects was downplayed. Open contracts were not
awarded for athermal or central nervous system studies, and in fact efforts
were even made to keep information about central nervous system research
from circulating too widely. Privately, however, the military and the State
Department began work to try to determine whether there was any factual
basis for a belief in the direct effect of RF radiation on human behavior
and whether perhaps the Soviets had gotten the jump in exploiting such
effects for espionage and military purposes.”
Brain Research Institute, UCLA. Third Annual Report.
July 1, 1963 to June 30 1964. Pg. 35. ”
…Dr. Adey, with the association of Mr. Kado and Dr. Porter,
developed a method of measuring impedance in brain tissue, providing an
entirely new dimension in which to study the functional capacity of neural
Having been used extensively in animals, the method was used during the past
year in assessing brain function of patients where, in general, comparable
responses were obtained. P 61. Conferences. “Conference on Speech, Language
and Communication. Sponsored jointly by the United States Air Force Office
of Scientific Research …1963.” Participants included
…Lilly, John C. Communication Research Institute, Coconut Grove,
Miami, Florida, Pribram, Karl H. Dept of Psychiatry, Stanford U.,Sweet
William H. Neurological Surgery, Adey, W.Ross.
Pg. 64. Air Force Conference on Neurological Responses to External
Electromagnetic Energy …1963. Participants included Frey, Allen W.
Institute for Research State College, Pennsylvania, Institute of Defense
Analysis, Ad Hoc Committee for Secretary of Defense McNamara.
Pg. 71 Consultants or Advisors to State, Federal or International Agencies.
International Brain Research Organization Council(Brazier…) ..Weizmann
Institute, Israel-Medical Electronic and Biocomputing (Estrin).

Wright, Stephen.(1994,Jan.29).Weapons of Control.New Scientist.Pg.55.
“…Way back in 1970, US congressman James Scheur commented that: ‘As a
result of spinoffs from medical, military aerospace and industrial research,
we are now in the process of developing devices and products capable of
controlling violent mobs without injury. We can tranquilize, impede,
immobilise, harass, shock, upset, stupefy, nauseate, chill, temporarily
blind, deafen or just plain scare the wits out of anyone the police have a
proper need to control and restrain.’ The 1972 Security Planning
Corporation report on nonlethal weapons to the National Science
Foundation listed 34 different types using electrical, optical, acoustic,
thermal, kinetic impact, chemical irritant and barrier devices to produce
control effects. …any of us might become future targets, since in reality
these weapons will form part of the future’s technology of political
Tigner, Brooks.(1996,April7).Israel To Join EU in Tech Research.Defense
News.Pg.3. “Israeli companies are preparing to join a broad range of
strategic high-technology research projects funded by the European Union(EU)
following an unprecedented accord signed last week between Brussels and Tel
Aviv. …Scientific and research contacts between Israel and the European
Union date back to 1975 and include work on nearly 100 joint research
projects in material engineering, opto-electronics and neurosciences.
Editor’s note. This book is long so just skim to the area you are interested
in! The purpose of this book is to show the interest in mind control, to
show similarities to what the victims describe and the goals of military
neurological researchers, to show the money invested in this technology and
how classified it is. These are the main points.
The following articles are examples of the search in the 1940s by scientists
for the basis of human consciousness and for its control.
Heims, Steven.(1991). Cybernetics Group. MIT
Preface. “The subject of this book is the series of multidisciplinary
conferences, supported by the Macy Foundation and held between 1946 and
1953, to discuss a wide array of topics that eventually came to be called
cybernetics.” Pg. 11. …included several mathematicians (Norbert Wiener,
John von Neumann), engineers (Julian Bigelow, Claude Shannon), a
neuropsychiatrist (Warren McCulloch), and a polymatic genius (Walter Pitts).
Some members of this group had proposed that their concepts useful in
engineering and biology,… For lack of a better collective name we shall
refer to this group as the cyberneticians, although they would never have
used this term themselves. …”Fremont-Smith[Josiah Macy Foundation] was so
cautious that I got the impression he was anxious to keep something private-
…Much later I learned of the CIA involvement, …(the Macy Foundation’s
records have not been open for researchers). At the Macy meetings, as the
unedited transcript shows, the political conditions were discussed
explicitly from time to time.
Some participants were government consultants who worked on “classified”
topics kept secret from other researchers; their priorities were such that
they skipped attendance at the conferences whenever the government called.
McCulloch described the situation at the beginning of the ninth meeting in
1952: I would like to say that two things have interfered with our gathering
this time. One of those is an increasing sourceof anxiety to me
…Thing after thing that one or another person has wanted to

discuss at this meeting has been locked up for “secret.”
I have no idea how far that process will go in time to come.
I know that von Neumann had something he wanted to talk to us about and
that it is secret. I know that some stuff that Bavelas wanted to talk about
to us has become secret. And so it goes. Pg. 251.
“I looked up Bateson in Sea Life Park in 1968. I had written to him in
connection with my interest in the history of the Macy cybernetics meetings.
His response was,
“There is certainly a piece of scientific history to be dug out of these
meetings-I believe more profound and dramatic than The Double Helix.”
Pg. 256. “John Stroud, who also used cybernetics to give form to his
personal metaphysics and synthesis, was a lively, active participant at the
Macy meetings. Everyone at the conferences agreed he was a bright and
talented young scientist, but a quarter-century after the meetings several
participants asked me, “Whatever became of John Stroud?” …
He is something of a mystery figure. A McCulloch protege, …He spent most
of the rest of his working life as a civilian employee of the U.S. Navy, his
work hidden from the scientific community by the veil of military secrecy.
McCorduck, Pamela.(1979).Machines who Think.P.46
“In 1942, at a meeting sponsored by the Josiah Macy Foundations in New York,
Arturo Rosenblueth presented the ideas that would appear the following year
in the Philosophy of Science paper. In the audience was Dr. Warren McCulloch
of the University of Illinois Medical School, who had long been interested
in the organization of the cortex of the brain. McCulloch, a
neurophysiologist, had already begun working with Walter Pitts, a
mathematician, on a mathematical description of certain neural behavior. In
1943, the same year that the Rosenbueth-Wiener-Bigelow paper would appear.
McCulloch and Pitts would publish
“A Logical Calculus of the Ideas Immanent in Nervous Activity” in Bulletin
of Mathematical Biophysics….the paper goes on to describe
a logical calculus and principles for constructing a class of computing
machines that would permit the embodiment of any theory of mind or behavior
…their publication could well be taken as the birth of explicit
Editor’s note. Here is just one of numerous similar articles.
“A Method for the Remote control of Electrical Stimulation of the Nervous
System-E. Leon Chaffe, Professor of Physics, Harvard University, and
Richard U. Light, Instructor in Surgery, Yale University School of Medicine.
Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine Volume 7, Number 2 December 1934.
Editors note. I.I. Rabi may have consulted with the government to decode the
brain. It is one of the many research leads to follow. I.Rabi worked for the
MIT Radiation Lab to develop radar for World War II along with a who’s who
of physicists, Hans Bethe, Luis Alvarez, Ed McMillan, to name a few. Radar
is a device that can detect invisible or distant objects by means of
reflected radio waves and is capable of locating them accurately in space.
He is known as the discoverer of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance in
Molecular Beams.”Isidor Isaac Rabi(The scientist in public affairs) has been
Associate Director of the Radiation Laboratory of the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, and Chairman of the general advisory committee to
the Atomic Energy Commission. He has been Higgins Professor of Physics at
Columbia University since 1950, and is a member of the President’s Science
Advisory Committee.
He was awarded the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1944.”

Calder, Nigel, editor. 1968. Unless Peace Comes, Scientific Forecast of new
Weapons. Viking Press.
Ramsey, Norman.(1956)Molecular Beams.Oxford at the Clarendon Press.
“The molecular beam magnetic resonance was first introduced by Rabi and his
associates (RAB 38 KEL 39) in 1938. …Precision measurements of nuclear,
molecular, and atomic properties began in 1938 with the introduction of the
molecular-beam resonance method by Rabi and his associates (RAB 38,KEL 39).
At first, the resonance method was applied to the measurement of nuclear
magnetic moments only, but it was soon extended as a more general technique
of radiofrequency spectroscopy initially by Kellogg, Rabi, Ramsey, and
Zacharias (KEL 39a) in applications to molecules …
Bar-Ilan University Press.(1996).Pioneers of NMR and Magnetic Resonance in
Medicine: the Story of MRI. Pg. 567-8
Richard R. Ernst. Pioneer of Fourier-Transform NMR and Two-Dimensional NMR
Spectroscopy and Imaging. “…improving the sensitivity of the technique
tenfold or even hundredfold… ……Fourier transformation and pulse
techniques, what is that? Let me try to illustrate it through an analogy.
Remember first that spectroscopy is very much concerned with the detection
of signals from a sample containing some compound. Assume that you are
interested in finding out how well tuned a piano is. …The
traditional, “old-fashioned” way of doing this would of course be to hit
each key in succession and record the frequencies-the signals from our
sample if you wish. …Now there is a much faster way of getting the same
results: …hit all keys at once. You have now performed a pulse experiment.
…But how could you possibly extract the individual tones from the
cacophony? …Fourier transformation. …Savings in time can be used in
another way, to increase sensitivity. To continue our analogy, …”signals”
from the [piano]strings barely audible about the background noise in the
room. Now you could improve the detection of these weak signals by hitting
the keys of this same piano 100 times every sixth second and adding the
result. This would improve the signal-to-noise ratio tenfold… …When
Fourier transform NMR was introduced around 1970 it had a tremendous impact
on the applicability of NMR technique to chemistry.
Cannon, Martin(1980?). The Controllers.Internet.
“…In his autobiography The Scientist, John C. Lilly….records a
conversation he had with the director of the National Institute of Mental
Health–in 1953. The director asked Lilly to brief the CIA, FBI, NSA, and
the various military intelligence services on his work using electrodes to
stimulate directly the pleasure an pain centers of the brain. Lilly refused,
noting, in his reply: Dr. Antoine Remond, using our techniques in Paris,
has demonstrated that this method of stimulation of the brain can be applied
to the human without the help of the neurosurgeon; he is doing it in his
office in Paris without neurosurgical supervision. This means that anybody
with the proper apparatus can carry this out on a person covertly, with no
external signs that electrodes have been used on that person. I feel that if
this techniques got into the hands of a secret agency, they would have total
control over a human being and be able to change his beliefs extremely
quickly, leaving little evidence of what they had done.”
Editors note. Dr. Antoine Remond, Centre National de la Recherche
Scientifique, Paris(France) is on the Handbook Editorial Committee of the
International Federation of Societies for EEG and Clinical Neurophysiology,
1978. J Lilly, K Pribram Dr. Adey and many other top scientists attended
Brain and Behavior Conference in 1961 and many other similar conferences.
There are many research leads to follow. A.S. Gevins, co-editor with Dr.
Remond conducts eeg research funded by “Office of Naval Research, the Air
Force Office of Scientific research…” The following articles demonstrate
the active search to solve the mysteries of the brain and to develop
this knowledge, continuing up to the present time.
Pribram Karl H. (1996)?.Rethinking Neural Networks Quantum Fields and
Biological Data. Pg. 156-7.
“B. Multiple Personality “Personality” is a consistent pattern of responses
to stimuli and situations. In QND, the personality of the stochastic filter
is determined by the locally homotopic mappings of experience onto the
neural domain and by the configuration of discontinuities between homotopic
A conscious train of thought consists of a well-formed wave packet
propagating within the neural domain in response to the combination of
inputs from a number of sources, including the sensory apparatus and the
outputs of other domains at various levels of abstraction.
When the probability density corresponding to this wave packet produces
an expectation that does not compare will with the actual ensemble of
inputs, the result is a potential field gradient (or “barrier”, if it is
sufficiently steep) that deflects the wave packet toward states associated
with less prediction error. Suppose that when the network’s personality is
being formed, it experiences a deliberately consistent “diabolical” training
in which certain common experiences are interrupted with frustrating or
painful intervention. QND learning will encode the painful experience on
the trajectory so that it will be properly predicted as a consequence of the
prior experience. (Incidentally, QND learning models classical conditioning
even though it is simple Hebbian, because of the causal dynamics of the
Schroedinger equation.) whenever the common experience subsequently occurs
without the intervention of the diabolical agent, the extreme difference
between the expected punishment and the benign experience drives the
conscious wave packet away from the states where the pain was stored. This
“avoidance” has two consequences, one obvious and the other subtle.
The obvious effect is that the deflected wave packet will generate an
altered behavior pattern. The subtle effect is that the neurons where the
painful patterns are encoded will be prevented from receiving enough
probability to allow the patterns to be corrected. Now suppose that the
diabolical training is “extensive”, both figuratively and literally. that
is, suppose that it succeeds in placing other avoidance patterns into a
geometry that surrounds and isolates a large cognitive domain from the rest
of the neural network. Subsequently, wavepackets that form in that domain
will be trapped there, and that domain will then develop a personality that
is distinct from the personality of the exterior domains(s). But the
entrapment is not permanent:

Quantum tunneling provides a mechanism for penetration of the barrier, after
which another distinct personality emerges.”
Editor’s note. Dr. Pribram is a Stanford University Professor, a very
credible professional. The above excerpt was a quantum level description of
multiple personality. (See Operation Mind Control by Walter Bowart,1978 and
1995,Flatland Publishing for military involvement in this area of research).
This is very significant proof that the brain code has been discovered.
Baker, CB. ELF Biological Warfare Upon America. Youth Action News. PO box
312 Alexandria, Virginia 22313.
“…neurophysiologist Karl Pribram has spent most of his career
documenting the holographic model of the human brain. …holography is a
method of lensless photography in which the wave field of light scattered by
an object is recorded on a plate as an interference pattern. when the
photographic record –the hologram –is placed in a coherent light beam like
a laser, the original wave pattern is regenerated. A three-dimensional image
appears. …Any piece of the hologram will reconstruct the entire image.”
Ken Wilbur[wrote Holographic Paradigm, 1982] described the work of the great
quantum physicist David Bohm who “says that the hologram is a starting point
for a new description of reality: the enfolded order. …Also electron beams
could do the same thing or sound waves could make holograms, any form of
movement could constitute a hologram… …
Marilyn Ferguson[wrote Brain Revolution1970?]
who stated: “the holographic supertheory says that our brains
mathematically construct ‘hard’ reality by interpreting frequencies from a
dimension transcending time and space. The brain is a hologram. Michael
Talbot [wrote The Holographic Universe, 1991] “Any wavelike phenomena can
create an interference pattern, including light and radio waves…
…described the work of an eighteenth century Frenchman named Jean B.J..
Fourier who “developed a mathematical way of converting any pattern, no
matter how complex, into a language of simple waves. He also showed how
these wave forms could be converted back into the original pattern.”
…could be achieved mathematically,…Fourier
transforms…These enable the Nobel Prize winner Dennis Gabor (in 1947) to
convert a picture of an object into a blur of interference patterns on a
piece of holographic film. …
In 1979, Berkeley neurophysiologists Russell and Karen DaValois
discovered that the human brain utilizes Fourier mathematics–“the same
mathematics holography employed–to convert visual images into the
Fourier language of wave forms.”
Other scientists “discovered that the brain’s visual cortex was responding
not to patterns, but to the frequencies of various wave forms.” Another
group of scientists had discovered that “the human ear was a frequency
analyzer” and that our “our skin was sensitive to frequencies of ibrations.”
Adey W. Ross, Proctor, Lorne, Technical Editors.(1964, Oct29-30).
Symposium the Analysis of Central Nervous System and Cardiovascular Data
Using Computer Methods. Washington, D.C.NASA

Contents… Visually-Evoked Potentials Recorded Transcranially in Man.
…Antoine Remond. …Concepts of Cerebral Organization Arising from Time
Series Analysis of Neurophysiological Data…W. Ross Adey. …Frank Ervin.”
Editor’s note. And yet another lead to follow, Alan Gevins,
electroencephalography, President SAM Technology, Inc. San Francisco, CA.
Gevin is listed as a Contributor to the 1996 USAF SAB which contains the
drastic predictions of electromagnetic weapons on humans(see CAHRA website,
Intelligence Tools). He also authored the article Obstacles to Progress in
1987 EEG Handbook Volume 1 p 668 and makes a telling comment. ”
…Another line of advanced research which may temper the strict
epiphenominalist view suggests that low-intensity, low frequency
electromagnetic fields have the capability of influencing the metabolic
activity of individual neurons (see review in Adey 1981). If so, such fields
could play a significant role in mass neural information processing.
Lawrence Albert & Adey W.Ross.(1982)Nonlinear Wave Mechanisms in
Interactions between Excitable Tissue and Electromagnetic
Fields.Neurological research, Vol. 4 Number 1/2 p 115.
“It is now well established that intrinsic electromagnetic fields play a key
role in a broad range of tissue functions, including embryonic
morphogenesis, wound healing, and information transmission in the
nervous system.
These same processes may be profoundly influenced by
electromagnetic fields induced by an external force.
Tissue exposure to extremely low frequency(ELF) and ELF-modulated microwave
fields at levels below those inducing significant thermal effects has
revealed highly nonlinear mechanisms as a basis for observed effects.
…A model is proposed for interaction between excitable tissue and
electromagnetic fields, based on nonlinear waves in the cell
membrane, with ionic interactions as an essential step.”
Mackay, Donald.(1980).Brains, machines and Persons.
“One of the most powerful computational techniques for extracting
significant information from brain signals is called ‘cross-correlation’. To
take a simple example from the work of one of my former colleagues, Dr.
D.M.Regan, a flickering light in front of a patient’s eyes elicits a weak
flickering electrical response from the brain. Often this is less than one
millionth of a volt in strength, as recorded from the scalp, and so is
normally swamped by the background of general brain activity
(typically 10 to 50 millionths of a volt in strength). Dr. Regan devised a
simple analogue computer system to multiply together the signal controlling
the flickering of the light and the mixture of signals from the brain.
Cross-multiplying, followed by averaging, has the effect of steadily
enhancing any brain signals that are in step with the flickering
input, and averaging out those that are not. As a result, even the feeble
responses to flickering light from a nervous system damaged by multiple
sclerosis can be easily measured.
Jastrow, Robert.(1981).Enchanted Loom.Simon & Schuster.
“…This research has barely started, but the pace of the progress is
astonishing. In one recent experiment, scientists at attached electrodes tothe rear of a subjects skull, just above the brain’s center of vision. They discovered that this region emitted different electrical patterns, depending
on what the subject was looking at. Circles, squares or straight lines-each
had its special pattern of electrical waves. In another experiment,
scientists detected a special signal that seemed to signify excitement or
elation, coming from the seat of feelings and emotions in the brain. Looking
at these electrical records, the scientist can tell something about the
thoughts and feelings in a person’s mind, and the impressions that are
passing into his memory.
Rose, Frank.(1984). Into the Heart of the Mind.P.189.
“…in which NASA cosmologist Robert Jastrow foresees the day when brain
scientists will be able to dump contents of the mind directly into the
circuitry of an electronic computer. Macay, Donald M. A Mind’s Eye View of
the Brain. Cybernetics of the Nervous System.Volume17.Elsevier.
“…Few scientists have been more successful than Norbert Wiener…
…The timehonoured problem of relating mind and brain has recently
received a new twist with the evolution of artifacts capable of mind-like
behavior. …
“I am greatly indebted to the RAND Corporation for assistance in
transcribing the talk, given in their Santa Monica Laboratories,…
Wiener, Norbert.(1965).Cybernetics of the Nervous System.Schade Elsevier.
“…The big new principles in the field of physics were slowly being
contemplated. Men like Wiener searched for basic concepts, like the random
distribution of matter, and relation of matter and electromagnetic
radiation, the quantum state of energy in matter, relativity, etc. …In
this early period of Wiener, culmination with his production
of the book The Fourier Integral and Certain of its Applications in 1933,…
… Another consideration of Wiener at this time was the phenomenon of
harmonic analysis of particles. This is related to the study of Brownian
motion , and is the natural outgrowth from quantum mechanics’
representations of matter in the form of wave functions. With harmonic
analysis this clearly is Wiener’s earliest work into ‘rhythmic systems.”
This would later come to dominate all his work, and he stressed the
importance for neurophysiology. …a statement by the Russian
neurophysiologist A.V. Napalkov. “We believe that new research methods,
engendered by the development of cybernetics lead to a radical change in
the methods which so far have been used in the study of the brain. …In
Wiener’s belief the property of brain waves is one of highly specific
microradiation. …Dr. Wiener find that his ideas about specific types of
radiation associated with nucleic acid complexes randomly scattered within
neurons, when applied to encephalography should bring about productive
results. “Encephalography has been too much in recognizing wave patterns
subjectively. Too little has been done for determining what actually happens
there….We have not done enough work making atlases of frequency
distributions…This method is looking for specific numbers.”
Wiener, Norbert. Rhythms in Physiology with Particular Reference to
“…I am not a physician, I am a mathematician. …In this lecture I have
intended merely to give you a general idea of what my concepts are
concerning brain waves. Research work in this line is under way at several

places; it is going on in the laboratory of Dr. Lindsley and Dr. Gray
Walter, and I hear that an interest in this field is developing in
Germany and Russia. Editors note. Top scientist such as Wiener and Dr. Mary
Brazier of the UCLA Brain Research Institute and many others, worked or
collaborated together and with the same government and private funding. This
is where to look for mind control research. The following article states one
problem in deciphering brain signals. But current technology could overcome
this obstacle.
McCulloch, Warren S.(1965).Embodiments of Mind.M.T.T. Press.
P v. “There are two kinds of goals directing the current arts of artificial
intelligence(AI), parallel distributed processing(PDP), and the hard-wired
nets that process images or sounds. The first are products that are useful
to industry and the military. This pays for the research. …Signal-to-noise
relations limit considerably the observations that can be made on a living
system. …When Warren, Walter, Pat Wall, and I came to MIT, it was with the
aim of marrying physiological date to advanced speculation on how a nervous
system works. …Wiener’s letter at the end of three weeks was a lively
diatribe on noisy nonlinear systems that were clearly designed to
frustrate right-thinking analysts. …McCulloch and Pitts …1943 paper
which provides for the first time a set of mathematical instruments
sufficiently powerful for the conceptual description… and the
investigation of the frog’s visual system that culminated in the
brilliant experiments… [McCulloch] still held that in the end there would
be an algorithmic description of the processes that engendered what
“perceptual” operations we found. ..The retina is a machine… logical gates
but more complex analog processors.” Pg.3. ”
…in 1952, I went to the Research Laboratory of Electronics of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology to work on the circuit theory of
brains.”Pg. 230. J.Y. Lettvin, H.R. Maturana, W.S. McCulloch, and W.H.
Pitts. (1959). What the Frog’s Eye Tells the Frog’s Brain.IRE.
“This work was supported in part by the ..USAF Office of Sci. Res,
…US Navy(Office of Naval Res.); and in part by Bell Telephone Labs, Inc.
Editor’s note. This is a very important and interesting paper.
Pg. 216. “McCulloch, Warren S. M.D. Since 1952 Dr. Warren S. McCulloch has
been a staff member engaged in the Research Laboratory of Electronics at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. also well known as one of the
founders of the group who have developed Cybernetics. He was Chairman of the
Macy Conference on Cybernetics during its life from 1946 to 1951… …But
Gentleman the title of my paper is not facetious.
At the behest of the Mathematical Sciences Division of the Office of Naval
Research(ONR), I spent two months abroad, questioning “Where is fancy
bred?” …Dr. Sem Jacobsen spoke well, but gingerly, about implanted
electrodes;…hostility the press and lost him financial support for
implanted electrodes…has made trouble for Dr. Sherwood[in England] But
France is a Catholic country. ..facilitated the work in New Orleans and at
Rochester. Percival Bailey, who was one of the first to implant electrodes
keeps his copy of the Pope’s letter in his desk. In Boston Jim White and
Bill Sweet have just been blessed, not merely for implanted electrodes,
but…So much for implanted electrodes.

They are here to stay. Through them we will record activities in structures
heretofore inaccessible, locating the womb of Fancy. …But let us get back
to Salpetriere, where there were many good anatomic and psychologic papers.
But the work of Antoine Remond was the crowning success of the meeting. Long
years ago he had come to my laboratory in Chicago… combined with
accumulators that let him use hundreds of repeated stimulations and so raise
the signals way above the noise.
The resulting maps of the first special derivative on the surface of the
head are impressive. To go from these to the second derivative, which
locates the nervous activity as well as possible, is still done by a
laborious longhand computation. …Today it can be done electronically, ..It
may take three years to build the gadgets. Remond’s work was so impressive
that the National Institutes of Health and the European Office, Air Research
and Development Command, are now backing it financially, but I understand
that Bugnard and Alajouanine are of the opinion that it will raise the envy
of those who have done nothing new. …John Lilly failed to show, and I , as
his fellow-American, was commanded to speak on a mathematics suited to
neurology. …Between visits to laboratories and lectures to theoretical
physicists, engineers, psychiatrists, and physiologist, I found time to work
with Sherwood on the third component of the Laplacian of the cerebral
cortex. …But my principal business in England was the study of artificial
intelligence. …When I reached the National Physical Laboratory for
Uttley’s symposium on “The Mechanization of Thought Processes,” …But what
I saw in Russian faces was that their scientists, like ours, know they are
confronted by the problem of the Rabbi of Chelm with his Golem,…The vigil
must be endured, even if it entail “Q” clearance.{Q is a national security
clearance.] …On the landing here, I made my bow to ONR and began to
contact my Human Factors friends in Astronautics.
They could use these circuits. ..Let me recapitulate its discoveries. 1. For
the good of patients, implanted electrodes are here to stay; and through
them, whether psychiatrists like it or not, we will learn where fancy is
Jeffress, Lloyd A.(1961), Facsimile of the 1951 Edition). Cerebral
Mechanisms In Behavior. The Hixon Symposium.Hafner Publishing Co.
“Members of the Hixon Symposium…Warren S. McCulloch, John von
Neuman, Linus Pauling…the Hixon Fund was established in 1938 by a grant
to the California Institute of Technology …to support scientific endeavor
which offers promise of increased understanding of human behavior.
Editor’s note. This article demonstrates the continuing research for
figuring out the process of sight, the same line of research based on the
same theory, over twenty years later.
Marsh, Alton K.(1979, Jan.29).Special Report: US Air Force; Research and
Development: Changing Patterns USAF Studies Arming Weapons Vocally.
Aviation Week. Pg. 239.

“…If you could pull off the brain waves through sensors in a helmet,”
laboratory commander Col. Roy L. DeHart said, “just the thought wave could
be used to activate various devices on the airplane by the turn of the
century. I’m implying the pilot could call up switching, or select
things[such as head-up displays] through thinking about it”.
…Fundamental visual process research, headed by Capt. Arthur
P.Ginsburg and Mark W. Cannon, is aimed at providing a mathematical
description of man’s visual capabilities.
Editor’s note. For many reasons, most scientists have not protested
scientific research for military purposes. Here are a few who did.
Gray, Chris Hables.(1997).Postmodern War.Guilford Press.
Pg. 234-5?…Norbert Wiener, …did substantial war work at MIT, but by the
end of 1946 he said…”I do not expect to publish any future work of mine
which may do damage in the hands of irresponsible militarists”. Pg. 237.
“Or Prof. Joseph Weizenbaum of MIT, who has called on computer
scientists not to do vision research since it is framed by military
Editor’s note. People do make a difference. Here is another example from
Gray. Pg.255- 6. “…a woman named Katya went into the Vandenberg Air Force
Base and smashed some computers for the Navstar system, part of World War IV
command-and-control network set up by the Pentagon with secret Black Budget
funds. The economy of punishments paid her back with three years in a cage
to try and forge the link in all our heads: protest=prison.
She has moved to subvert such an equation by earning early release and then
graduating from Harvard Law School.”
Chapter Seven
Sensors technology has been highly classified and billions of tax dollars
were spent for its development during the Vietnam War. The U.S. military and
corporations then sold this technology to Europe. Many parallels to mind
control technology can be drawn. The importance and funding of bionics,
replacing man with electronic eyes and ears, to the military can be seen in
the follwoing examples. Sensors development is like the development of the
atomic bomb. It is a science-corporation-military-government bureacracy
which has national security classification, no accountability, massive
funding and military goals to develop lethal technology. This cold war
bureaucracy rationalized government radiation experiments in order to defeat
the diabolical communist enemy. Sensors technology has been found guilty of
the similar crimes. Now mind control victims are alleging the same problems.
This is how the unthinkable can happen, how something horrible like
radiation experiments and now mind control experiments happen.
Sensors technology is a part of the revolutionary change in military
thinking. Technology has and is changing the nature of war.
The use of sensors and the electronic battlefield in Vietnam was a turning
point for waging wars. Many analogies to mind control technology development
can be drawn from this example. It is clear that the political will at that
time and today, favors the military-corporation goals. It becomes clear that
mind control experimentation could take place and with the approval of top
officials. The role of secrecy, the interest of the military to develop high
technology and the serious implications of a lack of oversight are all
contributing factors to the proliferation of sensors and now mind control
technology. Barnaby, Frank.(1984). Future War Armed Conflict in the Next
Decade.Facts on File Publications.
Pg. 72 “…On the battlefield of the future, enemy forces will be located,
tracked and targeted almost instantaneously through the use of data links,
computer assisted intelligence evaluation, and automated fire control. With
first round kill probabilities approaching certainty, and with surveillance
devices that can continually track the enemy, the need for large forces to
fix the opposition physically will be less important.
I see battlefields on which we can destroy anything we locate through
instant communications and …”
This version of the automated battlefield was described as long ago as 1969
by General W.C. Westmoreland, then Chief of Staff, US Army. The General
based his statements on his experiences of new war technologies in the
Vietnam war. Like most wars in the Third World, the Vietnam war was used
enthusiastically by military scientists to test their new inventions under
operational conditions.”
Pg. 74. “Sensors. A sensor is a device used to detect the presence of matter
or energy and locate it. The sensors on the automated battlefield may be
sensitive among other things to light, sound, magnetic fields, pressure and
infra-red radiation. They can transmit information about enemy forces by
radio over long distances.”
Barnaby, Frank & Huisken, Ronald.(1975).Arms Uncontrolled. SIPRI.
Pg. 60. The Automated Battlefield. …The sensors on the automated
battlefield can be sensitive either to the same physical stimuli as the
human senses, for example light or sound, although usually with greater
sensitivity, or to physical stimuli which is not directly detectable by a
human being, such as infrared radiation, magnetic fields,
electromagnetic waves, and so on.” Editor’s note; For more information, see
World Armaments and Disarmament SIPRI Yearbook 1974. Chap. 11. Here is a
list of some sensors available in 1975. Acoustic seismic, radiofrequency,
magnetic, chemical radar and infrared.
Homing devices(infrared seeking and radar-seeking, laser guided and
television cameras were also available at this time.
The above book also quoted General W.C. Westmoreland…”Currently we have
hundreds of surveillance, target acquisition, night observation and
information processing systems either in being, in development or in
engineering. These range from field computers to advanced airborne sensors
and new night vision devices…
SIPRI goes on to say “…The fully automated battlefield as envisaged by
General Westmoreland…should probably not be anticipated, at least on such
a scale, for some time to come.
“The main concern in the recent public debate has been focused on the
possibility that indiscriminate use of weapons might follow from the
introduction of automated battlefield systems.”
U.S. Senate, Electronic Battlefield Subcommittee of the Preparedness
Investigating Subcommittee of the Committee on Armed Services, Wed. Nov. 18,

1970 Pg. 1-5. Senator Cannon. “…I want to make it very clear at the outset
that the electronic battlefield program is not a clearly definable program
as such. This term is used as the most readily available phrase to describe
the many and varied types of equipment whose mission is to detect and locate
enemy troops. …Essentially, the key area of interest that gave rise to
this inquiry was the development and use of sensor surveillance equipment
which constitutes a new technique and innovation in locating enemy forces in
South Vietnam.
Former Secretary of Defense McNamara made the decision in 1966
to place in operation a military concept known as the McNamara Wall.
Although this concept was never fully implemented, it did lead to the
development and production of many types of sensor devices. These sensor
devices were placed in operation in Vietnam on a very high priority basis.
…I do want to make one thing very clear to all the witnesses who will
appear before this subcommittee. …we do not want nor will we entertain any
testimony that would jeopardize the safety and security of our forces or
operations in Vietnam….we will receive this testimony later in
executive[closed, classified]session. …
General Deane. …
“I personally think it has the possibility of being one of the greatest
steps forward in warfare since gunpowder. … There has been a lot of
misinformation about this program on the floor of the Senate because we
have not been able to release information that has been properly very highly
Statement of Maj. Gen. John R. Deane, JR, USA Director, Defense
Communications Planning Group[DCPG]. ”
…I welcome the opportunity to report to you regarding the activities of
DCPG. I shall briefly cover the history of DCPG; the sensoraided
combat surveillance systems… …DCPG Established. In August of 1966, a
scientific group known as the JASON Committee proposed to the Secretary of
Defense a concept for inhibiting enemy troop and supply infiltration into
South Vietnam by means of an air-supported barrier system, supplemented, of
necessity, by a conventional barrier system. These systems basically called
for the use of electronic sensors to detect enemy personnel and vehicles…
Editor’s note. Please see article under section six for more information on
the Jason group.
SESPA(1972). Science Against The People. The Story of Jason. Pg. 18.
“…Extracurricular Activities. A number of Jason scientists also involve
themselves in the interaction of science with politics through nongovernmental
organizations. Drell, Goldberger, Glaser and Townes are all
leading figures in the Federation of American Scientists (FAS), a 26-year
old group of liberal, establishment scientists which tries to influence
government policies on weapons development through Congressional
lobbying. In a recent mailing, FAS Chairman Goldberger[a Jason member] asks
scientists to “join with us in asking the Administration for a full
accounting of past and present Executive Branch actions” concerning work on
weather-modification in Vietnam and elsewhere. …SESPA would ask FAS
whether they also judge American pioneering in the use of the automated
battlefield to be an intolerable misuse of science, and whether
the many former (and current) Jason and PSAC people in the FAS should be
expected to cooperate in a “full disclosure” of these and other weapons they
have studied for the military.
SESPA (1971, Jul).
Pg. 28 “Electronic Battlefield, Inc. by Chris Robinson …article describing
the Pentagon’s development of the electronic battlefield. Utilizing sensors
Companies involved include RCA, Westinghouse, Hughes, Honeywell, General
Electric, Litton, Motorola, and ITT.”
“”Humint” (human intelligence) seeks to detect people by amplifying their
heartbeats and eyeball reflections.”
Dickson, Paul. (1976). The Electronic Battlefield. Indiana University Press.
Pg. 37. “Anyone collecting bizarre weapons, weapons concept, and associated
equipment will find the Vietnam era to be an especially fertile time for
such things.” Pg. 41. “People sniffers-these pieces of equipment, which are
more properly designated Aircraft Mounted Concealed Personnel Detector, were
built to pick up ammonia in human sweat and urine as well as engine exhaust.
…proved invaluable in detecting the unseen enemy.
Pg. 42. “Ground target radars-….an important class of item in the overall
collection were small ground target radars that were not too different from
the older and larger models that saw service in Korea.”
Pg. 72. “And if the Westmoreland speech served to give the electronic
battlefield formal expression as a new military dream, the three-day,
officially secret National Security Industrial Association (NSIA) symposium
on the same concept showed it was becoming a contractor’s dream as well.
Some 850 industry representatives with secret clearances were seated for the
meeting at the National Bureau of Standards in Gaithersburg, Maryland.
Meanwhile an additional 1,450 were turned away due to the lack of space.”
Pg. 102. “Finally on July 6, 1970, Congressional inattention was interrupted
when Senator William Proxmire said, “Mr. President, I rise today to point
out a classic example of the Pentagon’s ‘foot in the door technique,’ one of
the main reasons why the military budget is out of control. I am informed
that the Pentagon has already spent some $2 billion on a secret weapons
system called the electronic battlefield…” Congressional control-
…information on this program had been kept from Congress and its costs
hidden within the Defense Department budget request.
Pg. 116. “…the program attracting more than the $3.25 billion in
appropriations uncovered by the Subcommittee…Proxmire and the Subcommittee
agreed, however, that the electronic or automated battlefield represented a
whole series of technologies and programs that were combining to form a
totally new American way of war, and that the investigation had only touched
on one part of the whole. In other words it was a classic tip of the iceberg
situation that seem to be begging for deeper examination…
Pg. 118. “While the misplaced millions paved the way for DCPG’s dismantling,
its actual demise was ordered by Congress when it began moving into new
realms. …Deputy Defense Secretary David Packard ordered the group to
expand its activities from Southeast Asia,… to the rest of the world,
especially Europe. Neither Packard’s order nor an April change in the name
of the group to Defense Special Projects Group (DSPG) were reported to
Pg. 122. “Having had great impact on the technology of jungle war in general
and on the Southeast Asian War in particular, DCPG was given one more major
job before going out of business. Under the specific orders of Secretary of
Defense Melvin Laird, DCPG began work on a project with the code name Mystic
Mission at the beginning of 1971. the goal of Mystic Mission was to get the
sensors and related equipment into improved, streamline shape for their
European debut. …$17 million bill for the Mystic Mission preparations…”
Pg. 130. “Formed in 1963, the Crows act as a booster group for electronic
warfare (EW), which is that rich collection of esoteric equipment used to
electronically detect, mislead, and evade enemy weapons efforts. They enjoy
an almost legendary reputation in military circles for what they and their
network of chapters have accomplished in creating a strong and burgeoning
market for EW hardware. Like the Crows, the nascent Cricket Society[formed
in 1974 to promote sensor technology] is open to people from
government and industry and will have chapters dotted across the country.
Pg. 169. “He added that if I was hoping to write about “the automated
battlefield in the large sense of the word” than I would hit a lot of dead
ends marked secret, and that I would be lucky if I got a hint of what was
going on. …the electronic battlefield has already dwarfed most other huge
Federal efforts and should soon be in the price class of the Apollo Program
for space exploration. …This is a “revolution in conventional warfare”
talked about by Pentagon planners that will usher in abilities that existed
only in science fiction magazines a few years ago.
Pg. 174. “There are others, but none is more intriguing than the “death ray”
application first put to use by the likes of Flash Gordon and Buck Rogers in
their scrapes with the forces of evil. Although few effort are so heavily
wrapped in secrecy, enough is known to conclude that “high energy lasers
loom very large in the military scheme of things.
Pg. 206. “The only major, sustained effort to educate the public about the
electronic battlefield has been by NARMIC[National Action Research on the
Military Industrial Complex, a branch of the American Friends Service
Committee based in Philadelphia.] Its major effort at public education in
this matter began in 1972 with the production and distribution of some 1,300
copies of a filmstrip and script entitled “The Automated Air War,” which
concentrated mainly on Igloo White. It was widely shown in the United
States, Canada, and Europe. The NARMIC expose is a welldocumented,
strong condemnation of the electronic battlefield innovations used in
Southeast Asia.”
Pg. 208. “The “Winter Soldier” hearings staged in 1972. …Eric Herter,
grandson of the former Secretary of State Christian Herter which said in
part: We have been participants in the new forms of war that are to replace
the unpopular struggle of infantry and patrol against guerrilla bands.
Replace it with a greater atrocity than a hundred My Lais: the
systematic destruction of thousands of innocent persons, of entire cultures
by an automated electronic and mechanical death machine whose killing will
be one-sided, unseen and universal…”
Pg. 212. “The plans are drawn, the multibillion-dollar down payment has
been made, parts of it have already been tested in real war, and the rest of

the wiring is going in right now.”
Chapter Eight
This chapter is about targeting whole populations with electromagnetic mind
control. Distinguished government officials state unequivocally that is can
be developed and there have been many rumors over the years reported in
major newspapers. The goal of controlling man for political purposes
continues. Scientists at the top of their field such as Dr. Wiener, of MIT
and Dr. W. Ross Adey of NASA & UCLA are cited in articles concerning mind
control. Here are a few of the many examples.
Calder, Nigel. 1965. The World in 1984 Vol 1 & 2. Penguin Books.
Notes on Contributors. “Nigel Calder has been editor of New Scientist since
1962. Educated at Cambridge he worked for two years as a physicist for
Mullard Research Laboratories before joining the staff of new Scientist at
its inception in 1956.”
p. 181. How to Wreck the Environment by Gordon J.F. MacDonald, United
“Professor MacDonald is associate director of the Institute of Geophysics
and Planetary Physics and Planetary Physics at the University of California,
Los Angeles. …He is a member of President Johnson’s Science Advisory
Committee.” “Brain Waves around the World? …The enhanced low-frequency
electrical oscillations in the earth-ionosphere cavity relate to possible
weapons systems through a little-understood aspect of brain physiology.
Electrical activity in the brain is concentrated at certain frequencies,
some of it extremely slow, a little around five cycles per second, and very
conspicuous activity (the so-called alpha rhythm) around ten cycles per
second. Some experiments have been done in the use of a flickering light to
pull the brain’s alpha rhythm into unnatural synchrony with it; the
visual stimulation leads to electrical stimulation. There has also been work
on direct electrical driving of the brain.
In experiments discussed by Norbert Wiener, a sheet of tin is suspended from
the ceiling and connected to a generator working at ten cycles per second.
With large field strengths of one or two volts per centimeter oscillating at
the alpha-rhythm frequency, decidedly unpleasant sensations are noted by
human subjects.” “The Brain Research Institute of the University of
California is investigating the effect of weak oscillating fields on human
The field strengths in these experiments are of the order of a few
hundredths of a volt per centimeter. Subjects show small but measurable
degradation in performance when exposed to oscillating fields for periods of
up to fifteen minutes.” “The field strengths in these experiments are still
much stronger, by a factor of about 1000, than the observed natural
oscillations in the earth-ionosphere cavity. However, as previously noted,
the intensity of the natural fluctuations could be increased
substantially and in principle could be maintained for a long time, as
tropical thunderstorms are always available for manipulation. The proper
geographical location of the source of lightning, coupled with accurately
timed, artificially excited strokes, could lead to a pattern of oscillations

that produced relatively high power levels over certain regions of the earth
and substantially lower levels over other regions.
In this way, one could develop a system that would seriously impair brain
performance in very large populations in selected regions over an extend
“The scheme I have suggested is admittedly far-fetched, but I have used it
to indicate that rather subtle connections between variations in man’s
environmental conditions and its behavior. Perturbation of the environment
can produce changes in behavior patterns. Since our understanding of both
behavioral and environmental manipulation is rudimentary, schemes of
behavioral alteration on the surface seem unrealistic.
No matter how deeply disturbing the thought of using the environment to
manipulate behavior for national advantage is to some, the technology
permitting such use will very probably develop within the next few decades”
“Author’s note: ….I am grateful to J. Homer and W. Ross Adey, of the Brain
Research Institute of the University of California at Los Angeles, for
information on the experimental investigation of the influence of magnetic
fields on human behavior.”
References. “Wiener, N., Rosenblueth, A., 1946:
“The mathematical formulation of the problem of conduction of impulses in a
network of connected excitable elements, specifically in cardiac muscle”,
Arch.Inst. Cardiol. Mex. 16 (3-4) 205-265.p. 21. Dynamical Systems in
Physics and Biology by Professor Norbert Wiener, Department of Mathematics,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. “…
It is becoming abundantly clear that the nucleic acid complexes not only
play a fundamental role in genetic memory, but that they probably play an
analogous role in nervous memory. …Dr. Edmond Dewan of Brandeis University
and the Massachusetts General Hospital has pointed out to me that the
disorganization of the nervous system which is found in schizophrenia and
other mental diseases may not be entirely independent of the type of genetic
disorganization which occurs in cancer.”
“In connexion with nervous memory and the role of the nucleic acid
complexes, I think it is quite possible that the memory properties of such
complexes may be used in machines which need an artificial memory and that,
just as we have the peak of the technique of solid-state physics, so that
the next generation will see the use of nucleic acids as valuable
engineering materials.”
“In any case, I am reasonably confident that the studies of dynamical
systems which I have mentioned are relevant to problems of biological
The apparent role of the nucleic acids in the nervous system is going to
lead to a new neurology in which long-time storage of information will
probably be largely dependent on the nucleic acids or associated compounds.
The nervous system will have to be regarded more and more, not as a static
network, but as a network which is alive and changing its internal
configurations with experience….Still we cannot treat it as if it were a
computing machine network fixed for all time, and we shall have to consider the interplay of what Professor Francis Schmitt of M.I.T. calls ‘dry’ neurophysiology, dealing with the established nervous network, and
‘wet’ physiology, which is going to centre more and more about the nucleic
acids.” “With an ever increasing understanding of memory and its mechanism,
psychology, which has been largely a phenomenological science, is going to
become more and more tied up with neurophysiology. Many other considerations
which have up to the present been situated in a somewhat shameful
background, such as the study of direct communication at a distance between
nervous systems, possibly by some sort of radiative phenomenon, are going to
be subjected to a real trend in scientific examinations which will not be
corrupted by the unscientific assumption that we are dealing with phenomena
with no physical correlates.”
“…The taking of signals in and out of the body higher up in the nervous
system than in our sense organs and muscles, by the amplification and
manipulation of nerve impulses, is well under way in work conducted
jointly by members of the Massachusetts General Hospital and M.I.T. This
bids fair for the development of artificial limbs which can be used in a
thoroughly voluntary way by the employment of existing nerve channels and
with a minimum distortion of the personality.”
Editor’s note. Please see Dr. Robert Beckers books, Crosscurrents and Body
Electric for details on the U.S. GWEN Ground-Wave Emergency Network and his
opinion that it has potential for behavioral and cognitive alterations. See
Dr. Nic Begich and his book Angel Don’t Play This Haarp on the U.S. HAARP
and his belief that it could be used for mind control. Please see CAHRA
website, Timeline 1976 for description of the Russian woodpecker radio
signal broadcast over the United States. See also CAHRA website
International Documents for UN documents describing this technology in 1975
and Russia’s request to ban these weapons. See also CAHRA website, Nonlethal
weapons in which both sides officially deny the existence and development of
psychotronic and radio-frequency weapons in separate 1980 and 1990 news
articles! There are many professionals over the years who warn that there
are behavioral effects from signals generated between Russia and United
states since the 1960s, as far as is known. The U.S. and Russian governments
are concerned about electromagnetic weapons as the documents state clearly.
More research and freedom of information act requests are needed. Below are
the published rumors on this technology.
Anderson, Jack.(1972, May 10).’Brainwash’ Attempt by Russian? Washington
Post. B15.
“Hidden in the Central Intelligence Agency’s most secret files is an account
of a possible Soviet attempt to “brain-wash” our embassy personnel in Moscow
with mysterious microwaves.
The fantastic details are contained in the file marked “Operation
Pandora,” …In the 60,U.S. security men discovered the strange microwave
impulses, some steady, some pulsating, directed into our Moscow embassy
from a neighboring building. ..
At the June 1967 Glassboro meeting between President Lyndon Johnson and
Soviet Premier Aleksei Kosygin, the question of the microwave rays came up.
One informant insists Johnson personally asked Kosygin to end the ray
bombardment, although other sources say the request was made at a lower

level….Footnote: We have spoken with Cesaro, Pollack, Sharp, Zaret and
All acknowledged they worked on “Operation Pandora,” but all refuse to go
into details. As Sharp put it: “Pandora,” was classified in those days and
still is.”
No author.(1976, Mar.22). The Microwave Furor. Time. Pg. 15.
“…Last month the U.S. confirmed that for some 15 years the Soviet Union
has been beaming microwaves at the hulking nine-story U.S. embassy… …why
is Washington being so closemouthed about the affair? “Maybe we’re doing the
same thing back in triple spades,” suggested a former Moscow resident.
Another theory is that Kissinger has soft-pedaled the issue for fear of
further damaging detente. In any case, Time has learned that the State
Department last week decided to launch a full-scale medical
investigation of the thousands of U.S.
Gwertzman, Bernard.(1976,Jul.8). Soviet Dims Beam at U.S. Embassy But
Kissinger Aide Wanted the Microwave Radiation Eliminated Altogether. New
York Times.Pg.1.
“According to Mr. Funseth,[State Department spokesman] the level of
radiation aimed at the embassy was now less than two microwatts per square
centimeter. …
American industrial safety standard, Mr. Funseth said, permit as much as
10,000 microwatts per square centimeter. The Soviet Union’s stricter
industrial standards permit only 10 microwatts. …the continued beams
caused a psychological problem.
UPI.(1978,Mar.28).Mystery Radio Signals May Cause Illness.Chico(Calif.)
Enterprise- Record. Pg. 3C.
“Engineer and state health officials investigating reports of mysterious and
disturbing radio signals rising across Oregon say they could be coming from
anywhere-even outer space. The powerful shortwave radio pulses have been
detected in Portland and Bend…”At the same time this electromagnetic
sources has been detected, people have reported noises in the head,
stuffiness and reddened skin. …the Federal Communications Commission, the
National Bureau of Standards, and the Environmental Protection Agency have
been asked to help…The 4.75-megahertz frequency, far from the usual
microwave-oven frequency, is in the range usually assigned to the federal
government and for international overseas communications, he [Clifford
Schrock, an electronic engineer Pacific Northwest Center for the Study of
Non- Ionizing Radiation] said.”
Chapter Nine
The development of mind control technology has been and is the goal of many
governments and is a reality today. Here is a summary of the main points and
their application to mind control experimentation. With all of the facts
taken together, it can be concluded that the brain was decoded and the
information was applied to intelligence tools and military technology in the
1940s to about 1965. Victims began reporting experimentation in the 1960s.
The level of brain research matches this timetable. The discovery of the
secret of life was linked to DNA in the 1950s and the genetic code was
broken in the 1960s. As a result there is a massive gene mapping federal and
worldwide program to apply the knowledge of DNA. Similarly, the teams and
groups of the world class scientists, engineers, physicists, etc. were
assembled in major universities, think tanks and government labs by the

military to solve military problems in the 1940s, 50s and 60s. Research on
the brain was well-funded and classified as a result of the arms
race with Russia, beginning with the Korean brainwashing scare of the early
1950s. Enough independence sources of information over the last 50 years
corroborate the fact that the Soviet Union was interested in and were
developing weapons with electromagnetic effects on biological organisms. The
CIA’s reaction to the Korean brainwashing scare is an example of what a
fearful and important capability mind control weapons were to the U.S.
government officials. Behavior experiments were conducted covertly for about
20 years. Since the 1930s science has been working on the mysteries of
mental processes and how the brain works as a system. A few famous
researchers included Wilder Penfield and Dr. James Olds both of whom used
implanted electrodes and locate the brain’s different areas such as visual
and auditory locations. Sir Charles Sherrington described the brain
as “an enchanted loom..
.” Sir John Eccles worked at the neuronal level with the electron
microscope in the 1950s, as did the noted W. Grey Walter. Eccles believes
that a quantum physical effect mediates our spiritual souls and our physical
brains. “Our conscious brains, he declares, are woven from subtle physical
ingredients that somehow enable us to take advantage of the profound
organization of our mathematically underpinned universe…”
Wiener and McCulloch were examples of scientists looking for the
mathematical formulas and the quantum basis for brain mechanisms. McCulloch
also worked on the phenomena of vision. Wiener stated that “highly specific
microradiation is a property of brain waves”. He further stated that
“specific types of radiation associated with nucleic acid complexes randomly
scattered within neurons, when applied to encephalography
should bring productive results”.
Brain and electromagnetic phenomena on a quantum level are repeatedly
described by the leading researchers of the day.
Several scientists described the mathematical formulas involved in wave
theory and applying this to vis ual processes(McCulloch) and to
memory(Pribram), for example. This is a necessary step to read brainwaves
remotely. The visual system has been intensely studied by the military and
the process was solved. Both Remond and Wiener spoke about the necessity of
detecting and mathematically analyzing brainwaves in a language of simple
waves. In the 1940s and 50s, Dr. McCulloch knew of Remands
outstanding work as did Dr. Lilly. Dr.Lilly stated that Remonds work could
be used to stimulate the brain without electrodes and that it could be
carried out on a person covertly at that time. In the 1960s Pribram, Lilly,
Adey and the Institute for Defense Analysis attended Brain Research
Institute Conferences with funding in part by the USAF.
Wiener stated that encephalography has been too much in recognizing wave
patterns subjectively. “Too little has been done for determining what
actually happens there…We have not done enough work making atlases of
frequency distributions. …This method is looking for specific numbers”.
Both Remond and Wiener applied wave theory and mathematics which computers
could eventually do. This part of the research, mapping of brain signals
would require a massive project involving many scientists. The National
Institutes of Health funded Remonds work and along with many other facts
demonstrates that he was on the right track.

Mapping the frequencies of the brain was another step closer to mind
The U.S. pioneers in mind control development are Dr. Jose Delgado and Dr.
Ross Adey. There are several but they are representative. Dr. Delgado,
extensively cited in mind control literature for stopping a charging bull
with remote signal to implants in the bulls brain also demonstrated in
animal experiments that electromagnetic signals without implants could
accomplish the same effect. Dr. Adey is widely quoted for describing the
key to actually communicating with the brain remotely. Dr. Adey is a leading
electromagnetic researcher who has spoken before congressional hearings on
related topics, stated the following. “It is now well established that
intrinsic electromagnetic fields play a key role in a broad range of tissue
functions, including …information transmission in the nervous system.
These same processes may be profoundly influenced by electromagnetic fields
induced by an external force.”
This is the fact that the U.S. government has suppressed since the 1940s,
the nonthermal effects of electromagnetic radiation.
Dr. Adey, Pribram, Hameroff and Dr. Moravec, among others, researched the
brain and described electromagnetic wave properties of the brain functions
as a method of direct communication with the brain. Dr. Possony, the
Stanford Hoover Institute Fellow, Stated “Nothing is as yet know or is known
publicly, on how the soliton can be aimed to produce desired effects …will
have a crucial bearing both on the body and on the brain and on defense.”
All of the above are discussing communication with the brain on a quantum
level using sub atomic physics and optical biophysics.
The development of SQUID, MRI and the developing HTSC are all based
on similar principles. This can be related to the Tennenbaum articles on
Soviet electromagnetic weapons. These are the main principles behind mind
control technology.
The key to consciousness is a mathematical definition of the brain
processes on a quantum level.
The many articles on MRI and brain mapping described the interest and
ability to measure and decipher signals of the brain and since classified
research is usually estimated to be about 20 years ahead, it is reasonable
to conclude that a person’s brain can be read remotely.
Penrose and Hameroff described what they felt may be the site of
consciousness, where classical physical activity interacts with
quantum physics. The groups of neurons transmit images, thoughts and
feelings. In the article by Hameroff, Pribram and others, the abstract
stated, (pg. 32) “Laser-like long-range coherent quantum phenomena may occur
biologically within cytoskeletal microtubules. …may provide a basis for
biomolecular cognition and a substrate for consciousness.
This article was published in 1993, agrees with Soviet research and all of
the previously cited sources of information.
This is the Holy Grail of consciousness, the precise point.
The Tennenbaum quotes are worth repeating for their clarity. The point to
remember is that the mind control technology uses highly non-linear effects

of electromagnetic radiation upon living organisms. And this can range from
ELF to hundreds of gigahertz.
The key is that molecules themselves are nothing but electromagnetic
configurations. That is, the molecules act via electromagneitc fields by
exchange of electromagnetic energy with other molecules. Scientists have
identified the precise geometrical characteristics of the electromagnetic
action associated with the given substance, and then just mimic the
molecular action by a carefully tailored signal. This is the basis of the
mind control weapons. In this research, deep secrets having far-reaching
military implications have been discovered and developed.
But it was the Soviets who discovered the key to mind control technology
first. The pioneers were V.I. Vernadsky, who’s research program coined the
military slogan “Who controls the entire electromagnetic spectrum will
dominate the world”. Alexander Gurvich followed Vernadsky in biophysical
research and was the first to systematically demonstrate that absorption of
minute amounts of “tuned” electromagnetic radiation, down to individual
quanta, can decisively influence the course of biological events.”
This is called the “informational role of electromagnetic radiation in
biological systems”. This is the key and was further developed for military
purposes. Litisitsyn, wrote a paper in the 1960s which stated that the
Soviets broke the genetic code of the human mind”.
Much more research on this topic is needed but this is the foundation of
this historic but classified discovery. The fact that Wiener and others have
mentioned similar theories during the last 50 years is further support.
Michael Liebig discussed the soviet design of mind control technology,
include principles of lasers, particle beams, and non-linear electromagnetic
pulse effects. Sub-atomic physics, modern high-energy physics, especially
the use of “force free” status of plasmas, show that sub-atomic phase space
has a distinct, Kepler-Gauss sort of inherent curvature. It involves the
curvature of “force-free,” least-action states in the sub-atomic
domain. Modern optical biophysics or bioelectromagnetics and non-linear
spectroscopy of living processes is combined with lessons of high-energy
physics of force-free plasma states and is the key to these weapons. This
was corroborated by the many article excerpts on solitons, HTSC, SQUID and
MRI. The Soviet Union had the technological base to develop electromagnetic
weapons, while the U.S. does to this day. Tannenbaum also stated that direct
coupling of highspeed computers to solid state radar was needed to optimally
exploit non-linear biological effects. He mentioned HTSC as a major
improvement. A sophisticated EP weapon must project a specific geometry of
electromagnetic field onto a distant object, over a given terrain and in
given surroundings. By choosing the right geometry, the signal can be
focused into any desired area, such as the brain. He discussed one relevant
techniques, phased array radar. The U.S. has advanced computers and the best
radar systems in the world, for example the NSA(National Security Agency)
The answer to how a victim can be targeted and tracked can be explained with
this technique, phased array radar technology. Tannenbaum described the
phased-array antennae and the importance of holography, which would measure
fields rather than one-dimensional electromagnetic signals. The antenna is
capable of locking on to a target and can track objects using computers and
inverse-scattering computations within a fraction of a second. There are

satellites that can use GPS or global position system anywhere in the world
and it too has been classified and developed for years. If a person gives
off an identifiable electromagnetic signal, then an antenna can lock onto
and track the target 24 hours a day anywhere in the world. A simplistic
example would be an airport traffic controller’s radar system to track
numerous planes at once. Antennas today can pick up and track the individual
target’s signals. It is complicated and difficult to summarize but it
definitely can be done.
Mind Control Technology
Correlates with Victim Allegations

By breaking the problem down to manageable size, mind control technology
used in mind control nonconsensual experimentation can be described. SQUID
can read minute magnetic signals from the brain and with mathematic
computations correlate this to processing of light stimuli by the brain, for
example. In the development of MRI in the early 1970s, fourier transforms
and pulse techniques were described as a way to decipher the very minute
brain signals among all the electromagnetic background noise. And in
1980, Dr. Mackay described cross-correlation as one of the most powerful
computational techniques for extracting significant information from brain
signals. And now Tennenbaum and many articles describe the future use of
HTSC for reading minute biological signals in the late 1980s. The theory
behind detecting thought processes is passing the test of time.
MEG was used to pick up the magnetic signals which are oscillating
millisecond fluxes of the brain in real time. If there were electromagnetic
codes and programs for the brains processes that have already been
discovered, (as in the gene mapping project), then the signals would have
meaning. Victims report that their thoughts can be read instantly and
replied to, that pictures and dreams, memories and feelings can be remotely
manipulated and controlled. Every nerve and muscle of the body can now be
controlled. Again, breaking the problem down to manageable amounts is very
helpful in describing the technology available that could account for
victim’s allegations. One previous example was the artificial retina chip, a
copy of the neural organization of the retina and visual processing as the
human brain does.
This and the visual processing of the brain by frequencies mentioned
previously could have been discovered and would account for dreams, pictures
and implanted visualizations reported by victims.The hearing of voices has
been described elsewhere via microwave effects by the military to be used
against terrorists (see CAHRA, Intelligence tools). The manipulation of
memory could be accounted for with Wiener’s theory of the storage via
nucleic acid complexes. Others have made the hypothesis of a molecular code that may be searched out and finally mastered, according to discussions at the American Association for the Advancement of Science(Lessing,1967, DNA
Pg. 56.). Long and short term memory may use different mechanisms and
Pribram’s theory of holography may be a key process. Pribram has suggested
that sensory information is relayed and reconstructed by neuron interaction
and also the sensory cells can interact to form a type of hologram[which is
made up of electromagnetic waves].
This information combined with previously described techniques demonstrate
how in principle, this could be done without a chip or implant. From the
many facts, it can be concluded that the functioning of the brain has
been discovered and applied to military applications. The underlying
principles have been discovered.
Manipulation of feelings could be done via electromagnetic signals. Penfield
described the experiments in the 1930s of stimulating areas of the cortex
while surgically treating epileptic patients and patients would describe
reliving of a previous memory, a flashback, smelling certain smells and
feeling physical sensations. The process for targeting, areas of the brain
for rage, happiness, and many other feelings most likely have been
located. Manipulation of every nerve in the body can be explained via
electromagnetic signals to specific locations of the brain. The process of
sensations and movement may be catalogued in the atlas of signals which
Wiener predicted. And the underlying brain mechanism for processing
sensations have been determined. This does not seem so farfetched now that
very weak signals can be detected and correlated to specific
stimulus. The location of the electromagnetic source is possible with MEGs,
magnetoencephalography, as stated in a previous article,(pg. 40) and
therefore could be targeted by remote means. Recording the signals and then
playing them back has been described as the means for direct communication
with the brain. Any sensation could be created if a specifically tailored
electromagnetic signal were known or mimicked and transmitted.
The military interest in solving very complicated brain processes has
created the funding needed for scientific projects such as this.
The robotic effects or street theatre that many victims describe is worth
mentioning. Behavior of people can now be engineered as if they were
puppets. Delgado’s research with implants which stopped a charging bull and
then with remote electromagnetic signals is one part of this puzzle. The
military has done extensive research on hypnosis (see Operation Mind
Control, Walter Bowart1978).
The electromagnetic signal or command is directed to the subconscious, and
as in hypnosis the target will do whatever the command states. This has been
demonstrated by J.F. Schapitz in government experiments(See The Controller,
Martin Cannon). The brain is a complex system and there are no easy
explanations. This was meant to be the beginning of a solid foundation
of proof of government mind control technology that would overcome the lack
of government documents that are classified under the National Security Act.

The capability to read and communicate remotely with the brain is a
technology that governments would go to great lengths to develop, especially
to surpass an enemy that is developing mind control technology also. Over 25
articles on Russian mind control are available (see also CAHRA UN Report)
and a few of the many examples were presented here. The Soviets have had a
documented history and interest in mind control weapons from the 1940s to
the 1990s. The emerging technologies of quantum physics, brain biology and
electromagnetic technology combined with cold war military funding and
mind control technology was developed because of an arms race to control
man. The history of the Vietnam sensors technology and targeting of
populations firmly established that the military has a bureaucracy for
conducting classified research that would be similar for mind control
technology. It is clear that remote surveillance is very
DARPA and IDA, both active in sensors research, are two organizations to
research further and would be likely conduits for mind control technology.
Here is an absolutely classic summary of the science and government
atmosphere in the early 60s in which mind control would proliferate. Charles
Townes, who won the Nobel prize for invention of the laser in 1964 along
with two Russian researchers, discussed DARPA in his book Making Waves,
1995. “The proposed position for me was Vice President and Director of
Research for the Institute for Defense Analysis. The Institute was a
nonprofit “think-tank with a very important role, run by five or six
prominent universities on the East Coast, Columbia University being one of
them. It managed what was known as the Weapons Systems Evaluation Group. We
had to pick the right people who would be responsible for analyzing how and
whether a weapon worked and its effectiveness. We also advised a new
organization, the Advanced Research Projects Agency, whose aim
was to consider what could be done in space, and to help initiate new ideas
and technologies of importance to national security. We also advised the
State Department on arms control problems. …I met with Allen Dulles, then
head of the CIA… It was a lengthy presentation of all the highly
classified evidence we had. Finally he{Dullles} asked me, “What do you
think?” (Townes, Pg. 199).
Tennenbaum felt that SDI, the Strategic Defense Initiative was a cover for
electromagnetic weapons as the same technology is involved. He stated that
in 1983, the beginning of SDI, Russian biophysics research went underground.
This is when the strategic expert, Dr. Possony published his article on
direct communication with the brain. So much more research is needed.
It is difficult to describe scientific technology while it is classified and
has not officially been used. Several independent sources support claims of
the existence of government mind control and many scientists worldwide have
stated that mind control technology is possible. The bureaucracy is in place
and the victims are alleging serious human rights abuse. This is a serious
issue worthy of further investigation. This is more than enough evidence to
establish the need for an investigation. The burden of proof of obtaining
the classified documents and/or tying the electromagnetic signals used on
victims to the government or corporations involved, is too high and victims
are suffering and dying.

It is cruel to make alleged victims of mind control experimentation
and use, meet this burden of proof in order to get help. The government has
been and is developing a weapon used against the brain and mind. This fact
alone deserves special attention. The claims made by victims may sound
crazy, but not in light of the facts. Knowing past government motive and
behavior, victims deserve a compensating government mechanism for an
investigation into alleged abuses. Please share your thoughts, ideas,
suggestions and conclusions with CAHRA.

23.European Working Group/NON-LETHAL WEAPONS

Several European organisation are currently developing and implementing non-lethal
capabilities. This enables many emerging and non-traditional threats(which may
appear in low intensity, asymmetric conflits,peace support, and anti-terrorism
operations) to be countered with an innovative solution.
Non-lethal weapons are of interest to both the military and law enforcement
agencies as in many cases, the character of the scenarios might be similar. Nonlethal
weapons can be seen as having dual-use appliaction and they provide armed
forces, law enforcement agencies, and policy makers with additional options to
respond in a tailored and graduated manner. Non-lethal Weapons authorised civilian
and military organisations.

2.NATO Non-lethal weapons

Non-lethal Weapons are weapons which are explicitly designed and developed to
incapacitate or repel personnel, with a low probability of fatality or permament
injury, or to disable equipment, with minimal undesired damage or impact on the


Founded in 1998.Present members:
Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Finland, France,Germany, Italy, Netherland,
Portugal, Russia, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom
The working Group is open to all European organizations working in the area of Non-
Lethal Weapons.

4.AIMS of the EWG-non-lethal Weapons

There are two complementary strategies of the Non-lethal Weapons to improve
awareness of NLW:
1. Holistic approach, i.e. by considering all essential aspects(legal, ethical,

sociological, technological, medical…
2. High Tech solutions

5.WHEN Non-lethal Weapons to be used?

When it is deemed safe to do so and it is believed any life maybe saved. The
benefits of using non-lethal technologies must be balanced against the risks to
military or law enforcement peronnel and the general population. It should be
recognized that no technology or device can be quaranteed to be completely
nonlethal and injuries may still occur, even when used with minimal force according
to the rules of proportionality.

6.What types Non-lethal Weapons be used?

Any option considered to be appropriate, acceptable and lawful given the situation.
Develompment of new non-lethal technologies will alow military and law enforcement
personnel to exploit alternative means of countering potentially hazardous threats,
aexpanding their capabilty with new options that offer an acceptable alternative to
lethal force.

Introduction: Nonlethal Weapons U.S.

Electromagnetic technology is a new emerging weapon with significant
importance to international politics. Electromagnetic technology has been
developed internationally as a weapon of war for at least forty years, but
it has been highly classified.(Pasternak,1997). The weapons are designed to
target any and every nerve of the body including the human brain. There are
many independent sources that verify this little-publicized fact. “Research
work in this field [directed energy weapons] has been carried out in almost
all industrialized countries, and especially by the great powers, with a
view to using these phenomena for anti-materiel or anti-personnel purposes.”
(Doswald-Beck,1990,18). …”[U.S.] scientists, aided by government research
on the ‘bioeffects’ of beamed energy, are searching the electromagnetic and
sonic spectrums for wavelengths that can affect human behavior.”
(Pasternak,1997,38). A 1993 Defense News article entitled “U.S. Explores
Russian Mind-Control Technology” described “acoustic psycho-correction, the
capability to control minds and alter behavior of civilians and soldiers…”
It uses “transmission of specific commands via static or white noise bands
into the human subconscious…” The article further stated that U.S. and
Russian sources were planning “…discussions aimed at creating a framework
for bringing the issue under bilateral or multilateral controls”
(Opall,1993,4). These are just a few examples of the dozens of articles
available on this topic.
International Use of Nonlethal Weapons
The public is now beginning to hear the debates on the strategic development
of electromagnetic weapons. While much of the technology is still
classified, the nonlethal weapon debate is reflective of international
concerns about electromagnetic weapons. Many countries plan to use nonlethal
weapons for low intensity conflict, international terrorism and peacekeeping
missions. The many articles on this topic describe the great
interest in and funding of nonlethal weapons and the possibilities for it’s
misuse. For example in Harvard International Review, Ethan Mollick described
a nonlethal weapon catastrophe in the Gulf War, the use of carbon-fiber

bombs which caused widespread civilian deaths as a result of the electrical
and water pump failures. Military proponents have stated that one of the
main goals is to limit deaths.
Proponents claim nonlethal weapons will provide more options in conflict
situations but opponents argue that more military interventions may occur
based on misperceptions about nonlethal weapons.
Mollick effectively argues for an international consensus and exploration of
nonlethal strategies.Mollnick does repeatedly discuss the problem of
unrealistic expectations by the military and the public and stated that this
is a very important issue for the future successful use of nonlethal
weapons. For example, in OOTW or operations other than war, the apolitical
nature of the armed services may be compromised and in a similar way there
are concerns that nonlethal weapons will require new strategies and will
fulfill new roles in war and will substantially change the nature of
fighting. These are important issues that the strategic experts are
beginning to work out.
A 1996 report by the Institute for Foreign Policy Analysis was extremely
thorough and detailed about the role of nonlethal weapons on an
international level. This study pointed out the important factors in
developing the United States policy framework on nonlethal weapons.
Nonlethal weapons were considered an asset to military operations.
This report recommended further development of a clearly worded nonlethal
weapons policy so that the opponent would take the U.S. stance seriously and
know that the U.S. could stand behind it’s stated capability. Nonlethal
weapons were discussed as part of the U.S. arsenal and there were questions
about issues of proliferation and problems of countermeasures.
The consensus was that the U.S. should continue staying one step ahead of
other countries in nonlethal weapons technology and not worry about using
the classified technology. Public discussions on this issue were encouraged
and nonlethal weapons cooperation with NATO members was encouraged.
Multinational cooperation is an area of concern. Discussions concerning
deterrence policy and the role of nonlethal weapons are currently being
discussed. The U.S. seems to be leading the way for international policy
formulations, based on the quantity and quality of the U.S. information on
nonlethal weapons.
The Dangers of Nonlethal Electromagnetic Weapons
In an article commissioned by the European Parliament, concerns about “lesslethal’
weapons were discussed. The European Union is concerned about
nonlethal weapons and protecting civil rights. The article concluded that
further research on such topics as proliferation and control are needed.
“Formal liaison arrangements between the EU and the USA” on nonlethal
weapons was investigated. This further demonstrates the international
importance of nonlethal weapons. Many countries are seriously incorporating
the use of nonlethal weapons into their arsenals. Accordingly, concerns
about maintaining a lead other countries and of the abuse of the new
technologies are being discussed by most countries today.The European
Parliament complained of the dangers of HAARP, a U.S. electromagnetic
defense project and of being uninformed about the dangers after NATO and
U.S. officials had declined invitations to the discussions on HAARP
(Tigner,1998,3). This is a good example of the possible global implications
of electromagnetic weapons and the problems involved with classified weapons
programs such as miscommunication. Several articles point out similar
concerns.The discussions on nonlethal weapons has increased dramatically
since the 1990s. Most articles present a pro and con picture and that the

nonlethal arsenals are increasing in many countries. Nonlethal weapons will
play a significant role in international strategies, according to the cited
articles above. And they have already been deployed in Somalia during the
United Nations peacekeeping missions in 1995.(Schmitt,1995) This is
indicative of nonlethal international strategies on the use of the still
very classified nonlethal weapons that is now in effect.Another example of
the importance of electromagnetic weapons was clearly stated as follows. “In
a much quoted speech made in 1974, Fleet Admiral Groshkov of the USSR,
considered the “father” of modern Soviet navy, stated that “the country that
best exploits the electromagnetic spectrum will win the next war.”
Proliferation and the development of countermeasures have led to an
escalating arms race. To a certain extent, the country with the money can
buy this technology, but the superpowers have the leading edge technology.
It is available on the international market and is proliferating at a very
fast pace. (Dunigan,1996,15). This is another factor that will affect
nonlethal strategic policy development.

24.Bioeffects of Selected Nonlethal Weapons
Department of the Army United States Army Intelligence and Security Command
Regraded unclassified December 13, 2006
This addendum to the Nonlethal Technologies –Worldwide study addresses in
summary, some of the most often asked questions of nonlethal weapons
technology, the physiological responses observed in clinical settings of the
biophysical coupling and susceptibility of personnel to nonlethal effects
weapons. These results identify and validate some aspects of maturing
nonlethal technologies that may likely be encountered or used as nonlethal
effectors in the future including:

??Laser and other light phenomena
??Radiofrequency directed energy
??Aural bioeffects

The study of electromagnetic fields and their influence on biological
systems is increasing rapidly. Much of this work is taking place because of
health concerns. For example, increased concern has arisen regarding the
effects of operator exposure to the electromagnetic fields associated with
short-wave diathermy devices, highpower microwave ovens radar systems,
magnetic resonance imaging units, etc. In addition, much concern has arisen
about extremely low frequency (60 Hz power frequency) electric and magnetic
fields that originate from high-voltage transmission lines, industrial
equipment and residential appliances. Both occupational and residential
long-term exposure have been the focus of epidemiological studies. The
studies have suggested possible adverse effects on human health (e.g.
cancer, reproduction, etc.). Laboratory research is still being pursued to
identify possible mechanisms of interaction. However, other than thermal

heating for microwave frequencies, there is no yet agreed-upon mechanism of
action. . .

??Incapacitating Effect: Microwave Heating
??Biological Target/Normal Functions/Disease State
??Mechanism to Produce the Desired Effects
??Time to Onset
??Duration of Effect
??Distribution of Human Sensitivities to Desired Effects
??Possible Influence on Subjects
??Technological Status of Generator/Aiming Device
??Incapacitating Effect: Disruption of Neural Control
??Biological Target/Normal Functions/Disease State
??Mechanism to Reproduce the Desired Effects . . .
??Recovery / Safety . . .
??Laser-Induced Biological Effects . .

– international research of MINISTRY OF DEFENCE AMERICA
– “Ministry of defence” of each country NATA
– NATO from 1980 participate with DARPA-NAVAL!
– IRIS – /Ministry of defence USA/ satellite tracking peoples
– MATRIX – reading thoughts “brain machine computer system”
– “Pilot study – experiment” – reasons –
“reading thoughts in car, home, on job ”
– DARPA – nano technology
– NAVAL – satellite research laboratory
– MARYLAND… bio computers
– NASA… nano computers
Criminal use of an electronic weapon is a Class D crime.

1.Except as provided in subsection 4, a person is guilty of
criminal use of an electronic weapon if the person intentionally,
knowingly or recklessly uses an electronic weapon upon any other person.
2.As used in this section, “electronic weapon” means a portable device or
weapon from which an electrical current, impulse, wave or beam may be
directed, which current, impulse,wave or beam is designed to have a
disabling effect upon human beings.
Office of Legislative Information
100 State House Station

Augusta, ME 04333
voice: (207) 287-1692
fax: (207) 287-1580
Reasons of “mind control peoples”:
– against terrrorism (finde through satellite with DNA terrorists,
criminal peoples….)
– human behavior (change behavior with V2K and decoding thoughts..
for all country the world and Afganistan – “control peoples”)
– human protection program – millitäry pilots, some agents CIA, FBI…
(no moby – just V2K synthetic thelepathy and 100 % security of
Electromagnetic radiation (often abbreviated E-M radiation or EMR) is a form
of energy exhibiting wave-like behavior as it travels through space. EMR has
both electric and magnetic field components, which oscillate in phase
perpendicular to each other and perpendicular to the direction of energy
Electromagnetic radiation is classified according to the frequency of its
wave. The electromagnetic spectrum, in order of increasing frequency and
decreasing wavelength, consists of radio waves, microwaves, infrared
radiation, visible light, ultraviolet radiation, X-rays and gamma rays. The
eyes of various organisms sense a small and somewhat variable window of
frequencies called the visible spectrum. The photon is the quantum of the
electromagnetic interaction and the basic “unit” of light and all other
forms of electromagnetic radiation and is also the force carrier for the
electromagnetic force.
Electromagnetic radiation carries energy and momentum that may be imparted
to matter with which it interacts.

Electric beam in a vacuum
In a vacuum (e.g. in space), an electric discharge can travel a potentially
unlimited distance at a velocity slightly slower than the speed of light.
This is because there is no significant electric resistance to the flow of
electric current in a vacuum. This would make such devices useful to destroy
the electrical and electronic parts of satellites and spacecraft. However,
in a vacuum the electric current cannot ride a laser beam, and some other
means must be used to keep the electron beam on track and to prevent it from
dispersing: see particle beam.
Particle beam
Though particle beams are perhaps most famously employed as weapon systems
in science fiction, the U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency –
DARPA started work on particle beam weapons as early as 1958, two years
before the first scientific demonstration of lasers. The general idea of
particle-beam weaponry is to hit a target object with a stream of
accelerated particles moving at near the speed of light and therefore
carrying tremendous kinetic energy; the particles transfer their kinetic
energy to the atoms in the molecules of the target upon striking, much as a
cue ball transfers its energy to the racked balls in billiards, thus exciting the target’s atoms and superheating the target object in a short
time, leading to explosion either of the surface layer or the interior of
the target. Currently, the materials for such weapons are “high-risk” and
may not be developed for some time.
The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) is an agency of the
United States Department of Defense responsible for the development of new
technology for use by the military. DARPA has been responsible for funding
the development of many technologies which have had a major effect on the
world, including computer networking, as well as NLS, which was both the
first hypertext system, and an important precursor to the contemporary
ubiquitous graphical user interface.
Deuterium fluoride lasers have found military applications:
– MIRACL laser
– Pulsed Energy Projectile
– Tactical High Energy Lasers
Brain waves showing levels of sleep or relaxation ….


Electromagnetic, Very low Frequency Electromagnetic radiaton – Sleep
attacks, sleepiness
Electromagnetic, Ative Denial System – millimeter waves, supercharged
versions of microwaves, to heat up the skins nerve endings


Electromagnetic, High Power Microwave – HPM Weapons – Energy generated by a
conventional electromagnetic apparatus, such as a radar transmitter, or
released from a conventional explosion converted into a radio-frequency
weapon which causes the disruption of electronic systems. Usually an ultrawide
ban source focus due to target vulnerability considerations. HPMs can
also cause human unconsciousness without permanent maiming by upsetting the
neural pathways in the brain and/or death [256,278].
Electromagnetic, Thermal Gun – A device that directs energy to produce heat,
in concept similar to a microwave oven [565].
Electromagnetic, Radio Frequency – RF Weapons – A class of weapons which
transmit short, high-powered pulses of electromagnetic radiation over
significant ranges [278].
Electromagnetic, Engine Kill4 – The use of high-powered microwaves to kill
the electrical system of an engine.
Electromagnetic, Maser – Microwave Amplification by Stimulated Emission of
Radiation. A microwave generation device.
Electromagnetic, Interference (EMI) – Flight control systems of military
aircraft are sensitive to electromagnetic interference (EMI). It is
suspected that several crashes of Army UH-60 Black Hawk helicopters may have
resulted when they flew too near large microwave transmitters [278].
Defence R&D Canada
Technical Memorandum
DRDC TM 2004-006, December 2004
1.Radio Frequency Weapons and Directed Energy Weapons
(Annex D)
High Power Microwave Weapons (HPMWs) form a sub-set of directed energy weapons
and are used to damage or destroy enemy equipment, facilities (and possibly
personnel), by irradiating them with electromagnetic waves of high
intensity, from a distant or standoff location. Primarily, HPMWs are
intended to cause a function “kill” of the target attacked by disturbing,
upsetting or damaging the target’s electronics by HPM irradiation, and are
thus most useful in disabling rather than destroying “intelligent systems”.
In such applications, lower energies are needed to disable, rather than
destroy equipment (such as missiles,vehicles or communications facilities).
Since microwaves are part of the electromagnetic spectrum, they travel at
the speed of light, a speed that is many orders of magnitude greater than
the fastest shell or missile. This fact makes HPMWs operationally useful
since it provides exceptionally short reaction times in self-defence
situations, for example, against incoming cruise missiles once the latter
have been detected by radar or by other means.
Adding a capability such as electronic beam steering by means of phasedarray
antennas, a HPMW could defend against a concerted attack by many
missiles approaching from a given direction or sector.Numerous selfprotection
and attack scenarios exist in the defence context, and offer a
sense of the possibilities, advantages and limitations of HPMWs in typical

situations, as opposed to predicting the characteristics and capabilities of
future weapon systems. Scenarios of self- protection include: large ships
against incoming cruise missiles; large aircraft against surface- to-air and
anti-aircraft missiles; fighter aircraft against attacking missiles; and
military units against attacks by ‘intelligent” ammunition. In the same way,
attack scenarios include:
suppression of enemy air defence and C3I facilities; disablement of enemy
low-earth orbit satellites and other high-value targets; dispersion of
crowds, rioters and in counter-terrorist situations using non-lethal HPMWs;
and disablement of an enemy’s domestic critical infrastructure,
transportation and communications systems and its civilian defences. While
countries such as the US, France, UK and Russia are the main players in the
field of HPMWs, DRDC is Canada’s only player in this field and the current
level of effort is minimal, because of the anticipated high development
costs. Sharing of HPM technology between minor players, such as Canada, and
the major international players is also minimal. Yet the interest for HPMWs
from CF clients is growing, as the number and diversity of potential
applications (for both self-protection and attack purposes) increases. The
potential R&D opportunities identified by the author are: (1) exchange
information among the CF services (land, maritime, air) and coordinate all
CF requirements with the DRDC R&D programs’ ability to meet those
requirements; (2) develop a coordinated strategic direction and research
areas in which DRDC can play a role; (3) secure DRDC funds and other
resources to upgrade the existing facilities to a position where they can
play a significant role in exploiting HPM technology for CF purposes.
2.Acoustic Weapons (Annex E)
Acoustic weapons are devices that are used to aim mechanical energy at a
target using sound waves and air pressure as carriers. While the use of
sound as a weapon of psychological warfare in historical battles has been
written about since antiquity, verification is impossible.More recently,
sound in the audible range has been used in psychological warfare operations
creating a variety of effects, depending on the frequency/wavelength and
intensity of the sound: hearing interference, performance degradation, pain,
temporary hearing loss and tissue damage. In crowd control operations, sound
“blasters” have been used to deter or repel people, and are commercially
available to police and military forces.
Although generally unverifiable and irreproducible, claims abound about the
incapacitating nature of “infrasound”, the inaudible region below the
audible. “Infrasound” or low frequency acoustic oscillations can
theoretically be used to induce resonant vibrations, matched to the resonant
or natural frequency of the target body’s organs or cavities.
Weaponizing such devices is difficult because infrasound is dispersive,
non-directional, limited in range, and dependent on a large number of
characteristics of the target (mass, size, mechanical properties of internal
organs, age, gender, and degree of fitness). Physically massive and bulky,
“infrasound” weapons (given their current state of technological
development) would likely be uncontrollable and unpredictable, possibly
causing as much disruption to one’s own forces as to the enemies’. Sound
intensity (persistent for about ten seconds), meanwhile, has more
demonstrable physiological effects in humans, from irritation (at the modest
power levels), to sickness/headaches, to loss of bodily functions, and
finally to total incapacitation (at the very highest power levels).
“Ultrasound”, in the frequency range higher than the audible, can be formed
into beams, and at low power is used in a variety of procedures: nondestructive
evaluation of materials and non-invasive medical/dental
investigations and therapies. At high power needed for weaponization,
propagation becomes non-linear, and is highly dependent on atmospheric
conditions, limiting the effective range and the ability to control the
effective power level at the target. Although claims have been made about
the psychological and skin surface physiological effects of “ultrasound”
weapons, it is generally believed, in the scientific community, that such
weapons do not affect the target’s psychological behaviour beyond the
physiological, aural discomfort.
Early R&D indicates that Vortex ring generators may be able to deliver low
frequency periodic shock waves, which combined with high noise levels, could
be used as a crowd control device. Single burst vortex ring are able to
knock targets off balance at short ranges, without doing any long-term harm.
Vortex rings could also transport irritants (gas or particulates) to enhance
crowd control.The opportunities for weaponization of acoustic devices (for
defence applications) seem limited at present, and despite some claims in
the literature the technology does not seem to have passed the level of
annoying/repelling people through the use of use of mere sound intensity.
Many countries have reduced the amount of their R&D effort in this
3.Laser interaction with the human body
The organ most vulnerable to laser radiation is the eye. Depending on the
wavelength of operation of the laser (Fig. 3), the character and degree of
damage can vary substantially. If it is in-band (Fig. 4), adverse laser
effects are generally believed to be limited to the retina. Thus in the
visible and near infrared (400 to 1400 nm), the magnification of the eye
lens comes into play and the laser beam is focused onto a very small spot on
the retina. The magnification effect can reach 100,000 times, so a few
µJ/cm2 are sufficient to damage the retina. The effect upon the retina of
in-band lasers may vary between a temporary reaction without residual
pathological change and permanent blindness. As the retinal irradiance is
increased, they may cause lesions whose progress in severity up to vitreal
haemorrhages of the retina with leakage of blood into the inner eyeball
where the damage is permanent.
A laser operating out of band to the eye requires a higher level of density
to cause irreversible damage. For instance, near-ultraviolet radiation will
penetrate only as far as the lens, whereas IR radiation (10.6 µm for
example) will be absorbed in the cornea. In this case, the damage threshold
is more than 2000 times higher than that for the in-band laser. However,
cornea burns are extremely painful and would result in immediate
incapacitation of the person involved.
The organ most vulnerable to laser radiation is the eye. Depending on the
wavelength of operation of the laser (Fig. 3), the character and degree of

damage can vary substantially. If it is in-band (Fig. 4), adverse laser
effects are generally believed to be limited to the retina. Thus in the
visible and near infrared (400 to 1400 nm), the magnification of the eye
lens comes into play and the laser beam is focused onto a very small spot on
the retina. The magnification effect can reach 100,000 times, so a few
µJ/cm2 are sufficient to damage the retina. The effect upon the retina of
in-band lasers may vary between a temporary reaction without residual
pathological change and permanent blindness. As the retinal irradiance is
increased, they may cause lesions whose progress in severity up to vitreal
haemorrhages of the retina with leakage of blood into the inner eyeball
where the damage is permanent.
A laser operating out of band to the eye requires a higher level of density
to cause irreversible damage. For instance, near-ultraviolet radiation will
penetrate only as far as the lens, whereas IR radiation (10.6 µm for
example) will be absorbed in the cornea. In this case, the damage threshold
is more than 2000 times higher than that for the in-band laser. However,
cornea burns are extremely painful and would result in immediate
incapacitation of the person involved.
Description of the Technology
RF (radio frequency) weapons consist of non-nuclear electromagnetic pulse
(NNEMP) and high-power microwave (HPM) weapons, whose energy is
characterized by the long wavelength (low frequency) portion (radio waves
and microwaves) of the electromagnetic spectrum. A directed energy weapon
(DEW) constitutes a system using directed energy primarily as a direct means
to damage or destroy enemy equipment, facilities, and personnel.
High Power Microwave Weapons
High Power Microwave Weapons (HPMWs) are directed energy weapons, which are
designed to attack a target by irradiating it with electromagnetic waves of
high intensity over a certain distance. As indicated by their name, HPMWs
use the microwave section of the electromagnetic spectrum, which we define
to cover the frequency span from 300 MHz to 300 GHz, corresponding to
wavelengths from 1 m to 1 mm. The label “high power” means that the
microwave source in question is able to generate a peak power of more than
100 MW or an average power of more than 50 kW (where average power means the
power averaged over one second).
The intended effect of an HPMW is to cause a function kill of the target
attacked by disturbing, upsetting or damaging the target’s electronics by
HPM irradiation. This corresponds to the idea that HPMWs are primarily useful against “intelligent systems” and do not waste energy on mechanical destruction. International
The U.S., France, U. K. and Russia are the main players in this technology.
Russia advertises sources that can be bought off the shelf. From the U.S.
also, it is easy to buy sources with peak power ranging into 100’s of
Megawatts. The information on whether any of these nations are deploying
these sources as weapons for any of the scenarios mentioned above is
classified and is not shared. One exception is the Non-Lethal HPMW against
hostile crowds. This is advertised in the U.S. and is available off the
shelf. In the U.S. the main player is the Phillips Air Force Laboratories
at Albuquerque, NM.
NATO – Tactical Implications of High Power Microwaves
This is classified study.
Originator’s Reference RTO-TM-028 AC/323(SCI-019)TP/52
ISBN Reference N/A
Originator NATO Research and Technology Organisation
Where to find this
List of National Distribution Centres
Presented at /
Sponsored by
the RTO Systems Concepts and Integration Panel (SCI).
Published February 2003
Author(s) / Editor(s) A.T.M. Wilbers, E. Krogager (Chairman SCI-019)
Pages viii + 116 (excludes supporting material where applicable)
This document is distributed in accordance with NATO
Security Regulations and RTO policies.
Keywords / Descriptors Antenna couplers ; Chips (electronics) ; Computer systems
hardware ; Coupling circuits ; Damage assessment ; Directed
energy weapons ; Electromagnetic radiation ; Electromagnetic
susceptability ; Electromagnetic susceptibility ;
Electromagnetic weapons ; Evaluation ; Hardening (systems) ;
HPM (High Power Microwaves) ; Integrated circuits ;

Investigations ; Microprocessors ; Microwave equipment ;
Microwave transmission ; Microwaves ; Sensitivity ; Threat
evaluation ; Vulnerability ; Weapon systems ; Weapons
Abstract Basic characteristics of HPM weapons are described, and key
components are considered in some detail. Various system
aspects and requirements for HPM weapons are discussed,
especially as regards the required power level for inducing
the intended effects. Operational aspects and possible
future roles of HPM weapons are given some consideration.
Following the chapters related to HPM weapons, a more indepth
study of the actual effects of HPM on electronic
components and equipment is presented. A rather extensive
collection of experimental results from national programs is
included. Significant differences have been found between
the susceptibility of different types of computers, e.g.,
newer versus older. Protective measures have to some extent
been studied by carrying out experiments on computers that
have been modified, e.g., by mounting microwave absorbers at
several places inside the computer. Specific measurements of
the field at various locations inside computers illuminated
by microwave fields are included. Likewise, some examples of
the use of computer modeling are shown. Finally, the report
contains results from experiments using prototypes of smallscale
HPM devices. As a conclusion, current and generally
available technology makes HPM a real threat to equipment
and installations based on electronic circuits.
(HPM) Microwave weapon Radar array – space
Brain–computer interface

A brain–computer interface (BCI), sometimes called a direct neural interface
or a brain–machine interface (BMI), is a direct communication pathway
between the brain and an external device. BCIs are often aimed at assisting,
augmenting or repairing human cognitive or sensory-motor functions.
Research on BCIs began in the 1970s at the University of California Los
Angeles (UCLA) under a grant from the National Science Foundation, followed
by a contract from DARPA.The papers published after this research also mark
the first appearance of the expression brain–computer interface in
scientific literature.
Naval Medical Research Center
Walter Reed Army Medical Center
U. S. Army Medical Research and Materiel Command
John J. McMurtrey,a Copyright 2002, 8/25/03
In view of the documentation for microwave technology to induce internal
voice in humans, the correlation between microwave bioeffects and
schizophrenia is reviewed. These correlations are extensive and include
cognitive deficit, electrophysiologic activity, startle decrease,
neurotransmitter changes, hormone alterations, immune alterations,
mitochondria deficits, deleterious histologic change in disease reduced
brain areas, activation of hallucination involved brain areas, and ocular
disease. Schizophrenia correlates with microwave bioeffests such that
congruence indicates microwave involvement with this disorder. The
development of methods to exclude microwave means in psychosis is
imperative, and research is proposed.

Table I

Microwave Bioeffect
Cognitive Function
Memory Deficit Deficits in Memory
and Working Memory
Child Short Term Memory
Deficit, Rat Conditioned
Avoidance and Spatial
Memory Deficits
Time Estimation Overestimation of
Short Intervals
Rat Shortened Inter-
Response Times and
Increased Responses in
Time Estimation Tasks
Temporal Order Temporal Order
Memory Deficits
Human Decrease in
Temporal Order
Discrimination, Rat
Response Sequencing

Startle Response Decreased in Some
Decreased in Animals
Coordination/Balance Decreased
Coordination and
Decreased Child
Coordination, Rat
Decrease in Coordination
and/or Balance
Contingent Negative
Decreased in
Decreased on Human Cell
Phone Exposure
Event Related
Auditory Response
Decreased in
Decreased in Animals,
Component Decrease in
Human Cell Phone
EEG Delta Waves Increased in
Increased in Humans and
EEG Beta Waves Increased in
Increased in Humans and
Microwave Bioeffect
Phosphorylation Decreased on
Magnetic Resonance
Decreased P32 Lipid
Peroxidation Increase in Patients Increased in vitro and in Rats
Blood-Brain Barrier Suggested Impaired
in Patients
Reported Decreased in Numerous
Anatomy & Histology
Hippocampus Hippocampal-amagdala
Complex Volume
in Most Studies
Degenerative Hippocampus
Histology Reported

Thalamus Volume Reduction
Observed in Many
Degenerative Histology
Cerebellum Changes Observed in
Many Studies
Degenerative Histology
Cortex Volume Reductions
Observed in Frontal
and Parietal Cortex
by Many Studies
Several Reports of
Degenerative Unspecified
Cortex Histology
Activates Temporal
Lobe, and Thalamus
with Collicular
Activation Found in
Some Studies
Animal Activation of Temporal
Lobe, Thalamus, and Inferior
Colliculus on Hearing Effect
Pulsed Microwaves
Ocular Disease
Cataract Subcapsular Cataract
Reported Without
Association to
Known Cause of Subcapsular
Retinopathy Associated with Widely
Prescribed Anti-
Associated with Occupational
Exposure and Experimentally
Hallucination Most
Common Symptom
Voice Transmission Affirmed
Inner Voice,Target Tracking and Behavioral Influence Technologies
Inner voice transmission development by ultrasound and microwave
technique is reviewed as well as target tracking literature. References
recognizing behavioral influence technologies are surveyed along with
reported instances of the use of microwave and ultrasound energy forms on
people. Many aspects of the considered literature directly contradict
professional presumptions, particularly within the psychological and
psychiatric communities.
People discerning remote manipulation corresponding to technology capable of
such influence have formed protest organizations across the world.Educated
society is uninformed regarding authentic documentation of the development
and existence of these technologies, and is without appreciation of the
hazard. Complaint of ‘hearing voices’ and perception of other remote
manipulation must receive appropriate scientific and legal investigation
with protection. Professional awareness is virtually absent with eminent
texts and opinion being presumptive, without appraisal of the evidence.

Herein is substantiated:
1. The development of remote wireless ultrasound and microwave
internal voice transmission.
2. Human tracking technologies.
3. References recognizing behavioral influence capabilities and the use of
such technologies against humans.
There are early references to “radiofrequency hallucination” and of reaction
to radio wave energy by Italian authors that may have observed radio
frequency hearing phenomena, but the observations were poorly characterized,
at least in available English publications. However sound perception was
known through radar technicians in World War II and the late 1940’s who had
microwave hearing effect anecdotes. Though most literature on the hearing
effect refers to microwave hearing, the phenomenon extends below microwave
frequencies, and radio frequency hearing is also an appropriate term. Allan
H. Frey was the first to substantially characterize the microwave hearing
effect in a series of articles beginning in 1961Subjects can hear
appropriately pulsed microwaves at least up to thousands of feet from the
transmitter. Transmitter parameters above those producing the effect result
in a severe buffeting of the head, while parameters below the effect induce
a pins and needles sensation.
Peak power is the major determinant of loudness, though there is some
dependence on pulse width. Pulse modulation appears to influence pitch and
timbre. Microwave hearing is described as perceived within or near the head
The hearing effect can be produced from radio frequency components of
magnetic resonance scanners. Direct microwave hearing experience by many
microwave workers, and the phenomenon’s well replicated animal definition
makes this the most accepted of low power microwave effects.Review of human
and animal microwave hearing confirmation by independent investigators
establishes validity. Designs for scaring birds away from aircraft or other
hazards by microwave hearing and induction of vertigo exist. While working
for the Advanced Research Projects Agency at Walter Reed Army Institute of
Research, Sharp and Grove discovered “receiverless” and “wireless” voice
transmission.73 Their method was simple: the negative deflections of
voiceprints from recorded spoken numbers were caused to trigger microwave
pulses. Upon illumination by such verbally modulated energy, the words were
understood remotely. The discovery’s applications are “obviously not limited
to therapeutic medicine” according to James C. Lin in Microwave Auditory
Effects and Applications.
A Defense Intelligence Agency Communist literature review affirms
microwave sound and indicates voice transmission. The report states: “Sounds
and possibly even words which appear to be originating intracranially (within the head) can be induced by signal modulation at very low average power densities.” Among weapon implications are “great potential for
development into a system for disorientating or disrupting the behavior
patterns of military or diplomatic personnel.” An Army Mobility Equipment
Research and Development Command report affirms microwave speech
transmission with applications of “camouflage, decoy, and deception
operations.” “One decoy and deception concept presently being considered is
to remotely create noise in the heads of personnel by exposing them to low
power, pulsed microwaves . . . By proper choice of pulse characteristics,
intelligible speech may be created” quotes the report.
The Brunkan Patent # 4877027 “Hearing system” is a device for verbal
microwave hearing.
The invention converts speech with remote introduction into the head by
parabolic antenna. The microwave spectrum granted by the patent is from 100
to 10,000 MHz (0.1-10 GHz) with pulse width from 10 nanoseconds to 1
microsecond, and bursts of such pulses lasting from 500 nanoseconds to 100
microseconds. Preferred operation is at 1000 MHz, which is the frequency of
optimal tissue penetration.78 Bursts of narrowly grouped, evenly spaced
pulses determine sound intensity by their amount per unit time. A similar
German patent for remote antenna microwave voice transmission is also based
on microwave bursts.A microwave voice transmission patent with a non- remote
transducer that is based on microwave bursts is “designed in such a way that
the burst frequencies are at least virtually equal to the sound frequencies
of the sounds picked up by the microphone.”
The maintenance of isolated hearing effects on people requires obstacle
penetration and target tracking. Internal voice capable energy forms
penetrate obstruction and can be localized. Sound transmission through
enclosures is a common experience. Human tracking ability is not nearly as
apparent for ultrasound as for microwave radar, but ultrasound is being
developed to discern movement through walls.Though ultrasound is unnoticed
even at high intensity and can pass through walls, a significant portion of
the encoded sound from ultrasound speakers reflects audibly upon striking
hard flat surfaces. Common technology utilizes the radio frequency hearing
spectrum, which encompasses cell phone, TV, and radar frequencies.A variety
of antennae localize the structurally penetrating radiation with collimation
or focusing. The Luneburg lens emits parallel rays and has over 50 years
utilization.Masers are another method of collimation.
Military radar systems listing human tracking capability include:
Advanced Radar Surveillance System (ARSS-1) by Telephonics;Beagle Portable
Ground Surveillance Radar by Pro Patria; AN/PPS-5D Man-Portable Battlefield
Surveillance Radar by Syracuse Research Corp.;12 4 Squire LPI Ground
Surveillance Radar by MSSC Corp.;and Manportable Surveillance and Target
Acquisition Radar (MSTAR) by Systems & Electronics, Inc.,126 which have
ranges from 7-12 km for personnel tracking. Some of these internet
examinable references extend their capability from that listed in the 2000-
2001 Jane’s Radar and Electronic Warfare Systems (NAVAL Space Command),

which lists 13 target acquisition or tracking systems specifying such
capability on personnel, purchased by militaries of some 27 ountries.Besides
Russian manufacture there are also East European producers of such systems.
The most widely deployed system is the Rasit ground surveillance
radar by Thomson CSF AIRSYS, which lists 20 km as 90% probability of
detection for humans.Earlier systems have been in use since the Vietnam
War.Basic operation of these systems involves a track initiation processor
acquiring a target, while a data association filter maintains a tracking
lock on the target.The above designs feature infantry portability or mobile
forward deployment, and cannot be regarded as the limit of capability, since
larger radars have a range of 100 miles, though lacking human tracking
A quarter of a century ago, Jane’s Weapon Systems listed some 32
weapons fire control designs whereby aiming was entirely determined by radar
tracking data with at least 10 systems primarily designed for control of one
weapon system.13 2 Eight weapons guidance systems utilized microwave target
illumination by a dedicated surface beam (called semi-active homing).
Sensors for more recent active guidance systems also illuminate targets for
both laser133 microwave radar units that are compact enough to be onboard
the missile, and so inexpensive as to be disposable with the weapon.
DEW – Directed Energy Weapons
HPM – High Power Microwave
HEL – High energy laser AHEL – Satellite TRW

MALABAR –test objekt

RT16 Radio Telescope Latvia »HAARP« Alaska
»OTH« Radar system – USA,Russia,France, Australia RADAR ARRAY transmitter

Signals Intelligence
COMINT Canyon Vortex Mercury Intruder
GEO-CIA Rhyolite Magnum
ELINT Aquacade Orion Mentor
ELINT Jupmseat Trumpet Prowler
ELINT Ferret Sub-Sat SB-WASS



Optical research laboratory space High energy microwave laboratory
Laboratory of eloectromagnetic energy/RF efects Laboratory studies of electrivity
Laboratory plasma research Laboratory high energy research
“Sandia nationales laboratories” laser of electromagnetic energy

National laboratory “Oak Ridge” cyber super computers “JAGUAR”
National Laboratorys “Los Alamos” research lasers, magnetism…
National Laboratory’s “Blue Gene/P ” Direct energy research
Sandia National Laboratory’s “Red Sky” research futuristic power research
National Laboratory’s “Dawn”most power computers

Garnet, Diamont, Da Vinci, Einstein, Mana

Super-computing Centers

??US Air Force Research Lab, Wright Patterson AFB, OH;
??Arctic Region Supercomputing Center in Fairbanks, AK;
??US Army Research Lab, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD;
??US Army Engineer Research and Development Center in Vicksburg, MS;
??Navy DoD Supercomputing Resource Center, Stennis Space Center, MS; and
??Maui High Performance Computer Center in Kihei, Maui, HI.

» Big Iron« super computers Linux Networx ATC
Super-computers “Roadrunner” for research nuclear weapons
The National Security Agency – NSA

Scientists Successfully implant chip that controls
the Brain allowing thoughts, memory and behavior to
be transferred from one brain to another
15 septembre 2011
Scientists working at the University of Southern California, home of
the Department of Homeland Security’s National Center for Risk and
Economic Analysis of Terrorism Events, have created an artificial
memory system that allows thoughts, memories and learned behavior to
be transferred from one brain to another.
In a scene right out of a George Orwell novel, a team of scientists
working in the fields of “neural engineering” and “Biomimetic
MicroElectronic Systems” have successfully created a chip that
controls the brain and can be used as a storage device for long-term
memories. In studies the scientists have been able to record,
download and transfer memories into other hosts with the same chip
implanted. The advancement in technology brings the world one step
closer to a global police state and the reality of absolute mind
More terrifying is the potential for implementation of what was only
a science fiction fantasy – the “Thought Police” – where the
government reads people’s memories and thoughts and then rehabilitate
them through torture before they ever even commit a crime based on a
statistical computer analysis showing people with certain types of
thoughts are likely to commit a certain type of crime in the future.
We already pre-emptively invade nations and torture alleged terrorist
suspects with absolutely no due process of law, so the idea of preemptively
torturing a terrorist suspect before hand to prevent them
from committing an act of terrorism in the future really isn’t that
far fetched of an idea.Perhaps a less sensational example, than those
I just depicted out of own of Orwell’s famous dystopian novels would
be using the technology as it is depicted the modern day Matrix
movies, in which computer programs are uploaded into people’s brains
allowing them to instantly learn how to perform a wide variety of


11.05.2007 RIA Novosti Moscow/Yuri Zaitsev
RT16 – Radio Telescope Latvia Microwave digital transmitters
A group of Russian scientists from Tomsk, Yekaterinburg, Nizhny Novgorod and
Moscow have developed a series of unique compact generators capable of
producing high-energy pulses of hundreds and even thousands of megawatts.
This compares with the capacity of major Soviet hydropower station on the
Dnieper or an energy unit at a modern nuclear power plant. The new
generators are sources of electromagnetic radiaton rather than electrivity.
Their main feature is a capacity to produce enormous power in a matter of
nanoseconds. The impulses can be generated with a very high frequency.
VICE President of the Russian Academy of Sciences (RAS)Gennady Mesyats
recalled that the first high-current electron accelerators were developed in
the U.S.S.R. in the 1960s. In 1970s, Soviet scientists learnt to generate
powerful microwave nanosecond pulses.
The current generators have no counterparts in the world. In effect, Russian
scientists have made a breakthrough in what is called relativist highprecision
electronics. The pulse is primarily of interest for fundamental
research. Reporting these results to the RAS PRESIDIUM at the beginning of
this year, scientists emphasized that sources with super radiation effects
can be broadly used in long-range high-resolution impulse based
radiolocation and in studies of non-thermal impact of powerful
electromagnetic fields on radio electronic components and different
biological species.

Super-powerful pulse generators can test the reliability of radio electronic
devicesand the immunity of energy facilities to different impacts. They can
imitate the interference caused by a lightning and even by a nuclear blast.
Their tiny size and unique physical properties make their sphere of
apllication extremely wide. The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) is a product of
a nuclear explosion. It puts out of action even those electronic control
systems that have withstood the shockwave and reduces expensive smart
weapons to scrap metal. There are different ways of generating
electromagnetic pulses – for example, it can be produced by explosioninduced
pressure on a magnetic field.
Physicist Andrei Sakharov was the first to propose using this principle in a
bomb in the 1950s. Today, records in the size of an induced magnetic field,
maximum current and properties of such »radiators« belong to Russian
scientists. They surpass foreign counterparts by 10 times. Depending on what
facilities the EMP is directed at, the damage radius can be from several
hundred meters to kilometers.Without creating a shock wave and inflicting
visible damage, it destroys all enemy electronic equipment,. Moreover,
unlike electronic countermeasures, electromagnetic weapons are capable of
damaging radio electronic components event if they are switched off.
At present, the infrastructure and troops of many countries are stufed with
electronic equipment. It will be the min target for electromagnetic weapons.
The destructive effect is produced by the high accelaration of the magnetic
and electrical components of the EMP. They induce voltage cnages randing
from 100 volts to 10.000 volts in circuit networks and terminals of radio
electronic equipment. The ensuing massive sparking of cable jackets, their
contact to frame and the ground, and breakdowns in connectors put the
equipment olut of action and lead to fires and explosions. To understand
this effect better, it is enough to imagine what will happen to your TV-set
if there is a power surge – it will simply melt.The Americans were the first
to use such weapons in combat, for instance in Yugoslavia. Some analysts
believe that Electromagnetic bombs would have given the U.S. a vital
advantage in the early stages of the war in Iraq. They could have disabled
not only Baghdad control and communications systems, but also electronic
components of missiles, even those located in deep bunkers. But the U.S.
Command chose not to use Electromagnetic bombs for fear that they might
disrupt its own radio electronic equipmentin the area.
Today, many countries have electromagnetis weapons. Military experts predict
a victory in future wars to those who will be ahead in ELECTROMAGNETIC
RADIATON. In many cases, not only the military-industrial complexes but also
different civilian organizations, research Intstitutes and Univerities
conduct studies in this field, threby increasing the threat of radio
electronic terrorism.
For example, a broadband high-energy and compact wave source is sold without
any restrictions. In several frations of a second, it can burn dow all
eletronic equipment at an eletric power station, substation or control
tower.A short intentisve pulse can intstatly paralyze data bases, financial
centers and industrial equipment.


Electronic Mind Control is about forcing thoughts into
your brain.Electronic weapons can make you cough, fart,
burp, scratch your head, make you urinate, make you very
sick, give you instant headache, cause heart problems,
your death, etc. Both are used today by your national
secret services on innocent people.
If you are a target of gang stalking and/or electronic harrasment/torture
then please read this article. Also pass it to your partner, family,
friends, because probably they will get attacked in one way or the other as
well.Last months I have been thinking a lot about electronic mind control.
Wrote something on my site about this some time ago, my limited experience
with voices in the head, induced dreams and children reacting too often
within a minute to my (sub-vocal) thoughts, and the feeling of a thought
planted in my brain.
More recent (after about a year) I once again had this experience, the
thought was returning until I responded to it and after that. The first time
it was about a person, now it was a song, the idea is you start to sing it
yourself. I believe this was not my normal thought pattern. Also on a few
occasions I experienced an unnatural urge to do certain things. I notice
these things because for 4-5 years now I think about what I am thinking and
why I am thinking and why I am acting the way I act. The best I can say is
that there have been thoughts that did not fit my usual thinking pattern:
i.e. they are returning too often in a short time. But like I mentioned
earlier, I can recall only 2-3 such occasions over a period of 2-3 years.
Maybe I am attacked more often and I do not know? In this case I would just
be responding to what comes into my mind, so there is no repeating pattern.
I believe this is not possible, because I am very aware of what can be done,
and always try to randomize/mix up my actions.
The last months I noticed more attempts to control me, to make me think of
certain things, including a forced dream. Also at one time I got up and
walked to the kitchen but when I got there I realized there was no reason to
go there. I believe I was controlled to go there because a car was arriving
for a neighbor house and I had to get out-of-the-way (they sometimes also do
this by the urinate beam or defecate beam making me leave for the toilet).
These attempts to control me are usually a few days in a row followed by
periods of weeks without any try. My guess is they want me not to be
cautious, alert, and then try again. All this has nothing to do with hearing
voices. These are thoughts forced into your brain.
So at the moment I believe it is possible to make people do certain things
with electronic mind control but with many limitations. Can the attackers
make a family member think of you? Yes, they can. Can they make a friend
call you at a moment they want? In general I do not believe this is
possible, but some people may be more receptable and may just react. But a
repeated pattern (repeated for the target) for a certain person is not
possible. In that case they are just co-operating wth the attackers. Can
they make a friend think you are a strange person?

Yes, I believe they can but also for a limited time. After some time your
friend will start thinking about his/her thoughts and discard them as being
weird.So my summary at the moment is that people can be electronically mind
controlled but only for a limited time with the same (kind of) thought. Can
they mind control a group of people this way, e.g. a residential area? I do
not think so because the returning pattern would alert a lot of people. Of
course they can control a group of people at the moment simply by
microwaving an area with e.g. a vomit beam (google: vomit beam) and
everybody will feel sick.
Electronic weapons used on people surrounding a target
When you are targeted by gang stalking and/or electronic harassment/torture
be aware that your attackers will do everything, I repeat everything, to
eliminate you. They will use the whole world if necessary, including
children, because they do not care, they are psychopaths, murderers,
pedophiles. When you are a target you must be prepared for everything.
You may think that now you know about these methods and technology you are
prepared for the worst. But you are not! Your attackers will use these
methods and technology also on people surrounding you, WITHOUT them knowing
this. For example when you are with your friend in the same room, they may
zap your friend with a scratch beam everytime you turn a page of the
magazine you are reading. Or they may zap your friend with a cough beam
every time you open a webpage on your computer. Or make you burp or fart and
then do the same thing to people close to you. What they also love to do is
to put a beam on your head giving you a lot of pain and when you go outside
everywhere people are scratching their heads. A number of the people
surrounding you is just co-operating with these bastards but there are also
others who are involved but not knowing this.
There are many reports, including my own, about being beamed from the sky by
military aircraft. Note that these beams are not stopped by roofs, walls, or
metal so you can be attacked in your in your car as well. When you are
driving in your car they may attack people in the car in front of you or
behind you with the scratch beam. But again these people may also be cooperating
with the attackers.
Electronic mind control used on people surrounding a target
Mind control is just another area of harrasment, torture. When you are a
target you must be very aware that they will try to manipulate you in all
kinds of ways. There is no easy answer to this but creating extra awareness
about what and why you think and do things certainly helps. You may randomly
delay your reactions to your thoughts or not react at all, do other things..
Like the attackers attack people surrounding a target with their electronic
weapons to make their body react, they may also attack them with electronic
mind control devices, to make them react to what you are doing. For example
when you start to type an email to friend X, your child playing in the same
room may say after a minute something like ‘daddy, is X coming this
afternoon?’. Or when you have mailed an old friend this morning you haven’t
seen or spoken in a year, your par tner asks you in the afternoon if you
have mailed with this friend recently.
These are examples from my life. I am still researching this subject more,
but I wanted to warn all people, not just targets, of these facts. The
perfect tools to destroy relationships, friendships, …

Electronic weapons and electronic mind control are not only used on a
target. They are also the perfect tools to destroy relationships,
friendships, business relations, etc. of the target.
By attacking the target, other people may observe strange behaviour. For
example, when a neighbor leaves his house/walks by the target may start
scratching his head, or is beamed with the urge-to-urinate beam. The net
effect being that neighbors see a person always scratching his head when
they leave their house/walk by, or see a person always leave the room (for
the toilet) when they leave their house. (Another thing they may do is make
the phone ring when a neighbor leaves his house/walks, to make the target
move through the house visible for the neighbor.)
By attacking a partner or friend and making them react WITHOUT knowing that
they are being used, the target may think they are part of plot against
him/her. If the target does not know about this, this will certainly end
friendships. If the target knows this can be done then the problem for the
target is of course to analyze these situations correctly as the possibility
exists that a person reacting is part of the plot against him (although the
person himself/herself probably does not know the extend of the harassment).
How far will the attackers go?
You finally may think you now know it all but this is not true! The
attackers are psychopaths, murderers, and as such do not care about
anything, do not care about other people including children. They may use
totally random people who have never heard of the target without them
knowing it to get their job done. Example: the attackers know the target
will be talking to a friend or other person. They also know this other
person has daily contact with someone at work, person X. The attackers now
attack both the target AND this random person X with the same electronic
weapons attack, e.g. cook/burn the eyes, causing severe eye pain, or
cook/burn stomach, causing severe stomach pain, or cause other very serious
trauma. The target knows what is being done and is tortured. Person X is not
knowing/understanding what is being done and is in fact tortured WITHOUT
he/she knowing this, and probably will visit a physician, or be late at
work. Now when the target talks to his friend or other person, he most
probably will be told about what happened to person X, a horrible experience
for the target. So here we have a chain of crimes, random people used and
attacked WITHOUT them knowing it and the target not only physically tortured
but mentally tortured as well. Will the attackers cause serious damage to
the health of person X to get their job done? Yes, they will. Although their
intention is not to cause the death of a person X, or cause permanent
damage, this may happen as a result of their actions. Just like they use
children to appear to cross by bicyle when their target leaves by car his
driveway, or when they cook a target almost to death, or involve their
target in constructed car accidents, or constantly try to drive the target
into suicide by continuous suffering. So deaths or permanent damage may
happen because they do not care, because they are psychopaths. Some people
refer to these kind of setups as secret services games but there is no game
here. This is about innocent people being abused, attacked and murdered!
It cannot be stated enough: There are no laws allowing these kinds of
harassments/torture. The above are illegal actions, horrible violations of
human rights, child abuse, etc. These crimes are committed only because it
is almost impossible to prove (Why do you think the human laser technology
of the United States is called Active Denial System?)

In a few decades the US government (not the US people!) has become the most
criminal organization in the world, responsible for the torture and deaths
of hundreds of thousands innocent people in the world every year, and they
are exporting their illegal and human rights violating crimes to all their
(NATO) allies. They let other governments sign documents that forbid them to
take Americans to international courts. Why do you think they would do that?
People of the world, American people wake up!
Personal introduction to mind reading, mind control, mind rape
As most of the articles in my blog, this one also is based on my personal
experience and observations. Shortly after the attacks on me started in 2000
I told a friend that they wanted to enter my head, my mind. I did not know
about mind control, mind reading, gang stalking (organized stalking),
electronic harassment at that time. But that is how it felt then, and I
think it was a good summary of what was being done.
I managed to keep the bastards out, but it took me about three years to
adjust my way of thinking. I did this by learning of the evil cowards that
make up our national secret services, of their beyond imagination crimes. I
could not believe things like this were done and police looking the other
way. I also learned about beyond imagination mental and physical pain
inflicted on me, about fear. But now I know who they are and what they are.
Only after accepting these facts I was able to develop what I call a new
part of me. This new part allows me to switch on-the-fly between normal life
and the life a person should not have to live. So, you can say I am not mind
controlled or mind altered but that I developed a new extra piece of mind
optimized to deal with the psychopaths of our secret services.
You may want to read about gang stalking (organized stalking) and electronic
harassment first. Next read about mind reading and mind control below so you
will know when you, a family member, a friend, etc. is being attacked/hit.
Note that I do NOT suggest that people around a secret services target all
are mind controlled. They may as well (for whatever reason) be cooperating
with these sick and disturbed creatures.
Gang stalking and electronic harassment are mind rape
Gang stalking (organized stalking) and electronic harassment/electronic
torture are illegal methods and techniques often used by our secret services
to eliminate their targets. These methods and techniques are used to drive
the target into such a state of insanity that he/she commits suicide,
collapses as a psychiatric patient, commits a crime or collapses/dies of
continuous suffering, in other words, the world must believe something was
wrong with him/her. Gang stalking and electronic harassment are tools that
are used to murder a person mentally or physically. Not in a moment of rage
but systematically, like turning pages in a book, we are talking about
premeditated murder here. The mind of the target is forced into such a a
state that he/she will do everything to get rid of this mental and/or
physical torture.
Gang stalking and electronic harassment are used to rape the mind of a
target over and over again until the target collapses mentally or

Note that a target may be murdered by other traditional methods as well like
constructed car accidents, poisoning, drugging, induced diseases, directed
energy weapons (heart), etc. See also:
Secret service: fear for the truth to be revealed!(17) – Gang stalkers and
people cookers are murderers, the crimes they commit belong to the worst
crimes in history.
By experience I know high tech equipment exists to monitor human body muscle
movement, brain. I do not know if you have to be chipped to be a proper
transmitter but personally believe this is not necessary.
Let me give you an idea of the sensitivity of this through-wall monitoring
equipment by the following examples:
2.Detection of body movement
When you are a target of gang stalking (organized stalking) the attackers
try to drive you insane by reacting to everything you do most of the time
being your body movements. Raise your arm and a door at a neighbor house is
slammed, every time you turn on the other side in bed a dog somewhere
outside barks, etc.
3.Detection of minimal breathing changes
If you hold your breath in bed a little bit longer than normal, a sound is
made somewhere in your house. This is pretty amazing but it is only a
fraction of what can be done.
4.Detection of closed eyes eye movement
Now you lay completely quiet in your bed, you relax and breath normally,
your eyes are closed. With your eyes closed and relaxed turn your eyeballs
without moving any other body part, without changing breathing, etc. At the
same time you turn your eyeballs a sound is made, e.g. a bang on the wall,
someone coughing outside. This is not a coincidence, every time you try
this, a reaction follows. Of course this reacting can be classified as
horrible torture, violation of all human rights, and the ones applying this
kind of torture are the sick and disturbed of the planet, garbage of
society. But it is equally important to recognize the existence of such
equipment and what can be done with it.
The human body (including its brain) is an electromagnetic transmitter and
high tech equipment is available to pick up its signals.
Technology has been developed and refined the last decades. Advances in
computer technology make it possible to decode these signals from the human
body when reading or controlling the body and mind.
Also, because most of this technology uses high frequency bands, the walls
of your house or office are no barrier for these signals and distances can
be hundreds of meters.
Compare a mobile phone used inside your house, you can receive calls and
dial the number of a friend.
Mind reading
I have never experienced other mind reading than mind reading based on
subvocal speech. Subvocal speech is based on the fact that most (jaw) muscle
movement is identical to speaking when speaking silently to oneself.
When we think we often talk to ourselves without speaking the words. High
tech equipment receives these muscle movements and translates into words.
This really must be a not too difficult technique to apply. Mind reading may
be done covert, i.e. without the target knowing about it.

Some years ago a Russian military officer said that they had done mind
reading on President Boris Yeltsin and had prevented him to speak about a
certain subject. If they want to torture the target they let the target know
that they are reading his mind. After the attacks started in 2000 and I was
being watched 24/7, my thoughts were the only thing private. Then I got
feedback about what I was thinking, a truely horrible experience, all
privacy gone. After recovering from this discovery I did a lot of testing,
what could they read, could they see what I saw, etc. It is not everything
you think of they can read. It is in fact possible to send different
information, wrong information to your mind readers. Mind reading used to
torture and murder is just another example of the horrible crimes committed
by your national secret services.
Mind control
Because of the attacks on me I now have a lot of personal experience with
mind control. Emails referring to things in your life, people walking by
talking words relating to your life, people staring at you everywhere you
go, phone calls when you want to leave, traffic jams to make you miss
appointments, preventing you to sleep, pigeons flying over you screaming
when you leave your house (even crashing into your windows or car),
poisoning, coughing on tv to react, in fact an endless list of criminal
activities. I am not influenced very easy by these kind of things but must
add that probably every person can break if applied with methods that make
you very tired, exhausted.
There have been three types of mind control based on electronic weapons I
believe I have been subjected to:
1.Hearing voices
They force voices or sounds into your head. When the attack on me started in
2000 and I was on the beach, voices of people I could see but could not have
heard because of the distance, came to me crystal clear. An amazing
experience. Much later, something alike was done when I was in the swimming
pool, with my ears under water I could hear sounds as if above water. These
effects may be easy to accomplish using infrasound (there is an mp3 player
for swimmers. They just vibrate your bones, your skull).
2.Induced dreams
They make you dream about certain things you normally do not dream about.
Not too long ago I woke up with an exceptional memory of a dream I had. I
had induced dreams some years ago and maybe their common characteristic is
the level of detail you can remember from these dreams. You do not have to
dig to get the full story, it is there already. Induced dreams are very
common for gang stalking and electronic harassment victims.
3.Forcing a thought into your brain
There were occasions where a thought kept returning many times a day for a
period of 1-2 weeks. But it was easy to force it away. When this happened I
had to think about reports of mind control victims and thought that perhaps
they were forcing some thoughts or patterns into me too. Having read about
mind control, it made me think that it may have been induced by electronic
devices aimed at my head. Though not 100%, I am 95% certain that it was
induced like the induced dreams. So here we have other methods used by our
secret services to (illegally) control human beings. If you do not know
about this technology and its capabilities than you will be confused, may be
following the thought that was planted into your brain. Or you may start to
believe that you are not normal thinking so much about a subject, may be a
man, a woman, an event in your life. You may be forced thoughts into your
brain and never knowing the difference from normal thinking.

This way people can be controlled e.g. in their attitude against other
people, e.g. a secret services target. It is also possible this way to
covertly set up someone to hate the royal family, to hate their government,
some well-known person. I leave it to your imagination what you can do more
when applied with other more conventional mind control methods like secret
services agents saying certain things, creating events to influence.
This certainly is a way to create enemies (and then call them terrorists)
and I believe it is being done this way .
Children may be very easily controlled by beaming voices into their heads,
especially small children as they have no reference to what is normal. This
can be done to have the child react to an event in the life of gang stalking
(organized stalking)/electronic harassment target. For example, a secret
services target is thinking of person X and his sub-vocal speech is read,
and then within 30 seconds the child says something about person X. If this
is a pattern then the child can be assumed mind controlled and used to drive
the secret services target out-of-his-mind. Another example might be to set
up a child against one of the seperated partners, etc.
Mind rape
Mind reading and mind control sometimes is refered to as mind rape. The
reason is that in general mind reading is not used to observe but instead to
control a person in illegal ways or to inflict maximum damage (including
death) to a person.
From Operation Mind Control (exerpts from) by Walter H. Bowart:
Mind control is the most terrible imaginable crime because it is committed
not against the body, but against the mind and the soul. Dr. Joost A. M.
Meerloo expresses the attitude of the majority of psychologists in calling
it ‘mind rape,’ and warns that it poses a great ‘danger of destruction of
the spirit’ which can be ‘compared to the threat of total physical
destruction . . .’ … [p. 23]
To stop mind rape we have to stop our national secret services
The human mind has no firewall like a computer meaning that we human beings
are extremely vunerable to mind reading and mind control. The computer
revolution empowered enormous progress in decoding brain and body
transmissions, as well as in generating transmissions that can influence
brain and body. Technology and equipment have been annexated by (Western)
governments and are further developed and used by military and national
secret services. We are at a point in history where the scale, reach,
capabilities of these devices has become such that measures must be taken to
prevent misuse because that is exactly what is happening right now.
Although attacking the mind of a person is a very serious crime under
current law, it is good to implement new laws specifically addressing the
attack of the mind. Also methods and equipment must be developed that can be
used to detect and disturb e.g. cheap detecting devices that can be used by
police and citizens also to be used in a court of law, and devices to jam or
scramble our own important brain frequencies (preventing scanning of the
brain), etc. Secret services are NOT good, in fact nothing is good about

They have become depots of psychopaths, murderers, child abusers. It is
against the law to perform mind reading, mind control, mind rape, on a
person, it is a violation of human rights.Still they do it because the
culture has become that everything can be done what cannot be proven (and if
someone tries to prove it, he or she is simply eliminated). This is not
normal, it is a crime, it is sick.
We cannot rely on secret services changing by themselves, why should they.
They don’t want investigations, they don’t want to go to jail. We have to
disassemble them ourselves, break them apart. Jail them for the people they
have murdered, for the lives of children they have destroyed.
Military and intelligence agencies have developed frightful electronic
weapons in black budget projects the last decades. These weapons, based on
radio waves, are used to disable, to present pain and torture, to drive into
suicide, schizofrenic or criminal behaviour. This is done by
cooking/irradiating body parts, letting a victim hear voices, reading the
mind, etc. through walls and from distance. Read and prepare yourself for
the people cookers, you may be next!
Try to recall the most sick and disturbed persons you have ever read or
heard about. Now try to imagine there are persons far worst than the ones
you know, torturing innocent people slowly to death, torturing and murdering
children, even torturing and murdering animals. That is really difficult to
accept for us, normal people as we are.We simply do not want to believe this
kind of evil exists, it makes us sick, we may start vomiting when stories so
horrible are being suggested, being told.
But it can be even worst. Imagine this evil is related to your government,
is being approved, executed, controlled, outsourced by your national secret
services including military. It is all hard to believe isn’t it.
Unfortunately for your peace of mind these disturbed persons really exist,
and unfortunately your national secret services are really involved in these
horrible activities. But even more unfortunate are the victims of these
horrible crimes.The new generation of electronic weapons is capable of
burning and cooking humans, destroying (exploding) body tissue, or cause
heart attacks. This is all possible from large distances (hundreds of
meters) and through walls. These weapons are now (2008) being used at large
by secret services to eliminate people: incapacitate, drive into suicide,
insanity, criminal behaviour, or are just used to cause heart failure, brain
damage, etc. They replace knife, bullet, poison, car accidents.
Push button torture & murder – cooking people
Secret services have turned into depots of psychopaths and murderers. And it
is getting worse. They now recruit people to press the buttons of these
electronic weapons, button[1] is cook-a-person, button[2] is simulate-aheart-
attack, button[3] is simulate/cause-kidney-failure. Can you image a
person microwaving someone like a microwave oven cooks meat?
Electronic weapons, capabilities April 2008
Low-power microwave weapons can be hidden e.g. in a shopping bag and are
used to distract e.g. by giving you burning sensation, stings, make you burp
or fart within seconds, blur your vision. High power microwave (HPM) weapons
can be installed everywhere and mounted in cars (including your own) and can
be used to cook a person like a microwave oven cooks meat, to ‘shoot’ and

Most of these weapons can be aimed very precise, that is why they are called
Directed Energy Weapons (DEW). From a distance (and through walls) they can
hit you, but not the person sitting next to you. Sometimes these weapons are
called non-lethal because they are designed to be applied only for a very
short period with the intention to incapacitate people or make people get
out of the beam, not to kill them immediately. All experts agree that
zapping persons for extended periods is very damaging, which is easy to
understand, compare reports about cell phone irradiation.
The perfect weapon, does not kill (immediately), leaves no evidence
If you want people out of the way without evidence you cannot use a gun.
There will be proof of a bullet and damaged tissue. With current electronic
weapons eliminating people is very easy and best of all, elimination is
without evidence. When you want to prevent a person from giving a
presentation at work, you can heat him up the night before so he will feel
sick, give some diareah, make him cough when talking, make him scratch his
head, etc. If this was done to you, would you be able to understand this?
Probably you would think you just had the worst luck that day.


In other words, you were cooked that day. They also may do this to the
target’s children, meaning the target must stay home or go home to take care
of his child.
Low power/low intensity is just as damaging to your functioning as
a human being
Electronic weapons will not immediately kill you or burn a hole in your
body. When you are in a meeting someone in the same room can zap your head
with a low intensity device, so you want to scratch your head. Someone may
fire an energy burst at your throat so you start coughing when you are doing
your presentation. They may mount a microwave weapon in your home aimed at
your legs when you are in bed and after a month you have to see a doctor
because your feet really hurt. They attack your credibility or have you out
of the way during important events. These are all very damaging low
power/low intensity applications. You may loose your job, a promotion, your
family, etc.
High power/high intensity is horrible torture
If the target understands what is being done to him they will increase
frequency and intensities. The target gets cooked by HPM (high power
microwave), for example every five minutes he receives a burst making him
burp, giving a burning sensation on the back, feeling cooked inside where
beam went through, and in case of high intensity there is also a burning
sensation where the beam leaves the body. Or they make the target’s body
react to what is happening in his surroudings.
E.g. everytime a car passes by, the target is zapped so that he will burp or
fart at the same time (it takes 1-3 seconds to make make a person burp or
fart). Or they burn his intestinals (tailbone) so he will suffer horrible
cramps, burn his back with insane intensity when he is in the swimming pool,
shoot HPM at him when he is running.


Everybody can be a target. In some cases you are just a one time target, and once they they got what
they want they will go away. In other cases, you are on a list and must be
eliminated, not because you are a bad person but mostly because you just was
at the wrong place at the wrong time. If 1-out-of-20 people in your country
are connected somehow to the national secret services network (probably much
more) then chances are you have co-workers, friends, acquintances who are
part of this network. Of course they will not tell you this.
Part of the population is eliminated to let the sick system survive i.e.
recruit new agents (murderers), see also the links below. May be you have
something they want, e.g. your house is at a strategic position (corner),
may be you criticize the policy of your government, may be you are a loner,
may be you are an activist, may be you play piano on sunday mornings, may be
you know something of some person.
You may argue that the chance you become a target is very small. That is
right. But don’t think you cannot become a target if you live a normal life,
in fact most persons placed on this list are friendly, non-shooting back
persons. You may become a target more easy then get involved in a car
Physical and mental death
If you have been selected to be eliminated, see above, neighbours, coworkers,
friends, etc. are recruited and become part of the sick system. The
aim is your physical or mental death: suicide, phychiatric patient,
criminal, disease caused by irradiation or poisening. Although gang stalking
techniques are used for this and are very effective for may be 90% of the
cases, the process is significantly speeded by applying electronic weapons.
These weapons are used to make a target look like a schizophrenic.
If the target does not know about these weapons he may think he has been hit
by the fury of God himself. If the target does know, then it is very
difficult to convince other people what is done to him.These weapons have
been developed but they did not tell us and did not develop methods to
detect these kinds of harassment.
Governments/secret services keep electronic weapons out of the media, police
is not instructed on what to do with complaints like these.
Covert electronic harassment/torture – examples
It is called covert as the target being burned/cooked has no clue of what is
happening. Examples:
– Heated body, feeling sick like having the flu
– Headaches that come and suddenly disappear
– Sting sensations like a fly or mosquito
– Blurred vision
– Irresistible coughing
– Very serious diareah
– Heart attack/cramps

– Kidney pain
– Excessive burping
– Excessive farting
– Stomach pain
– Stomach bubbling
– Intestinals cramps
– Pain in the legs
– Pain in ankles
– Heel muscle
– Reduced strength in hands
– Aging the body

If you do not know what can be done to you, you will get a wrong diagnose
because nothing is wrong with you (in the first place)! You may even get
Covert electronic harassment/torture – How it is applied
Most of this harassment is done the same ways people are gang stalked. If
you tell someone about these incidents, they will say:
I got the same problem sometimes.
– When you bend over they hit your back
– When you stand on one foot e.g. in the kitchen to get something from a
cupboard they hit that foot
– When you turn your head, they hit your neck
– When you sleep they cook your legs so they will feel stiff the next
– When you sleep they wake you by cooking your stomach
– When you rub your eyes they blur your vision
Also important is that they ‘help’ the target by making things worst.
Example: suppose your left leg becomes painful because you hit a piece of
wood by accident. Now, they will zap your leg at the location you feel pain
over and over again, including nights, to make you suffer (maximum pain).
Non-covert electronic harassment/torture – examples
It is called non-covert as the target being burned/cooked knows exactly what
is happening.

– All mentioned above
– Make your body react (burp/fart) to cars driving by your house
– Burn your anus
– Microwave you with insane intensity (you feel like being cooked alive)
– Shoot you with HPM when on the street
– burn/cook your body
– Leave visible evidence of their attacks
– Burn your child e.g. in the stomach, then burn you in the stomach
– Burn/cook your children reacting to what you say/do
– Shoot your child in the eye when you dry the face after a shower (to make
it appear you hurt them)

Also important is that they ‘get exited’ when the target makes mistakes.
Example: suppose you release a software update but something is not correct.
Now they will beam you on the head, the back, your child, etc. to drive you
out of your mind, insane. Sometimes they wait for a long time just to get a
good ‘shot’.

The people cookers belong to sickest species on the planet
As already stated above, the only thing people applying electronic torture
have in common with normal people is that they look human. They are
murderers and as such there no boundaries for them anymore. It cannot be
emphasized enough, the persons applying electronic harassment/torture belong
to the sickest species on the planet. I know,other horrible torture also
exists, like cutting organs from a living persons. You cannot compare
horrible torture, but day-by-day torture by people cooking, including
children, certainly is very horrible (the end result being physical or
mental death).
The people cookers are part of the psychopaths and murderers that make up
your national secret services. We, the normal people, created laws and human
rights. The ones who violate these must be jailed. Let’s jail these
Weapons based on radio waves, compare microwave ovens, are used by secret
services to drive persons insane. Even if you know what is being done, you
cannot protect yourself against these horrible attacks. There are no ways
for common people to prove these attacks and many of them are labeled
Even a secret service has its limits. They cannot eliminate every target by
murdering him or her with a bullit, knife or overdose. But hey, mental
murder is often better giving a group of people that can be experimented
upon with new medicine, drugs, etc.
To drive a target insane extremely advanced technology is used. One is the
monitoring equipment. They look through walls and can see everything you do
in detail. They also use very advanced computer manipulation technology to
change the behaviour of your PC, e.g. it picks up new mail from your ISP
only at certain moments. Another method is mind control. By playing a movie
on a device close to you, e.g. the other side of the wall, you will think
you have dreamt about this. And finally there is mind reading.
They will put a scanner on your head and record / compare your
Behaviour.These advanced technologies are not only used to follow a target
or record behaviour of the target. In addition they are used to react to
target in one way or another. The target is second by second remembered by
e.g. a sound at the neighbours, outside, mail arriving at certain moments,
cars honking at certain moments etc. that he is never alone. People not
knowing about this advanced technology (most people do not know) will be
driven insane. Advanced technology is used to let you hear strange things,
your dreams are controled, apparatus makes strange sounds when you look at
it, when you go outside to buy something specific it is sold out everytime,
when you go outside people look at you and smile where you go, the car
driving before you is exactly going where you go, etc.
A decade ago many of these intrusions were possible as well but with all
this new advanced, compact, technology, it is becoming very easy to drive
persons into psychiatric behaviour.Mind control is a controversial subject
most importantly because more desinformation has been released about mind
control than with any other subject.
Mind control is very real however and was performed by our national secret
services yesterday and is performed by our national secret services today!

From 50 years…
Top level mad scientists from Nazi Germany were actually brought to the
United States through “Operation Paperclip”, and have been continuing their work
to this day in places like Brookhaven labs, Cold Spring Harbor and Plum Island.
and Today….in 2000
The World’s Smallest RFID IC
Radio Frequency Identification Integrated Circuit
U-chip Electronic Numbering of Products and Documents using the “µ-chip” (or
mu-chip) supported by a Networked Database unleashes new Business and Life
Style Applications that facilitate innovative Manufacturing, Distribution,
Consumption, Tracking and Recycling operations.Concept The RFID, wireless
semiconductor integrated circuit that stores an ID number in its memory, was
proposed about a decade ago as an alternative to the barcode. Its use,
however, has so far been limited to a few applications where its advantages
offset its relatively high cost.
*Size compared to a grain of rice*!
The World’s Smallest RFID IC
The µ-chip is Hitachi’s response to resolving some of the issues associated
with conventional RFID technology. The µ-chip uses the frequency of 2.45GHz.
It has a 128-bit ROM for storing the ID with no write-read and no anticollision
capabilities. Its unique ID numbers can be used to individually
identify trillions of trillions of objects with no duplication. Moreover
with a size of 0.4mm square, the µ-chip is small enough to be attached to
a variety of minute objects including embedding in paper. Manufacturing,
distribution and tracking systems can be built or enhanced using the µ-chip
with an event-driven accumulation of, and on-demand access to, information
stored in a database through the network. By coupling this database with the
versatility of the µ-chip new business and life styles applications can now
be brought to reality. New applications allow manufacturing, commerce and
recycling processes to be operated in a way that has not been possible
*Size compared to a human fingertip


1.Acrylic SRT-3 Q-Link
Sleek and chic, with a dual-tone design, this bevelededge
triangle has two distinct sides, each making a unique statement. It can be
worn by both men and women as a signature piece, dressed up or down. Designed by
internationally acclaimed designer Neville Brody and powered by our next-generation
SRT-3, the result is leading-edge attitude and super-charged power.

2.QMX1 Defender
“Defense for Psychotronic Waves and Psychic Attacks”
Scalar Field Frequency tuned to protect your body & brain from “Psychotronic
Attacks“ from ELF, HAARP, Microwave, and Psychic Attacks. Converts electronic and
psychic attacks to positive energy.

3.Killer Implant
The implant killer was born out of a need to be able to
eliminate nano-electronic implants placed illegally in our bodies by various
government agencies and off-worlder entities. These implants control our behaviors,
our state of mind, our moods, our energy levels, our ability to think abstractly
and follow deeper lines of inner thought. They deplete our various systems, cause
lesions and sores in the tissue and very often contain various nerve and protein
coats, functioning as time bombs of death, through renal, kidney, and liver

A powerful EMF protector that grounds you into the
earth’s electromagnetic field—creating a sense of calm and peace throughout your
home.The Scalar Home EMF Protection System utilizes the principles of cyclotronic
resonance and scalar resonance.

With a special thanks to:





- De laatste post


- December 2017 16/31
- December 2017 01/15
- November 2017 16/30
- November 2017 01/15
- October 2017  16/31
- October 2017  01/15
- September 2017  16/30
- September 2017  01/15
- Agust 2017  16/31
- Agust 2017  01/15
- July 2017  16/31
- July 2017  01/15
- June 2017  16/30
- June 2017  01/15
- May 2017  16/31
- May 2017  01/15
- April 2017  16/30
- April 2017  01/15
- March 2017  16/31
- March 2017  01/15
- Februari 2017  16/28
- Februari 2017  01/15
- Januari 2017  16/31
- Januari 2017  01/15


- December 2016  16/31
- December 2016  01/15
- November 2016  16/30
- November 2016  01/15
- October 2016  16/31
- October 2016  01/15
- September 2016  16/30
- September 2016  01/15
- August 2016  16/31
- August 2016  01/15
- July 2016  16/31
- July 2016  01/15
- June 2016  16/30
- June 2016  01/15
- May 2016  16/31
- May 2016  01/15
- April 2016  16/30
- April 2016  01/15
- March 2016  16/31
- March 2016  01/15
- Februari 2016  15/29
- Februari 2016  1/15
- Januari 2016  16/31
- Januari 2016  1/15


- December 2015 16/31
- December 2015 01/15
- November 2015 16/30
- November 2015 1/15
- October 2015 16/31
- October 2015 1/15
- September 2015 16/30
- September 2015 1/15
- August 2015 16/31
- August 2015 01/15
- July 2015
- June 2015
- May 2015
- April 2015
- March 2015
- Februari 2015
- Januari 2015


- December 2014
- November 2014
- Oktober 2014
- September 2014
- Augustus 2014


- Mededeling 2012
- June 2012
- April 2012
- Maart 2012
- Februari 2012
- Januari 2012


- December 2011
- November 2011
- Oktober 2011
- September 2011
- Augustus 2011
- Juli 2011






FILES - Afrika - Amazon - Antartica - Archonten - Aruba - Brain Control - Brainwash - Black Pope - Boston Globe files - Cancer - CELLTOWERS and CHEMTRAILS - Chemie-Farmaceutische kartels - Child Sex - Child Traffickers - CIA and Drugs part1 - CIA and Drugs part2 - CIA and Pedophile - Clinton Pizza gate - Colonia Dignidad - Core readings - Corrupt Nederland 1 - Corrupt Nederland 2 - Curacao maffia eiland - Demmink, Dutroux, Westminster - Demmink2 - Diana - DNA - Doping voetbal - Drone papers 1 - Drone papers 2 - Drone papers 3 - Drone papers 4 - Drugs - Els Borst - EuroNarcos - Evita Peron - False Flag - Flat - Round Earth - Fraude Goede doelen - Frequency - Gezond eten - Hackers - Helmin Wiels - Hitler ALIVE after WWII - Hitler ALIVE THE LIE - Hitler Story never told - Hollow Earth - Holocaust HOAX - Identity - Illuminati - Khazarian Mafia - Knights Templar - Lee Harvey Oswald - Land besturen - Leugens OM - Maffia Groepen - Martelingen Gevangenis - Martelingen Renwang - Montauk Project - Mind Weapons - Narcotica Nederland - Nazi Reich - Neset Temirci - No Bai Vota - Obama children - Oranje dossier - Oranje Opium - Organ Harvesting - Orgonite - Panama Papers - Pedofolie - Pedofoliele
- Pim Fortuyn - Pope and Islam - Protest Dolphins - Radiation - Real life cartoons - Remove RFID chip - Rife 1 - Rife 2 - Root Canals - Semler school - Slaven - Soeverijn - Slimme meters - Soeverijn - Telegraaf - Tesla - Theo van Gogh moord - The Human problem - Utopia - Vaccine - Verboden artikel - VeriChip - Vrijmetselarij 300 jaar - Vrijmetselarij History - Vrijmetselarij Orde - Vrijmetselarij Ritualen 1 - Vrijmetselarij Ritualen 2 - Vrijmetselarij Ritualen 3 - Weather Manipulation - Weather Manipulation Curacao - Weather Manipulation Patent - Wijze les - World Corruption - X files de ware - XIRTAM - Zaak Hogan - Zaak Holloway - Zelfmoorden - Zika - Zion history - 1900-2000 - Index




Verboden Publicaties

Title: Verboden Publicaties
ISBN 978-0-244-61655-7

File size 1.0 MB






Wilt u werkelijk weten hoe ons eiland Curaçao bestuurd wordt 
en hoe wij burgers onderdrukt worden.
Lees de volgende vrij te downloaden boeken.

Boek 1 boek2 boek 3 boek 4 boek 5 boek 6 boek7 boek8

boek9 boek9 Hidden1 Hidden 2 Geloof en het geloven Dieptepunt Namen Drugs

Sion Verboden


- Klik op icon boek -


We are not responsible for the posts of the members
Due to the many visitors on this website, we are experiencing some delays in answering.
Your e-mail will be processed in the order it was received,
but if you get no response to your e-mail within 3 days please write/submit again.